WO2005117970A2 - Antibodies of angiogenesis inhibiting domains of cd148 - Google Patents

Antibodies of angiogenesis inhibiting domains of cd148 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2005117970A2
WO2005117970A2 PCT/US2005/014084 US2005014084W WO2005117970A2 WO 2005117970 A2 WO2005117970 A2 WO 2005117970A2 US 2005014084 W US2005014084 W US 2005014084W WO 2005117970 A2 WO2005117970 A2 WO 2005117970A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
antibody
antigen
human
binding region
antibodies
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2005/014084
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2005117970A3 (en
Inventor
William C. Fanslow, Iii
Revital Kariv
James F. Smothers
Original Assignee
Amgen, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Amgen, Inc. filed Critical Amgen, Inc.
Priority to BRPI0510079-8A priority Critical patent/BRPI0510079A/en
Priority to MXPA06012264A priority patent/MXPA06012264A/en
Priority to EA200601972A priority patent/EA200601972A1/en
Priority to RSP-2006/0581A priority patent/RS20060581A/en
Priority to EP05778365A priority patent/EP1750764A4/en
Priority to AU2005249381A priority patent/AU2005249381A1/en
Priority to JP2007509713A priority patent/JP2007534694A/en
Priority to CA002561823A priority patent/CA2561823A1/en
Publication of WO2005117970A2 publication Critical patent/WO2005117970A2/en
Priority to IL178422A priority patent/IL178422A0/en
Publication of WO2005117970A3 publication Critical patent/WO2005117970A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/34Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving hydrolase
    • C12Q1/42Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving hydrolase involving phosphatase
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06Antiasthmatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/06Antipsoriatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02Ophthalmic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/02Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/04Antineoplastic agents specific for metastasis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C07K16/2896Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against molecules with a "CD"-designation, not provided for elsewhere
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N33/00Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
    • G01N33/48Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
    • G01N33/50Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
    • G01N33/53Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
    • G01N33/569Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor for microorganisms, e.g. protozoa, bacteria, viruses
    • G01N33/56966Animal cells
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K2039/505Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies comprising antibodies
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/20Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin
    • C07K2317/21Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin from primates, e.g. man
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/30Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by aspects of specificity or valency
    • C07K2317/34Identification of a linear epitope shorter than 20 amino acid residues or of a conformational epitope defined by amino acid residues
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/50Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/56Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments variable (Fv) region, i.e. VH and/or VL
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/50Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/56Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments variable (Fv) region, i.e. VH and/or VL
    • C07K2317/565Complementarity determining region [CDR]
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/60Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by non-natural combinations of immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/62Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by non-natural combinations of immunoglobulin fragments comprising only variable region components
    • C07K2317/622Single chain antibody (scFv)
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/70Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by effect upon binding to a cell or to an antigen
    • C07K2317/76Antagonist effect on antigen, e.g. neutralization or inhibition of binding
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2319/00Fusion polypeptide
    • C07K2319/30Non-immunoglobulin-derived peptide or protein having an immunoglobulin constant or Fc region, or a fragment thereof, attached thereto

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to anti-CD148 antibodies and to binding epitopes of CD148 used to produce such antibodies.
  • the invention also relates to methods of using such antibodies to inhibit angiogenesis.
  • Angiogenesis the formation of new blood vessels from existing ones, is essential to many physiological and pathological processes. Normally, angiogenesis is tightly regulated by pro- and anti-angiogenic factors, but in the case of diseases such as cancer, ocular neovascular diseases, arthritis, and psoriasis, the process can go awry. Folkman, J., Nat. Med., 1:27-31 (1995). Angiogenesis is believed to play an important role in sustaining inflammatory tissue expansion (pannus) in rheumatoid arthritis (Walsh et al., Arthritis Res., 3:147-153 (2001). In fact, there are a number of diseases known to be associated with deregulated or undesired angiogenesis.
  • Such diseases include, but are not limited to, ocular neovascularisation, such as retinopathies (including diabetic retinopathy), age- related macular degeneration, psoriasis, hemangioblastoma, hemangioma, arteriosclerosis, inflammatory disease, such as a rheumatoid or rheumatic inflammatory disease, especially arthritis (including rheumatoid arthritis), or other chronic inflammatory disorders, such as chronic asthma, arterial or post- transplantational atherosclerosis, endometriosis, and neoplastic diseases, for example so-called solid tumors and liquid (or hematopoietic) tumors (such as leukemias and lymphomas).
  • retinopathies including diabetic retinopathy
  • age- related macular degeneration psoriasis
  • hemangioblastoma hemangioma
  • arteriosclerosis arteriosclerosis
  • inflammatory disease such as a rhe
  • CD 148 receptor tyrosine kinase also referred to as DEP-1 (density enhanced phosphatase), ECRTP (endothelial cell receptor tyrosine phosphatase),
  • CD148 is a mammalian transmembrane protein, belonging to a class of endothelial cell surface receptors known as Type III density enhanced receptor protein tyrosine phosphatases (PTP).
  • PTP Type III density enhanced receptor protein tyrosine phosphatases
  • Protein tyrosine phosphorylation is an essential element in signal transduction pathways which control fundamental cellular processes including growth and differentiation, cell cycle progression, and cytoskeletal function. Binding of a ligand to a receptor protein tyrosin kinase (PTK) catalyzes autophosphorylation of tyrosine residues in the enzyme's target substrates, while binding of a ligand to a receptor PTP catalyzes dephosphorylation.
  • PTK receptor protein tyrosin kinase
  • the level of intracellular tyrosine phosphorylation of a target substrate is determined by the balance between PTK and PTP.
  • PTKs play a significant role in promoting cell growth, while PTPs down-regulate the activity of PTKs by inhibiting cell growth.
  • CD 148 has been shown to promote differentiation of erythroid progentior cells, modulate lymphocyte function when crosslinked with other signaling proteins, and inhibit clonal expression of breast cancer cell lines overexpressing the protein.
  • CD 148 has also recently been shown to mediate inhibitory signals that block angiogenesis, an essential biological activity necessary for cell migration and proliferation, making CD 148 an important target for treatment of cancer by activating CD 148 mediated inhibitiion of angiogenesis associated with tumor growth.
  • CD148 has an intracellular carboxyl moiety with a catalytic domain, a single transmambrane domain, and an extracellular amino terminal domain (comprising five tandem fibronectin type III (FNIII) repeats, which have a folding pattern similar to that of Ig-like domains).
  • 6,248,327 discloses the role of CD148 in angiogenesis and provides a method of modulating angiogenesis in a mammal by administering compositions that specifically bind to the ectodomain of CD 148, and also discloses the use of monoclonal antibodies that specifically bind to an unspecified region of the CD 148 ectodomain to activate CD 148 anti-angiogenesis activity.
  • An effective CD 148 activation therapy might benefit a vast population of cancer patients because most solid tumors require neovascularization to grow beyond 1-2 millimeters in diameter. Such therapy might have wider application in other angiogenesis-associated diseases as well, such as retinopathies, arthritis, and psoriasis.
  • the present invention provides anti-CD 148 antibodies, or antigen-binding regions thereof, that bind to CD148 epitopes involved in inhibition of inflammation and/or angiogenesis, which antibodies can be used for treatment of inflammation and angiogenesis related diseases.
  • the antibodies . or antigen-binding regions thereof are dervied from human antibodies or antigen- binding regions thereof.
  • the antibodies or antigen-binding fragments thereof are selected from the group consisting of scFv, Fab, F(ab') 2 , Fv, and single chain antibodies, and can in particular be scFv fragments, and more particularly an scFv-Fc fusion.
  • the antibody or antigen-binding region thereof is a in IgG isotype, such as an IgG2 isotype.
  • IgG IgG2 isotype.
  • One aspect of the presention invention provides isolated antibodies or antigen-binding regions thereof that bind to a CD 148 epitope defined by FNIII domains 2, 3, 4 or 5 of CD148.
  • the antibodies of the present invention include isolated antibodies or antigen-binding regions thereof that specifically bind to a human CD 148 epitope defined by one or more of the polypeptide sequences selected from the group consisting of amino acids 315-329, 318-332, 321-335, 324-338, 324-329, 324-332, 324-335, 447-725, 533-725, 715- 973, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33.
  • the antibodies of the present invention include isolated antibodies or antigen-binding regions thereof that competitively inhibit binding of the above monoclonal antibodies to a human CD 148 epitope defined by one or more of the polypeptide sequences selected from the group consisting of amino acids 315-329, 318-332, 321- 335, 324-338, 324-329, 324-332, 324-335, 447-725, 533-725, 715-973, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33.
  • the antibodies of the present invention include isolated antibodies or antigen-binding regions thereof that specifically bind to a human CD148 epitope defined by one or more of the polypeptide sequences selected from the group consisting of amino acids 324-338 and 321-335 of SEQ ID NO:33, but which does not bind to the polypeptide sequence of amino acid residues 324-331 of SEQ ID NO:33.
  • Examples of such antibodies include antibodies Ab-1, Ab-2, Ab-3, Ab-4, Ab-5, Ab-6, Ab-7, and Ab-8.
  • hybridoma cells and transfectoma cells which produces the antibody or antigen binding region thereof of the present invention, and antibodies or antigen-binding region thereof produced by such hybridoma and transfectoma cells.
  • a hybridoma may include a B cell obtained from a transgenic non-human animal having a genome comprising a human heavy chain transgene and a human light chain transgene fused to an immortalized cell.
  • a transfectoma may include nucleic acids encoding a human heavy chain and a human light chain.
  • transgenic non-human animal which expresses the antibody or antigen-binding region thereof of the present invention, wherein the transgenic non-human animal has a genome comprising a human heavy chain transgene and a human light chain transgene.
  • Another aspect of the present invention provides a method of producing an antibody or antigen binding region thereof that specifically binds to a human CD 148 epitope defined by one or more of the sequence of amino acids selected from the group consisting of amino acids 315-329, 318-332, 321-335, 324-338, 324-329, 324-332, 324-335, 447-725, 533-725, 715-973, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33, comprising: immunizing a transgenic non-human animal having a genome comprising a human heavy chain transgene and a human light chain transgene with a human CD 148 epitope defined by one or more of the sequence of amino acids selected from the group consisting of amino acids 315-329, 318-332, 321-335, 324-338, 324-329, 324-332, 324-335, 447-725, 533-725, 715-973, 200- 536, 533-725 and 200-725 of
  • Another aspect of the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the antibody or antigen binding region thereof of the antibodies or antigen-binding regions thereof and a carrier pharmaceutically acceptable in humans.
  • a particular embodiment provides an antibody or antigen binding region thereof present in a therapeutically effective amount, such as in a concentration of at least about 10 ⁇ g/ml.
  • Another aspect of the present invention provides a a method for inhibiting angiogenesis comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of an antibody or antigen-binding region thereof of the present invention.
  • Another aspect of the present invention provides CD 148 epitopes, binding to which activates CD148 mediated biological activity.
  • CD148 epitopes of the present invention include isolated polypeptides comprising one or more of the amino acid sequencs selected from the group consisting of amino acids 315-329, 318-332, 321- 335, 324-338, 324-329, 324-332, 324-335, 447-725, 533-725, 715-973, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33, or any fragment thereof that binds to an antibody or antigen-binding region thereof of the present invention, wherein the polypeptide does not include amino acids derived from CD 148 other than those selected from the group consisting of amino acids 315-329, 318-332, 321-335, 324- 338, 324-329, 324-332, 324-335, 447-725, 533-725, 715-973, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33.
  • the present invention provides an isolated polypeptide consisting of one or more of the amino acid sequences selected from the group consisting of amino acids 315-329, 318-332, 321-335, 324- 338, 324-329, 324-332, 324-335, 447-725, 533-725, 715-973, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33 or any fragment thereof that binds to an antibody or antigen-binding region thereof of the present invention.
  • the present invention provides an isolated polypeptide consisting essentially of one or more of the amino acid sequences selected from the group consisting of amino acids 315-329, 318-332, 321-335, 324-338, 324-329, 324-332, 324-335, 447-725, 533-725, 715-973, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33 or any fragment thereof that binds to an antibody or antigen-binding region thereof of the present invention.
  • Another aspect of the present invention provides an immunoassay comprising the steps of: (a) contacting a test sample with a monoclonal antibody or antigen-binding region thereof capable of being competitively inhibited in its binding to human CD148 by a monoclonal antibody or antigen-binding region thereof that specifically binds to a human CD 148 epitope defined by one or more of the polypeptide sequences selected from the group consisting of amino acids 315- 329, 318-332, 321-335, 324-338, 324-329, 324-332, 324-335, 447-725, 533-725, 715-973, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33 or any fragment thereof that binds to an antibody or antigen-binding region thereof of the present invention; and (b) determining the presence of human CD148 in the test sample.
  • Another aspect of the invention includes a method for identifying a compound that specifically binds to a human CD 148 epitope defined by one or more of the polypeptide sequences selected from the group consisting of amino acids 315- 329, 318-332, 321-335, 324-338, 324-329, 324-332, 324-335, 447-725, 533-725, 715-973, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33, comprising: contacting a test compound with a human CD 148 epitope defined by one or more of the polypeptide sequences selected from the group consisting of amino acids 315-329, 318-332, 321-335, 324-338, 324-329, 324-332, 324-335, 447-725, 533-725, 715- 973, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33 for a time sufficient to form a complex and detecting for the formation of a complex by detecting the
  • Yet another aspect of the present invention is a method for identifying a compound that specifically binds to a human CD 148 epitope defined by one or more of the polypeptide sequences selected from the group consisting of amino acids 315- 329, 318-332, 321-335, 324-338, 324-329, 324-332, 324-335, 447-725, 533-725, 715-973, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33, comprising: providing atomic coordinates defining a three-dimensional structure of a CD 148 epitope defined by one or more of the polypeptide sequences selected from the group consisting of amino acids 315-329, 318-332, 321-335, 324-338, 324-329, 324-332, 324-335, 447-725, 533-725, 715-973, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33, and designing or selecting compounds capable of binding the CD148 epitope based
  • FIGURE 1A and IB show a nucleotide and encoded amino acid sequence overlap for variable heavy (VH) and variable light (VL) chains for an antibody of the present invention, Antibody No. 1 (Ab-1). Shaded regions on the figure highlight CDRl, 2, and 3 (from amino to carboxy terminus, respectively). Query and Framel designations indicate the nucleotide and amino acid sequences, respectively.
  • FIGURE 2A and 2B show a nucleotide and encoded amino acid sequence overlap for variable heavy (VH) and variable light (VL) chains for Antibody No. 2 (Ab-2). Shaded regions on the figure highlight CDRl, 2, and 3 (from amino to carboxy terminus, respectively).
  • FIGURE 3A and 3B show a nucleotide and encoded amino acid sequence overlap for variable heavy (VH) and variable light (VL) chains for Antibody No. 3 (Ab-3). Shaded regions on the figure highlight CDRl, 2, and 3 (from amino to carboxy terminus, respectively).
  • FIGURE 4A and 4B show a nucleotide and encoded amino acid sequence overlap for variable heavy (VH) and variable light (VL) chains for Antibody No. 4 (Ab-4). Shaded regions on the figure highlight CDRl, 2, and 3 (from amino to carboxy terminus, respectively).
  • FIGURE 5A and 5B show a nucleotide and encoded amino acid sequence overlap for variable heavy (VH) and variable light (VL) chains for Antibody No. 5 (Ab-5).
  • FIGURE 6A and 6B show a nucleotide and encoded amino acid sequence overlap for variable heavy (VH) and variable light (VL) chains for Antibody No. 6 (Ab-6). Shaded regions on the figure highlight CDRl, 2, and 3 (from amino to carboxy terminus, respectively).
  • FIGURE 7A and 7B show a nucleotide and encoded amino acid sequence overlap for variable heavy (VH) and variable light (VL) chains for Antibody No. 7 (Ab-7). Shaded regions on the figure highlight CDRl, 2, and 3 (from amino to carboxy terminus, respectively).
  • FIGURE 8A and 8B show a nucleotide and encoded amino acid sequence overlap for variable heavy (VH) and variable light (VL) chains for Antibody No. 8 (Ab-8). Shaded regions on the figure highlight CDRl, 2, and 3 (from amino to carboxy terminus, respectively).
  • nucleic acids are written left to right in 5' to 3' orientation; amino acid sequences are written left to right in amino to carboxy orientation.
  • Numeric ranges recited herein are inclusive of the numbers defining the range and include and are supportive of each integer within the defined range.
  • Amino acids may be referred to herein by either their commonly known three letter symbols or by the one-letter symbols recommended by the IUPAC-IUBMB Nomenclature Commission.
  • Nucleotides likewise, may be referred to by their commonly accepted single-letter codes.
  • the terms "a” or “an” are to be construed as meaning "at least one of.
  • the section headings used herein are for organizational purposes only and are not to be construed as limiting the subject matter described.
  • extracellular domain of human CD148 is meant the portion of human CD148 localized between about residues 36 to 973 (residues 1 to 35 being the leader sequence and not present in the mature form) of NCBI (National Center for Biotechnology Information) accession AAB36687 version AAB36687.1 GI: 1685075, submitted November 26, 1996, incorporated by reference herein and available on the world wide web at ncbi.nlm.nih.gov.
  • antibody includes both glycosylated and non-glycosylated immunoglobulins of any isotype or subclass or combination thereof, including human (including CDR-grafted antibodies), humanized, chimeric, multi-specific, monoclonal, polyclonal, and oligomers thereof, irrespective of whether such antibodies are produced, in whole or in part, via immunization, through recombinant technology, by way of in vitro synthetic means, or otherwise.
  • antibody includes those that are prepared, expressed, created or isolated by recombinant means, such as (a) antibodies isolated from an animal (e.g., a mouse) that is transgenic for human immunoglobulin genes or a hybridoma prepared therefrom, (b) antibodies isolated from a host cell transfected to express the antibody, e.g., from a transfectoma, (c) antibodies isolated from a recombinant, combinatorial antibody library, and (d) antibodies prepared, expressed, created or isolated by any other means that involve splicing of immunoglobulin gene sequences to other DNA sequences.
  • Such antibodies have variable and constant regions derived from germline immunoglobulin sequences of two distinct species of animals.
  • such antibodies can be subjected to in vitro mutagenesis (or, when an animal transgenic for human immunoglobulin sequences is used, in vivo somatic mutagenesis) and thus the amino acid sequences of the VH and VL regions of the antibodies are sequences that, while derived from and related to the germline VH and VL sequences of a particular species (e.g., human), may not naturally exist within that species' antibody germline repertoire in vivo.
  • a whole antibody is a glycoprotein comprising at least two heavy (H) chains and two light (L) chains inter-connected by disulfide bonds, or an antigen-binding region thereof.
  • Each heavy chain is comprised of a heavy chain variable region (abbreviated herein as VH) and a heavy chain constant region, comprised of three domains (abbreviated herein as CHI, CH2 and CH3).
  • Each light chain is comprised of a light chain variable region (abbreviated herein as VL) and a light chain constant region, comprised of one domain (abbreviated herein as CL).
  • VH and VL regions can be further subdivided into regions of hypervariability, termed complementarity determining regions (CDR), interspersed with regions that are more conserved, termed framework regions (FR).
  • CDR complementarity determining regions
  • Each VH and VL is composed of three CDRs and four FRs, arranged from amino-terminus to carboxy-terminus in the following order: FR1, CDRl, FR2, CDR2, FR3, CDR3, FR4.
  • the variable regions of the heavy and light chains contain a binding domain that interacts with an antigen.
  • the constant regions of the antibodies may mediate the binding of the immunoglobulin to host tissues or factors, including various cells of the immune system (e.g., effector cells) and the first component (Clq) of the classical complement system.
  • an amino acid sequence which is substantially the same as a heavy or light chain CDR exhibits a considerable amount or extent of sequence identity when compared to a reference sequence and contributes favorably to specific binding of an antigen bound specifically by an antibody having the reference sequence. Such identity is definitively known or recognizable as representing the amino acid sequence of the particular human monoclonal antibody. Substantially the same heavy and light chain CDR amino acid sequence can have, for example, minor modifications or conservative substitutions of amino acids so long as the ability to bind a particular antigen is maintained.
  • the term "human monoclonal antibody” is intended to include a monoclonal antibody with substantially human CDR amino acid sequences produced, for example, by recombinant methods, by lymphocytes or by hybridoma cells.
  • antigen-binding region of an antibody means one or more fragments of an antibody that retain the ability to specifically bind to an antigen (e.g., CD 148) that is specifically bound by a reference antibody, as disclosed herein.
  • An "antigen-binding regions" of an antibody may include, for example, polypeptides comprising individual heavy or light chains and fragments thereof, such as VL, VH and Fd regions; monovalent fragments, such as Fv, Fab, and Fab' regions; bivalent fragments such as F(ab') ; single chain antibodies, such as single chain Fv (scFv) regions; Fc fragments; diabodies; Fd (consisting of the VH and CHI domains), maxibodies (bivalent scFV fused to the amino terminus of the Fc (CH2-CH3 domains) of IgGl) and complementarity determining region (CDR) domains.
  • antigen-binding region also includes, for example, fragments produced by protease digestion or reduction of a human monoclonal antibody and by recombinant DNA methods known to those skilled in the art.
  • fragments produced by protease digestion or reduction of a human monoclonal antibody and by recombinant DNA methods known to those skilled in the art.
  • One skilled in the art knows that the exact boundaries of a fragment of a human monoclonal antibody can be variable, so long as the fragment maintains a functional activity.
  • recombinant methods one skilled in the art can engineer a nucleic acid to express a functional fragment with any endpoints desired for a particular application.
  • the two domains of the Fv fragment, VL and VH are coded for by separate genes, they can be joined, using recombinant methods, by a synthetic linker that enables them to be made as a single protein chain in which the VL and VH regions pair to form monovalent molecules (known as single chain Fv (scFv); see e.g., Bird et al. (1988) Science 242:423-426; and Huston et al. (1988) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:5879-5883).
  • single chain Fv single chain Fv
  • Such single chain antibodies are also intended to be encompassed within the term "antigen- binding region" of an antibody.
  • antibody fragments are obtained using conventional techniques known to those with skill in the art, and the fragments are screened for utility in the same manner as are intact antibodies.
  • Such fragments include those obtained by amino-terminal and/or carboxy-terminal deletions, but where the remaining amino acid sequence is substantially identical to the corresponding positions in the naturally-occurring sequence deduced, for example, from a full-length cDNA sequence.
  • Antigen binding regions also include fragments of an antibody which retain at least one (e.g., 1, 2, 3 or more) heavy chain sequences and/or at least one (e.g., 1, 2, 3 or more) light chain sequences for a particular complementarity determining region (CDR) (i.e., at least one or more of CDRl, CDR2, and/or CDR3 from the heavy and/or light chain).
  • CDR complementarity determining region
  • Fusions of CDR containing sequences to an Fc region or a constant heavy 2 (CH2) or constant heavy 3 (CH3) containing region thereof) are included within the scope of this definition including, for example, scFV fused, directly or indirectly, to an Fc are included herein.
  • An antigen binding region is inclusive of, but not limited to, those derived from an antibody or fragment thereof (e.g., by enzymatic digestion or reduction of disulfide bonds), produced synthetically using recombinant methods (e.g., transfectomas), created via in vitro synthetic means (e.g., Merrifield resins), combinations thereof, or through other methods.
  • Antigen-binding regions may also comprise multiple fragments, such as CDR fragments, linked together synthetically, chemically, or otherwise, in the form of oligomers.
  • antigen binding regions of the present invention include polypeptides produced by any number of methods which comprise at least one CDR from a VH or VL chain of the present invention (e.g., Ab-1 through Ab-8).
  • V L fragment means a fragment of the light chain of a human monoclonal antibody which includes all or part of the light chain variable region, including the CDRs.
  • a VL fragment can further include light chain constant region sequences.
  • Fd fragment means a fragment of the heavy chain of a human monoclonal antibody which includes all or part of the VH heavy chain variable region, including the CDRS.
  • An Fd fragment can further include CHI heavy chain constant region sequences.
  • Fv fragment means a monovalent antigen-binding fragment of a human monoclonal antibody, including all or part of the variable regions of the heavy and light chains, and absent of the constant regions of the heavy and light chains.
  • the variable regions of the heavy and light chains include, for example, the CDRs.
  • an Fv fragment includes all or part of the amino terminal variable region of about 110 amino acids of both the heavy and light chains.
  • Fab fragment means a monovalent antigen-binding fragment of an antibody consisting of the VL, VH, CL and CHI domains, which is larger than an Fv fragment.
  • an Fab fragment includes the variable regions, and all or part of the first constant domain of the heavy and light chains.
  • a Fab fragment additionally includes, for example, amino acid residues from about 110 to about 220 of the heavy and light chains.
  • Fab' fragment means a monovalent antigen-binding fragment of a human monoclonal antibody that is larger than a Fab fragment.
  • a Fab' fragment includes all of the light chain, all of the variable region of the heavy chain, and all or part of the first and second constant domains of the heavy chain.
  • a Fab' fragment can additionally include some or all of amino acid residues 220 to 330 of the heavy chain.
  • the term "F(ab') fragment” means a bivalent antigen-binding fragment of a human monoclonal antibody comprising two Fab fragments linked by a disulfide bridge at the hinge region.
  • An F(ab') 2 fragment includes, for example, all or part of the variable regions of two heavy chains and two light chains, and can further include all or part of the first constant domains of two heavy chains and two light chains.
  • dAb fragment means a fragment consisting of the VH domain, as described by Ward et al., (1989) Nature 341:544-546).
  • CDR means the non-contiguous antigen combining sites found within the variable region of both heavy and light chain polypeptides. This particular region has been described by Kabat et al., U.S. Dept. of Health and Human Services, "Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest” (1983) and by Chothia et al., J. Mol. Biol. 196:901-917 (1987) and additionally by MacCallum et al, J. Mol. Biol.
  • CDR-grafted refers to an antibody or antigen binding region in which the CDRs derived from one species are inserted into the framework of a different species, such as murine CDRs grafted on a human framework (a "human” antibody).
  • analog means polypeptides which are comprised of a segment of at least 25 amino acids that has substantial identity to a portion of a deduced amino acid sequence and which has at least one of the following properties: (1) specific binding to CD 148, under suitable binding conditions, (2) ability to block CD 148 ligands from binding to CD148, or (3) ability to inhibit CD148 mediated angiogenesis.
  • polypeptide analogs comprise a conservative amino acid substitution (or addition or deletion) with respect to the naturally-occurring sequence.
  • Analogs typically are at least 20 amino acids long, preferably at least 50 amino acids long or longer, and can often be as long as a full-length naturally- occurring polypeptide.
  • isolated means separated from one or more compound that is found with the antibody or polypeptide in nature or in a synthetic reaction used to produce the antibody including, for example, a reagent, precursor or other reaction product, and preferably substantially free from any other contaminating mammalian polypeptides that would interfere with its therapeutic or diagnostic use.
  • An isolated agent also includes a substantially pure agent.
  • the term can include naturally occurring molecules such as products of biosynthetic reactions or synthetic molecules.
  • an antibody is also considered “isolated,” for example, when it is substantially free of other antibodies having different antigenic specificities.
  • a substance is “isolated” if it is bound or conjugated to a polypeptide or other substance to which is is not bound in nature.
  • substantially pure means a substance that is the predominant species present (i.e., on a molar basis it is more abundant than any other individual species in the composition) and comprises at least about 50 percent (on a molar basis) of all macromolecular species present. Generally, a substantially pure composition will comprise more than about 80 percent of all macromolecular species present in the composition, or alternatively more than about 85%, 90%, 95%, and 99%).
  • a substance is purified to essential homogeneity (contaminant species cannot be detected in the composition by conventional detection methods) wherein the composition consists essentially of a single macromolecular species.
  • a substance is "isolated” if in the course of manufacture or formulation it is “isolated” or “substantially pure” as described above, and then combined with other agents in a well-defined composition, notwithstanding the substance in the well-defined composition is not the predominant species present.
  • the terms “specifically binds” and “specific binding” mean that a compound preferentially or selectively recognizes and binds mature, full- length or partial-length epitope of CD 148, or an ortholog thereof, such that its affinity (as determined by, e.g., Affinity ELISA or BIAcore assays as described herein) or its neutralization capability (as determined by e.g., Neutralization ELISA assays described herein, or similar assays) is at least 10 times as great, but optionally 50 times as great, 100, 250 or 500 times as great, or even at least 1000 times as great as the affinity or neutralization capability of the same for any other polypeptide, wherein the peptide portion of the peptibody is first fused to a human Fc moiety for evaluation in such assay.
  • the antibody binds with an affinity of at least about lxlO 7 M "1 , and binds to the predetermined antigen with an affinity that is at least two-fold greater than its affinity for binding to a non-specific antigen (e.g., BSA, casein) other than the predetermined antigen or a closely-related antigen.
  • a non-specific antigen e.g., BSA, casein
  • an antibody "recognizing" or “specific for” an antigen is considered equivalent to "binding specifically" to an antigen.
  • An antibody that specifically binds to a specified epitope, isoform or variant of human CD 148 may, however, still have cross-reactivity to other related antigens, e.g., from other species (e.g., CD148 species homologs) and still be considered to "specifically bind" the specified CD148 epitope.
  • epitope refers to that portion of any molecule capable of being recognized by and bound by a specific binding agent, e.g., an antibody, at one or more of the binding agent's antigen binding regions.
  • Epitopes usually consist of chemically active surface groupings of molecules such as amino acids or sugar side chains and usually have specific three dimensional structural characteristics, as well as specific charge characteristics.
  • Conformational and nonconformational epitopes are distinguished in that the binding to the former but not the latter is lost in the presence of denaturing solvents.
  • An antibody is considered to specifically bind an antigen when the dissociation constant is less than or equal to about 1 ⁇ M, preferably less than or equal to about 100 nM and most preferably less than 10 nM.
  • the antibodies and antigen-binding regions of such antibodies of the present invention include antibodies and antigen-binding regions thereof that are generated using the eptitopic determinants defined herein, or that are generated using epitopic determinants having substantial identity to the eptitopic determinants defined herein.
  • the term “substantial identity” means that the sequences share sufficient identity that an antibody that binds to the modified epitopic determinant competitively inhibits binding of an antibody to the epitopic determinants described herein.
  • the phrase “competitively inhibits binding” means that an antibody recognizes, binds to or has immunospecificity for the same, or substantially the same, epitope or fragment thereof as another antibody or antigen-binding region thereof.
  • an isolated antibody or antigen- binding region thereof that competitively inhibits binding of a monoclonal antibody that specifically binds to a human CD148 epitope defined by the sequence of amino acids selected from the group consisting of amino acids 315-329, 318-332, 321-335, 324-338, 324-329, 324-332, 324-335, 447-725, 533-725, 715-973, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33, is able to measurably compete for binding to CD148.
  • competitive inhibition is measured by determining the amount of a reference antibody or antigen binding region which is bound to the target protein (e.g., human CD148) in the presence of the tested antibody or antigen binding region thereof.
  • the tested antibody or tested antigen binding region is present in excess, such as 5-, 10-, 25-, or 50-fold excess.
  • Competitively bound antibodies or antigen binding regions will, when present in excess, inhibit specific binding of a reference antibody or antigen binding region to the extracellular domain of human CD 148 by a statistically significant degree, often at least 10%, 25%, 50%, 75%, 90%) or greater.
  • Competitive inhibition assays are well known in the art. See, for example, Harlow and Lane (1998), Antibodies, A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Publications, New York.
  • inhibition of binding encompasses both partial and complete inhibition/blocking. Inhibition and blocking are also intended to include any measurable decrease in the binding affinity of a particular anti-CD148 antibody to CD148 when in contact with an anti-CD148 antibody of the present invention, e.g., the blocking of binding by at least about 10%), 20%), 30%), 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 99%, or 100%.
  • an antibody that specifically binds to a human CD148 epitope defined by the sequence of amino acids selected from the group consisting of amino acids 315-329, 318-332, 321-335, 324-338, 324-329, 324-332, 324-335, 447-725, 533-725, 715-973, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33
  • identification of antibodies that competitively inhibit binding of those antibodies to CD 148 is readily determined simply by comparison to the reference antibody.
  • the identification of cross-reactive antibodies can be readily determined using any one of variety of immunological screening assays in which antibody competition can be assessed. Such assays are routine in the art and are further described herein in detail.
  • control antibodies In certain embodiments, one would or pre-mix the control antibodies with varying amounts of the test antibodies (e.g., 1: 10 or 1:100) for a period oftime prior to applying to an antigen composition. In other embodiments, the control and varying amounts of test antibodies can simply be admixed during exposure to the antigen composition. In any event, by using species or isotype secondary antibodies one will be able to detect only the bound control antibodies, the binding of which will be reduced by the presence of a test antibody that recognizes substantially the same epitope.
  • a detectable label such as, e.g., biotin or an enzymatic (or even radioactive) label to enable subsequent identification.
  • a detectable label such as, e.g., biotin or an enzymatic (or even radioactive) label
  • the assay may again be any one of a range of immunological assays based upon antibody hybridization, and the control antibodies would be detected by means of detecting their label, e.g., using streptavidin in the case of biotinylated antibodies or by using a chromogenic substrate in connection with an enzymatic label (such as 3,3'5,5'-tetramethylbenzid- ine (TMB) substrate with peroxidase enzyme) or by simply detecting a radioactive label.
  • TMB 3,3'5,5'-tetramethylbenzid- ine
  • An antibody that binds to the same epitope as the control antibodies will be able to effectively compete for binding and thus will significantly reduce control antibody binding, as evidenced by a reduction in bound label.
  • the reactivity of the (labeled) control antibodies in the absence of a completely irrelevant antibody would be the control high value.
  • the control low value would be obtained by incubating the labeled antibodies with unlabelled antibodies of exactly the same type, when competition would occur and reduce binding of the labeled antibodies.
  • a significant reduction in labeled antibody reactivity in the presence of a test antibody is indicative of a test antibody that recognizes the same epitope, i.e., one that "cross-reacts" with the labeled antibody.
  • the phrase "inhibits angiogenesis” means a statistically significant reduction in the level of angiogenesis relative to an untreated control.
  • Exemplary reductions are from at least 5 to 99%, and thus include at least 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%), 70%), 80%, or 90%> reduction in angiogenesis relative to a negative control.
  • Widely accepted functional assays of angiogenesis such as the corneal micropocket assay and the human renal microvascular endothelial cell (HRMEC) planar migration assay are known in the art. See, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,712,291 and 5,871,723.
  • an HRMEC planar migration assay is a wound closure that assay can be used to quantitate the inhibition of angiogenesis by antibodies or antigen binding regions of the present invention in vitro.
  • endothelial cell migration is measured as the rate of closure of a circular wound in a cultured cell mono layer.
  • the rate of wound closure is linear, and is dynamically regulated by agents that stimulate and inhibit angiogenesis in vivo.
  • a mouse corneal pocket assay can also be used to quantitate the inhibition of angiogenesis by antibodies or antigen binding regions of the present invention in vivo.
  • agents to be tested for angiogenic or anti-angiogenic activity are immobilized in a slow release form in a hydron pellet, which is implanted into micropockets created in the corneal epithelium of anesthetized mice.
  • Vascularization is measured as the appearance, density, and extent of vessel ingrowth from the vascularized corneal limbus into the normally avascular cornea. It is understood that the antibodies of the present invention may be modified, such that they are substantially identical to the antibody polypeptide sequences, or fragements thereof, and still bind the CD 148 epitopes of the present invention. Polypeptide sequences are "substantially identical" when, optimally aligned using such programs as GAP or BESTFIT using default gap weights, they share at least 80 percent sequence identity, at least 90 percent sequence identity, at least 95 percent sequence identity, or at least 99 percent sequence identity. Preferably, residue positions which are not identical differ by conservative amino acid substitutions. Conservative amino acid substitutions refer to the interchangeability of residues having similar side chains.
  • a group of amino acids having aliphatic side chains is glycine, alanine, valine, leucine, and isoleucine; a group of amino acids having aliphatic-hydroxyl side chains is serine and threonine; a group of amino acids having amide-containing side chains is asparagine and glutamine; a group of amino acids having aromatic side chains is phenylalanine, tyrosine, and tryptophan; a group of amino acids having basic side chains is lysine, arginine, and histidine; and a group of amino acids having sulfur-containing side chains is cysteine and methionine.
  • Preferred conservative amino acids substitution groups are: valine- leucine-isoleucine, phenylalanine-tyrosine, lysine-arginine, alanine-valine, glutamic- aspartic, and asparagine-glutamine.
  • minor variations in the amino acid sequences of antibodies or immunoglobulin molecules are contemplated as being encompassed by the present invention, providing that the variations in the amino acid sequence maintain at least 75%, more preferably at least 80%>, 90%), 95%), and most preferably 99%.
  • conservative amino acid replacements are contemplated.
  • Conservative replacements are those that take place within a family of amino acids that are related in their side chains.
  • amino acids are generally divided into families: (1) acidic (aspartate, glutamate); (2) basic (lysine, arginine, histidine); (3) nonpolar (alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, proline, phenylalanine, methionine, tryptophan); and (4) uncharged polar (glycine, asparagine, glutamine, cysteine, serine, threonine, tyrosine).
  • More preferred families are: serine and threonine are aliphatic-hydroxy family; asparagine and glutamine are an amide- containing family; alanine, valine, leucine and isoleucine are an aliphatic family; and phenylalanine, tryptophan, and tyrosine are an aromatic family.
  • Structural and functional domains can be identified by comparison of the nucleotide and/or amino acid sequence data to public or proprietary sequence databases.
  • computerized comparison methods are used to identify sequence motifs or predicted protein conformation domains that occur in other proteins of known structure and/or function. Methods to identify protein sequences that fold into a known three-dimensional structure are known. Bowie et al. Science 253:164 (1991).
  • sequence motifs and structural conformations that may be used to define structural and functional domains in accordance with the invention.
  • Preferred amino acid substitutions are those which: (1) reduce susceptibility to proteolysis, (2) reduce susceptibility to oxidation, (3) alter binding affinity for forming protein complexes, (4) alter binding affinities, and (4) confer or modify other physicochemical or functional properties of such analogs.
  • Analogs can include various muteins of a sequence other than the naturally-occurring peptide sequence. For example, single or multiple amino acid substitutions (preferably conservative amino acid substitutions) may be made in the naturally-occurring sequence (preferably in the portion of the polypeptide outside the domain(s) forming intermolecular contacts.
  • a conservative amino acid substitution should not substantially change the structural characteristics of the parent sequence (e.g., a replacement amin ⁇ acid should not tend to break a helix that occurs in the parent sequence, or disrupt other types of secondary structure that characterizes the parent sequence).
  • Examples of art-recognized polypeptide secondary and tertiary structures are described in Proteins, Structures and Molecular Principles (Creighton, Ed., W. H. Freeman and Company, New York (1984)); Introduction to Protein Structure (C. Branden and J. Tooze, eds., Garland Publishing, New York, N.Y. (1991)); and Thornton et at. Nature 354:105 (1991), which are each incorporated herein by reference.
  • the antibodies of the present invention may also be generated using peptide analogs of the epitopic determinants disclosed herein, which analogs may consist of non-peptide compounds having properties analogous to those of the template peptide. These types of non-peptide compound are termed "peptide mimetics" or "peptidomimetics". Fauchere, J. Adv. Drug Res. 15:29 (1986); Veber and Freidinger TINS p.392 (1985); and Evans et al. J. Med. Chem. 30:1229 (1987). Such compounds are often developed with the aid of computerized molecular modeling. Peptide mimetics that are structurally similar to therapeutically useful peptides may be used to produce an equivalent therapeutic or prophylactic effect.
  • a paradigm polypeptide i.e., a polypeptide that has a biochemical property or pharmacological activity
  • Systematic substitution of one or more amino acids of a consensus sequence with a D-amino acid of the same type may be used to generate more stable peptides.
  • constrained peptides comprising a consensus sequence or a substantially identical consensus sequence variation may be generated by methods known in the art (Rizo and Gierasch Ann. Rev. Biochem. 61:387 (1992), incorporated herein by reference); for example, by adding internal cysteine residues capable of forming intramolecular disulfide bridges which cyclize the peptide.
  • bispecific molecule is intended to include any agent, e.g., a protein, peptide, or protein or peptide complex, which has at least two different binding specificities.
  • the molecule may bind to, or interact with, (a) a cell surface antigen and (b) an Fc receptor on the surface of an effector cell.
  • multispecific molecule or “heterospecific molecule” is intended to include any agent, e.g., a protein, peptide, or protein or peptide complex, which has more than two different binding specificities.
  • the molecule may bind to, or interact with, (a) a cell surface antigen, (b) an Fc receptor on the surface of an effector cell, and (c) at least one other component.
  • the invention includes, but is not limited to, bispecific, trispecific, tetraspecific, and other multispecific molecules which are directed to CD 148 epitopes, and to other targets, such as Fc receptors on effector cells.
  • bispecific antibodies also includes diabodies.
  • Diabodies are bivalent, bispecific antibodies in which the VH and VL domains are expressed on a single polypeptide chain, but using a linker that is too short to allow for pairing between the two domains on the same chain, thereby forcing the domains to pair with complementary domains of another chain and creating two antigen binding sites (see e.g., Holliger, P., et al (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:6444-6448; Poljak, R. J., et al. (1994) Structure 2:1121-1123).
  • a bispecific antibody includes two or more antibodies, antibody binding fragments (e.g., Fab), derivatives therefrom, or antigen binding regions linked together, at least two of which have different specificities.
  • human antibody refers to an antibody in which both the constant regions and the framework consist of fully or substantially human sequences such that the human antibody elicits substantially no immunogenic reaction against itself when administered to a human host and preferably, no detectable immunogenic reaction. It is to be understood that a "human antibody” need not consist entirely of human sequences, but may contain portions of non-human sequences, provided that the antibody does not elicit an immunogenic reaction when administered to the human host.
  • a "human antibody” includes antibodies in which CDR regions of non-human species, such as a mounse, are grafted on a human framework.
  • human antibodies are produced in non-human mammals, including, but not limited to, mice, rats, and lagomorphs.
  • human antibodies are produced in hybridoma cells from transgenic animals having a human immunoglobulin repertoire.
  • fully human antibodies are produced recombinantly, such as in a transfectoma.
  • the term "humanized antibody” refers to an antibody in which substantially all of the constant region is derived from a human, while all or part of one or more variable regions is derived from another species, for example a mouse.
  • the terms “monoclonal antibody” or “monoclonal antibody composition” as used herein refer to a preparation of antibody molecules of single molecular composition.
  • a monoclonal antibody composition displays a single binding specificity and affinity for a particular epitope.
  • the term “human monoclonal antibody” refers to antibodies displaying a single binding specificity which have variable and constant regions derived from human germline immunoglobulin sequences.
  • the human monoclonal antibodies are produced by a hybridoma which includes a B cell obtained from a transgenic non-human animal, e.g., a transgenic mouse, having a genome comprising a human heavy chain transgene and a light chain transgene fused to an immortalized cell.
  • recombinant is intended to include all human antibodies that are prepared, expressed, created or isolated by recombinant means, such as (a) antibodies isolated from an animal (e.g., a mouse) that is transgenic for human immunoglobulin genes or a hybridoma prepared therefrom (described further in Section I, below), (b) antibodies isolated from a host cell transformed to express the antibody, e.g., from a transfectoma, (c) antibodies isolated from a recombinant, combinatorial human antibody library, and (d) antibodies prepared, expressed, created or isolated by any other means that involve splicing of human immunoglobulin gene sequences to other DNA sequences.
  • Such recombinant human antibodies have variable and constant regions derived from human germline immunoglobulin sequences.
  • such recombinant human antibodies can be subjected to in vitro mutagenesis (or, when an animal transgenic for human Ig sequences is used, in vivo somatic mutagenesis) and thus the amino acid sequences of the VH and VL regions of the recombinant antibodies are sequences that, while derived from and related to human germline VH and VL sequences, may not naturally exist within the human antibody germline repertoire in vivo.
  • a "heterologous antibody” is defined in relation to the transgenic non-human organism producing such an antibody.
  • heterohybrid antibody refers to an antibody having a light and heavy chains of different organismal origins.
  • an antibody having a human heavy chain associated with a murine light chain is a heterohybrid antibody.
  • heterohybrid antibodies include chimeric and humanized antibodies, discussed supra.
  • isotype switching refers to the phenomenon by which the class, or isotype, of an antibody changes from one Ig class to one of the other Ig classes.
  • nonswitched isotype refers to the isotypic class of heavy chain that is produced when no isotype switching has taken place; the CH gene encoding the nonswitched isotype is typically the first CH gene immediately downstream from the functionally rearranged VDJ gene. Isotype switching has been classified as classical or non-classical isotype switching. Classical isotype switching occurs by recombination events which involve at least one switch sequence region in the transgene. Non-classical isotype switching may occur by, for example, homologous recombination between human theta-mu and human theta-mu (delta- associated deletion).
  • switch sequence refers to those DNA sequences responsible for switch recombination.
  • a "switch donor” sequence typically a mu switch region, will be 5' (i.e., upstream) of the construct region to be deleted during the switch recombination.
  • the "switch acceptor” region will be between the construct region to be deleted and the replacement constant region (e.g., gamma, epsilon etc.). As there is no specific site where recombination always occurs, the final gene sequence will typically not be predictable from the construct.
  • glycosylation pattern is defined as the pattern of carbohydrate units that are covalently attached to a protein, more specifically to an immunoglobulin protein.
  • a glycosylation pattern of a heterologous antibody can be characterized as being substantially similar to glycosylation patterns which occur naturally on antibodies produced by the species of the nonhuman transgenic animal, when one of ordinary skill in the art would recognize the glycosylation pattern of the heterologous antibody as being more similar to said pattern of glycosylation in the species of the nonhuman transgenic animal than to the species from which the CH genes of the transgene were derived.
  • the term "naturally-occurring" as used herein as applied to an object refers to the fact that an object can be found in nature.
  • a polypeptide or polynucleotide sequence that is present in an organism (including viruses) that can be isolated from a source in nature and which has not been intentionally modified by man in the laboratory is naturally-occurring.
  • the term "rearranged” as used herein refers to a configuration of a heavy chain or light chain immunoglobulin locus wherein a V segment is positioned immediately adjacent to a D-J or J segment in a conformation encoding essentially a complete VH or VL domain, respectively.
  • a rearranged immunoglobulin gene locus can be identified by comparison to germline DNA; a rearranged locus will have at least one recombined heptamer/nonamer homology element.
  • transfectoma includes recombinant eukaryotic host cell expressing the antibody, such as CHO cells or NS/0 cells.
  • transgenic nonhuman animal refers to a nonhuman animal having a genome comprising one or more human heavy and/or light chain transgenes or transchromosomes (either integrated or non-integrated into the animal's natural genomic DNA) and which is capable of expressing fully human antibodies.
  • a transgenic mouse can have a human light chain transgene and either a human heavy chain transgene or human heavy chain transchromosome, such that the mouse produces human anti-CD 148 antibodies when immunized with CD148 and/or cells expressing CD148.
  • the human heavy chain transgene can be integrated into the chromosomal DNA of the mouse, as is the case for transgenic, e.g., HuMAb mice, or the human heavy chain transgene can be maintained extrachromosomally, as is the case for transchromosomal (e.g., KM) mice as described in WO 02/43478.
  • transgenic and transchromosomal mice are capable of producing multiple isotypes of human monoclonal antibodies to CD148 (e.g., IgG, IgA and/or IgE) by undergoing V-D-J recombination and isotype switching.
  • CD148 e.g., IgG, IgA and/or IgE
  • the present invention is exemplified by antibodies or an antigen-binding regions thereof that bind to specified epitopes of CD148 that have been determined to play a role in activation of CD 148 mediated inflammatory and/or angiogenic activity.
  • Such antibodies or antigen-binding regions thereof of include anti-CD 148 antibodies and antigen-binding regions thereof whose binding to CD 148 can be competitively inhibited by the antibodies or antigen-binding regions thereof disclosed herein.
  • the polynucleotide sequences encoding the antibodies and antigen-binding regions thereof of the present invention, as well as the polypeptide sequences expressed by such polynucleotide sequences, are disclosed in co-pending U.S. Provisional Patent Application Nos.
  • the present invention provides anti-CD 148 antibodies that bind to substantially the same epitope as a human CD 148 epitope defined by one or more of the polypeptide sequences selected from the group consisting of amino acids 447- 725, 533-725, 715-973, 324-335, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33.
  • the present invention provides anti-CD 148 antibodies and antigen-binding regions thereof that bind to a human CD 148 epitope, or substantially the same epitope, defined by one or more of the polypeptide sequences selected from the group consisting of amino acids 315-329, 318-332, 321-335, 324- 338, 324-329, 324-332, 324-335, 447-725, 533-725, 715-973, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33.
  • the present invention provides an isolated antibody or antigen-binding region thereof that specifically binds to a human CD 148 epitope, or substantially the same epitope, defined by one or more of the polypeptide sequences selected from the group consisting of amino acids 315- 329, 318-332, 321-335, 324-338, 324-329, 324-332, 324-335, 447-725, 533-725, 715-973, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33.
  • the present invention provides a monoclonal antibody or antigen- binding region thereof that specifically binds to a human CD 148 epitope, or substantially the same epitope, defined by one or more of the polypeptide sequences selected from the group consisting of amino acids 315-329, 318-332, 321-335, 324- 338, 324-329, 324-332, 324-335, 447-725, 533-725, 715-973, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33.
  • Such antibodies or antigen-binding regions thereof can be prepared by any one of a number of processes disclosed below, for example, by immunizing an animal with at least a first CD 148 antigenic composition and selecting from the immunized animal an antibody that substantially cross-reacts with the monoclonal antibodies of the present invention.
  • Antibodies with such combinations of properties can be readily identified by one or more or a combination of the receptor competition, ELISA, co-precipitation, and/or functional assays and the crossreactivity assays described herein.
  • the antibodies encompassed by the present invention include IgG, IgA, IgGl-4, IgE, IgM, and IgD antibodies, e.g., IgGl ⁇ or IgGl ⁇ isotypes, or IgG4 ⁇ or IgG4 ⁇ isotypes.
  • the antibody of the present invention is a IgG2 isotype.
  • human antibodies are produced in a non-human transgenic animal, e.g., a transgenic mouse, capable of producing multiple isotypes of human antibodies to CD 148 (e.g., IgG, IgA and/or IgE) by undergoing V-D-J recombination and isotype switching.
  • aspects of the invention include not only antibodies, antibody fragments, and pharmaceutical compositions thereof, but also non-human transgenic animals, B-cells, host cell transfectomas, and hybridomas which produce monoclonal antibodies.
  • Methods of using the antibodies of the invention to detect a cell expressing CD 148 or a related, cross-reactive growth factor receptor, or to inhibit growth, differentiation and/or motility of a cell expressing CD148, either in vitro or in vivo, are also encompassed by the invention.
  • the present invention further encompasses pharmaceutical preparations containing the antibodies of the present invention, and methods of treating physiological disorders by administering the antibodies of the present invention.
  • the antibodies and antigen binding regions of the present invention can be constructed by any number of different methods, including, via immunization of animals (e.g., with an antigen that elicits the production of antibodies that specifically bind to and competitively inhibit the binding of at least one of an antibody of Ab-1 through Ab-8); via hybridomas (e.g., employing B-cells from transgenic or non-transgenic animals); via recombinant methods (e.g., CHO transfectomas; see, Morrison, S. (1985) Science 229:1202)), or, in vitro synthetic means (e.g., solid-phase polypeptide synthesis).
  • the antibodies and antigen binding regions are human or humanized.
  • Human C region genes are readily available from known clones. The choice of antibody isotype will be guided by the desired effector functions, such as complement fixation, or activity in antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity. In certain embodiments, the isotype is IgG 2 .
  • Human or humanized antibodies or antigen binding regions can also be generated through display-type technologies, including, without limitation, phage display, retroviral display, ribosomal display, and other techniques, using techniques well known in the art and the resulting molecules can be subjected to additional maturation, such as affinity maturation, as such techniques are well known in the art.
  • Modeling is well known in the art, and are used, for example, to avoid unnatural juxtaposition of non-human CDR regions with human variable framework regions, which can result in unnatural conformational restraints and concomitant loss of binding affinity.
  • Computer hardware and software for producing three-dimensional images of immunoglobulin molecules are widely available.
  • molecular models are produced starting from solved structures for immunoglobulin chains or domains thereof.
  • the chains to be modeled are compared for amino acid sequence similarity with chains or domains of solved three dimensional structures, and the chains or domains showing the greatest sequence similarity are selected as starting points for construction of the molecular model.
  • the solved starting structures are modified to allow for differences between the actual amino acids in the immunoglobulin chains or domains being modeled, and those in the starting structure.
  • transgenic animals e.g. mice
  • JH antibody heavy-chain joining region
  • Such regions can include, for example, all or part of the variable region of the heavy and light chains. Such regions can, in particular, include at least one of the CDRs of the heavy and/or light chains, and often, at least one CDR pair from from Ab-1 through Ab-8.
  • a nucleic acid encoding an antibody or antigen binding region of the invention can be directly synthesized by methods of in vitro oligonucleotide synthesis known in the art. Alternatively, smaller fragments can be synthesized and joined to form a larger fragment using recombinant methods known in the art.
  • Antibody binding regions, such as for Fab or F(ab') 2 may be prepared by cleavage of the intact protein, e.g. by protease or chemical cleavage.
  • a truncated gene can be designed.
  • DNAs encoding partial or full-length light and heavy chains can be obtained by standard molecular biology techniques (e.g., PCR amplification, site directed mutagenesis) and can be inserted into expression vectors such that the genes are operatively linked to transcriptional and translational regulatory sequences.
  • Nucleic acids encoding an antibody or antigen binding region of the invention can be cloned into a suitable expression vector and expressed in a suitable host.
  • a suitable vector and host cell system can allow, for example, co-expression and assembly of the variable heavy and variable light chains of at least one of Ab-1 through Ab-8, or CDR containing polypeptides thereof.
  • Suitable systems for expression can be determined by those skilled in the art.
  • Nucleic acids comprising polynucleotides of the present invention can be used in transfection of a suitable mammalian or nonmammalian host cells.
  • the expression vector(s) encoding the heavy and light chains is transfected into a host cell by standard techniques.
  • the various forms of the term "transfection" are intended to encompass a wide variety of techniques commonly used for the introduction of exogenous DNA into a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cell, e.g., electroporation, calcium-phosphate precipitation, DEAE-dextran transfection and the like.
  • expression of antibodies in eukaryotic cells is the most typical because such eukaryotic cells, and in particular mammalian cells, are more likely than prokaryotic cells to assemble and secrete a properly folded and immunologically active antibody or antigen binding region.
  • Expression vectors include plasmids, retroviruses, cosmids, YACs, EBV derived episomes, and the like.
  • a convenient vector is one that encodes a functionally complete human CH (constrant heavy) or CL (constant light) immunoglobulin sequence, with appropriate restriction sites engineered so that any VH or VL sequence can be easily inserted and expressed.
  • splicing usually occurs between the splice donor site in the inserted J region and the splice acceptor site preceding the human C region, and also at the splice regions that occur within the human CH exons. Polyadenylation and transcription termination occur at native chromosomal sites downstream of the coding regions.
  • the expression vector and expression control sequences are chosen to be compatible with the expression host cell used.
  • the antibody variable heavy chain nucleic acid and the antibody variable light chain nucleic acids of the present invention can be inserted into separate vectors or, frequently, both genes are inserted into the same expression vector.
  • the nucleic acids can be inserted into the expression vector by standard methods (e.g., ligation of complementary restriction sites on the antibody nucleic acid fragment and vector, or blunt end ligation if no restriction sites are present).
  • the heavy and light chain variable regions of Ab-1 through Ab-8, described herein, can be used to create full-length antibody genes of any antibody isotype by inserting them into expression vectors already encoding heavy chain constant and light chain constant regions of the desired isotype (and subclass) such that the VH segment is operatively linked to the CH segment(s) within the vector and the VL segment is operatively linked to the CL segment within the vector.
  • the expression vector can encode a signal peptide that facilitates secretion of the antibody or antigen binding region chain from a host cell.
  • the antibody or antigen binding region chain gene can be cloned into the vector such that the signal peptide is linked in-frame to the amino terminus of the antibody/antigen binding region chain gene.
  • the signal peptide can be an immunoglobulin signal peptide or a heterologous signal peptide (i.e., a signal peptide from a non-immunoglobulin protein).
  • the expression vectors of the invention carry regulatory sequences that control the expression of the sequence in a host cell.
  • the term "regulatory sequence” is intended to includes promoters, enhancers and other expression control elements (e.g., polyadenylation signals) that control the transcription or translation of the antibody chain genes.
  • regulatory sequences are described, for example, in Goeddel; Gene Expression Technology. Methods in Enzymology 185, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif. (1990).
  • regulatory sequences for mammalian host cell expression include viral elements that direct high levels of protein expression in mammalian cells, such as promoters and/or enhancers derived from cytomegalovirus (CMV), Simian Virus 40 (SV40), adenovirus, (e.g., the adenovirus major late promoter (AdMLP)) and polyoma.
  • CMV cytomegalovirus
  • SV40 Simian Virus 40
  • AdMLP adenovirus major late promoter
  • nonviral regulatory sequences may be used, such as the ubiquitin promoter or beta-globin promoter.
  • the expression vectors of the invention may carry additional sequences, such as sequences that regulate replication of the vector in host cells (e.g., origins of replication) and selectable marker genes.
  • the selectable marker gene facilitates selection of host cells into which the vector has been introduced (see e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,399,216, 4,634,665 and 5,179,017, all by Axel et al.).
  • the selectable marker gene confers resistance to drugs, such as G418, hygromycin or methotrexate, on a host cell into which the vector has been introduced.
  • Preferred selectable marker genes include the dihydrofolate reductase (DHFR) gene (for use in dhfr-host cells with methotrexate selection/amplification) and the neo gene (for G418 selection).
  • Preferred mammalian host cells for expressing the recombinant antibodies or antigen binding regions of the invention include Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO cells) (including dhfr-CHO cells, described in Urlaub and Chasin, (1980) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:4216-4220, used with a DHFR selectable marker, e.g., as described in R. J. Kaufman and P. A. Sharp (1982) Mol. Biol.
  • NS/0 myeloma cells NS/0 myeloma cells
  • COS cells COS cells
  • SP2.0 cells another preferred expression system
  • the GS gene expression system disclosed in WO 87/04462, WO 89/01036 and EP 338 841.
  • antibodies and antigen binding regions of the invention can be purified according to standard methods in the art, including HPLC purification, fraction column chromatography, gel electrophoresis and the like (see, e.g., Scopes, Protein Purification, Springer- Verlag, NY, 1982).
  • polypeptides are purified using chromatographic and/or electrophoretic techniques.
  • Exemplary purification methods include, but are not limited to, precipitation with ammonium sulphate; precipitation with PEG; immunoprecipitation; heat denaturation followed by centrifugation; chromatography, including, but not limited to, affinity chromatography (e.g., Protein-A-Sepharose), ion exchange chromatography, exclusion chromatography, and reverse phase chromatography; gel filtration; hydroxylapatite chromatography; isoelectric focusing; polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis; and combinations of such and other techniques.
  • a polypeptide is purified by fast protein liquid chromatography or by high pressure liquid chromotography (HPLC).
  • hybridoma cell that produces the antibody or antigen-binding region thereof of the present invention.
  • a hybridoma cell may comprise a B cell obtained from a transgenic non-human animal having a genome comprising a human heavy chain transgene and a light chain transgene fused to an immortalized cell, wherein the hybridoma produces a detectable amount of the monoclonal antibody or antigen-binding region thereof of the present invention.
  • Mouse splenocytes can be isolated and fused with PEG to a mouse myeloma cell line based upon standard protocols. The resulting hybridomas are then screened for the production of antigen-specific antibodies.
  • single cell suspensions of splenic lymphocytes from immunized mice are fused to one-sixth the number of P3X63-Ag8.653 nonsecreting mouse myeloma cells (ATCC, CRL 1580) with 50%) PEG.
  • Cells are plated at approximately 2 x 10 5 in flat bottom microtiter plate, followed by a two week incubation in selective medium containing 20%) fetal Clone Serum, 18%) "653" conditioned media, 5% origen (IGEN), 4 mM L- glutamine, 1 mM L-glutamine, 1 mM sodium pyruvate, 5mM HEPES, 0.055 mM 2- mercaptoethanol, 50 units/ml penicillin, 50 mg/ml streptomycin, 50 mg/ml gentamycin and l HAT (Sigrna; the HAT is added 24 hours after the fusion). After two weeks, cells are cultured in medium in which the HAT is replaced with HT.
  • Human antibodies of the invention can also be produced in a host cell transfectoma using, for example, a combination of recombinant DNA techniques and gene transfection methods as is well known in the art (Morrison, S. (1985) Science 229:1202).
  • a transfectoma cell may comprise nucleic acids encoding a human heavy chain and a human light chain, wherein the transfectoma produces a detectable amount of the monoclonal antibody or antigen-binding region thereof of the present invention.
  • DNAs encoding partial or full-length light and heavy chains can be obtained by standard molecular biology techniques (e.g., PCR amplification, site directed mutagenesis) and can be inserted into expression vectors such that the genes are operatively linked to transcriptional and translational control sequences.
  • operatively linked is intended to mean that an antibody gene is ligated into a vector such that transcriptional and translational control sequences within the vector serve their intended function of regulating the transcription and translation of the antibody gene.
  • the expression vector and expression control sequences are chosen to be compatible with the expression host cell used.
  • the antibody light chain gene and the antibody heavy chain gene can be inserted into separate vector or, more typically, both genes are inserted into the same expression vector.
  • the antibody genes are inserted into the expression vector by standard methods (e.g., ligation of complementary restriction sites on the antibody gene fragment and vector, or blunt end ligation if no restriction sites are present).
  • the light and heavy chain variable regions of the antibodies described herein can be used to create full-length antibody genes of any antibody isotype by inserting them into expression vectors already encoding heavy chain constant and light chain constant regions of the desired isotype such that the VH segment is operatively linked to the CH segment(s) within the vector and the VL segment is operatively linked to the CL segment within the vector.
  • the recombinant expression vector can encode a signal peptide that facilitates secretion of the antibody chain from a host cell.
  • the antibody chain gene can be cloned into the vector such that the signal peptide is linked in-frame to the amino terminus of the antibody chain gene.
  • the signal peptide can be an immunoglobulin signal peptide or a heterologous signal peptide (i.e., a signal peptide from a non-immunoglobulin protein).
  • the recombinant expression vectors of the invention carry regulatory sequences that control the expression of the antibody chain genes in a host cell.
  • regulatory sequence is intended to includes promoters, enhancers and other expression control elements (e.g., polyadenylation signals) that control the transcription or translation of the antibody chain genes.
  • promoters e.g., promoters, enhancers and other expression control elements (e.g., polyadenylation signals) that control the transcription or translation of the antibody chain genes.
  • Such regulatory sequences are described, for example, in Goeddel; Gene Expression Technology. Methods in Enzymology 185, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif. (1990). It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that the design of the expression vector, including the selection of regulatory sequences may depend on such factors as the choice of the host cell to be transformed, the level of expression of protein desired, etc. Preferred regulatory sequences for mammalian host .
  • cell expression include viral elements that direct high levels of protein expression in mammalian cells, such as promoters and/or enhancers derived from cytomegalovirus (CMV), Simian Virus 40 (SV40), adenovirus, (e.g., the adenovirus major late promoter (AdMLP)) and polyoma.
  • CMV cytomegalovirus
  • SV40 Simian Virus 40
  • AdMLP adenovirus major late promoter
  • nonviral regulatory sequences may be used, such as the ubiquitin promoter or beta-globin promoter.
  • the recombinant expression vectors of the invention may carry additional sequences, such as sequences that regulate replication of the vector in host cells (e.g., origins of replication) and selectable marker genes.
  • the selectable marker gene facilitates selection of host cells into which the vector has been introduced (see e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,399,216, 4,634,665 and 5,179,017, all by Axel et al.).
  • the selectable marker gene confers resistance to drugs, such as G418, hygromycin or methotrexate, on a host cell into which the vector has been introduced.
  • Preferred selectable marker genes include the dihydrofolate reductase (DHFR) gene (for use in dhfr-host cells with methotrexate selection/amplification) and the neo gene (for G418 selection).
  • DHFR dihydrofolate reductase
  • the antibody chain genes and regulatory sequences are expressed in "split dhfr vectors" PDC323 and PDC324, as disclosed by Bianchi, A.A. and McGrew, J.T. (2003) "High-level expression of full antibodies using trans-complementing expression vectors," Bioengineering and Biotechnology, 84 (4): 439-444; and McGrew, J.T. and Bianchi, AA. (2002) “Selection of cells expressing heteromeric proteins," U.S. Patent Application No. 20030082735, the contents of which are expressly incorporated herein by reference.
  • the expression vector(s) encoding the heavy and light chains is transfected into a host cell by standard techniques.
  • the various forms of the term "transfection" are intended to encompass a wide variety of techniques commonly used for the introduction of exogenous DNA into a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cell, e.g., electroporation, calcium-phosphate precipitation, DEAE-dextran transfection and the like.
  • eukaryotic cells eukaryotic cells
  • expression of antibodies in eukaryotic cells, and most preferably mammalian host cells is the most preferred because such eukaryotic cells, and in particular mammalian cells, are more likely than prokaryotic cells to assemble and secrete a properly folded and immunologically active antibody.
  • Preferred mammalian host cells for expressing the recombinant antibodies of the invention include Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO cells) (including dhfr-CHO cells, described in Urlaub and Chasin, (1980) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
  • a DHFR selectable marker e.g., as described in R. J. Kaufman and P. A. Sharp (1982) Mol. Biol. 159:601-621
  • NS/0 myeloma cells COS cells and SP2.0 cells.
  • another preferred expression system is the GS gene expression system disclosed in WO 87/04462, WO 89/01036 and EP 338 841.
  • the antibodies When recombinant expression vectors encoding antibody genes are introduced into mammalian host cells, the antibodies are produced by culturing the host cells for a period of time sufficient to allow for expression of the antibody in the host cells or, more preferably, secretion of the antibody into the culture medium in which the host cells are grown. Antibodies can be recovered from the culture medium using standard protein purification methods.
  • Such framework sequences can be obtained from public DNA databases that include germline antibody gene sequences. These germline sequences will differ from mature antibody gene sequences because they will not include completely assembled variable genes, which are formed by V(D)J joining during B cell maturation. Germline gene sequences will also differ from the sequences of a high affinity secondary repertoire antibody at individual evenly across the variable region. For example, somatic mutations are relatively infrequent in the amino- terminal portion of framework region.
  • somatic mutations are relatively infrequent in the amino terminal portion of framework region 1 and in the carboxy- terminal portion of framework region 4. Furthermore, many somatic mutations do not significantly alter the binding properties of the antibody. For this reason, it is not necessary to obtain the entire DNA sequence of a particular antibody in order to recreate an intact recombinant antibody having binding properties similar to those of the original antibody (see PCT/US99/05535 filed on Mar. 12, 1999, which is herein incorporated by referenced for all purposes). Partial heavy and light chain sequence spanning the CDR regions is typically sufficient for this purpose. The partial sequence is used to determine which germline variable and joining gene segments contributed to the recombined antibody variable genes. The germline sequence is then used to fill in missing portions of the variable regions.
  • Heavy and light chain leader sequences are cleaved during protein maturation and do not contribute to the properties of the final antibody. For this reason, it is necessary to use the corresponding germline leader sequence for expression constructs.
  • cloned cDNA sequences cab be combined with synthetic oligonucleotides by ligation or PCR amplification.
  • the entire variable region can be synthesized as a set of short, overlapping, oligonucleotides and combined by PCR amplification to create an entirely synthetic variable region clone. This process has certain advantages such as elimination or inclusion or particular restriction sites, or optimization of particular codons.
  • the nucleotide sequences of heavy and light chain transcripts from a hybridomas are used to design an overlapping set of synthetic oligonucleotides to create synthetic V sequences with identical amino acid coding capacities as the natural sequences.
  • the synthetic heavy and kappa chain sequences can differ from the natural sequences in three ways: strings of repeated nucleotide bases are interrupted to facilitate oligonucleotide synthesis and PCR amplification; optimal translation initiation sites are incorporated according to Kozak's rules (Kozak, 1991, J. Biol. Chem. 266:19867-19870); and, Hindlll sites are engineered upstream of the translation initiation sites.
  • the optimized coding, and corresponding non-coding, strand sequences are broken down into 30-50 nucleotide approximately the midpoint of the corresponding non-coding oligonucleotide.
  • the oligonucleotides can be assemble into overlapping double stranded sets that span segments of 150-400 nucleotides. The pools are then used as templates to produce PCR amplification products of 150-400 nucleotides.
  • a single variable region oligonucleotide set will be broken down into two pools which are separately amplified to generate two overlapping PCV products. These overlapping products are then combined by PCT amplification to form the complete variable region.
  • the heavy and light chain expression constructs can be combined into a single vector, co-transfected, serially transfected, or separately transfected into host cells which are then fused to form a host cell expressing both chains.
  • Plasmids for use in construction of expression vectors for human IgG ⁇ are described below.
  • the plasmids were constructed so that PCR amplified V heavy and V kappa light chain cDNA sequences could be used to reconstruct complete heavy and light chain minigenes.
  • These plasmids can be used to express completely human, or chimeric IgGl ⁇ or IgG4 ⁇ antibodies.
  • Similar plasmids can be constructed for expression of other heavy chain isotypes, or for expression of antibodies comprising lambda light chains.
  • the structural features of an human anti-CD 148 antibodies of the invention are used to create structurally related human anti-CD 148 antibodies that retain at least one functional property of the antibodies of the invention, such as binding to CD148.
  • anti-CD 148 antibodies can be combined recombinantly with known human framework regions and CDRs to create additional, recombinantly- engineered, human anti-CD 148 antibodies of the invention.
  • anti-CD 148 antibodies of the present invention can be used to prepare an anti-CD 148 antibody by preparing an anti-CD 148 antibody comprising (1) human heavy chain framework regions and human heavy chain CDRs; and (2) human light chain framework regions and human light chain CDRs, wherein the antibody retains the ability to bind to CD 148.
  • the ability of the antibody to bind CD 148 can be determined using standard binding assays (e.g., an ELISA).
  • the recombinant antibodies of the invention prepared as set forth above preferably comprise the heavy and light chain CDR3s of anti-CD148 antibodies.
  • the antibodies further can comprise the CDR2s of anti-CD148 antibodies.
  • the antibodies further can comprise the CDRls of anti-CD148 antibodies.
  • the invention further provides anti-CD148 antibodies comprising: (1) human heavy chain framework regions, a human heavy chain CDRl region, a human heavy chain CDR2 region, and a human heavy chain CDR3 region, wherein the human heavy chain CDR3 region is the CDR3 of anti- CD 148 antibodies; and (2) human light chain framework regions, a human light chain CDRl region, a human light chain CDR2 region, and a human light chain CDR3 region, wherein the human light chain CDR3 region is the CDR3 of anti- CD148 antibodies, wherein the antibody binds CD148.
  • the antibody may further comprise the heavy chain CDR2 and/or the light chain CDR2 of anti-CD148 antibodies.
  • the antibody may further comprise the heavy chain CDRl and/or the light chain CDRl of anti-CD148 antibodies.
  • the CDRl, 2, and/or 3 of the engineered antibodies described above comprise the exact amino acid sequence(s) as those of anti-CD148 antibodies disclosed herein.
  • the engineered antibody may be composed of one or more CDRs that are, for example, 90%, 95%, 98% or 99.5% identical to one or more CDRs of anti-CD148 antibodies.
  • microtiter plates are coated with purified CD148 at 0.25 ⁇ g/ml in PBS, and then blocked with 5%> bovine serum albumin in PBS. Dilutions of plasma from
  • CD148-immunized mice are added to each well and incubated for 1-2 hours at 37° C.
  • the plates are washed with PBS/Tween and then incubated with a goat-anti- human IgG Fc-specific polyclonal reagent conjugated to alkaline phosphatase for 1 hour at 37° C. After washing, the plates are developed with pNPP substrate (1 mg/ml), and analyzed at OD of 405-650.
  • mice which develop the highest titers will be used for fusions.
  • An ELISA assay as described above can also be used to screen for hybridomas that show positive reactivity with CD148 antigen.
  • Hybridomas that bind with high affinity to CD 148 will be subcloned and further characterized.
  • One clone from each hybridoma, which retains the reactivity of the parent cells (by ELISA), can be chosen for making a 5-10 vial cell bank stored at -140° C, and for antibody purification.
  • selected hybridomas can be grown in two-liter spinner-flasks for monoclonal antibody purification. Supernatants can be filtered and concentrated before affinity chromatography with protein A-sepharose (Pharmacia, Piscataway, N.J.). Eluted IgG can be checked by gel electrophoresis and high performance liquid chromatography to ensure purity.
  • the buffer solution can be exchanged into PBS, and the concentration can be determined by OD 280 using 1.43 extinction coefficient.
  • the monoclonal antibodies can be aliquoted and stored at -80° C. To determine if the selected human anti-CD148 monoclonal antibodies bind to unique epitopes, each antibody can be biotinylated using commercially available reagents (Pierce, Rockford, 111.). Competition studies using unlabeled monoclonal antibodies and biotinylated monoclonal antibodies can be performed using CD 148 coated-ELISA plates as described above. Biotinylated MAb binding can be detected with a strep-avidin-alkaline phosphatase probe.
  • isotype ELISAs can be performed. Wells of microtiter plates can be coated with 10 g/ml of anti -human Ig overnight at 4° C. After blocking with 5% BSA, the plates are reacted with 10 g/ml of monoclonal antibodies or purified isotype controls, at ambient temperature for two hours. The wells can then be reacted with either human IgGl or human IgM- specific alkaline phosphatase-conjugated probes. Plates are developed and analyzed as described above. In order to demonstrate binding of monoclonal antibodies to live cells expressing the CD 148, flow cytometry can be used.
  • cell lines expressing CD 148 are mixed with various concentrations of monoclonal antibodies in PBS containing 0.1%> Tween 80 and 20% mouse serum, and incubated at 37° C. for 1 hour. After washing, the cells are reacted with Fluorescein-labeled anti-human IgG antibody under the same conditions as the primary antibody staining.
  • the samples can be analyzed by FACScan instrument using light and side scatter properties to gate on single cells.
  • An alternative assay using fluorescence microscopy may be used (in addition to or instead of) the flow cytometry assay. Cells can be stained exactly as described above and examined by fluorescence microscopy. This method allows visualization of individual cells, but may have diminished sensitivity depending on the density of the antigen.
  • Anti-CD148 human IgGs can be further tested for reactivity with CD148 antigen by Western blotting. Briefly, cell extracts from cells expressing CD148 can be prepared and subjected to sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis. After electrophoresis, the separated antigens will be transferred to nitrocellulose membranes, blocked with 20%) mouse serum, and probed with the monoclonal antibodies to be tested. Human IgG binding can be detected using anti- human IgG alkaline phosphatase and developed with BCIP/NBT substrate tablets (Sigma Chem. Co., St. Louis, Mo.).
  • SDS sodium dodecyl sulfate
  • Human monoclonal antibodies directed against CD148 polypeptides can be generated using transgenic mice carrying parts of the human immune system rather than the mouse system.
  • transgenic mice referred to herein as "HuMAb” mice, contain a human immunoglobulin gene miniloci that encodes unrearranged human heavy ( ⁇ and ⁇ ) and K light chain immnunoglobulin sequences, together with targeted mutations that inactivate the endogenous ⁇ and K chain loci (Lonberg, et al. (1994) Nature 368(6474): 856-859).
  • mice exhibit reduced expression of mouse IgM or K, and in response to immunization, the introduced human heavy and light chain transgenes undergo class switching and somatic mutation to generate high affinity human IgG ⁇ monoclonal antibodies (Lonberg, N. et al. (1994), supra; reviewed in Lonberg, N. (1994) Handbook of Experimental Pharmacology 113:49-101; Lonberg, N. and Huszar, D. (1995) Intern. Rev. Immunol. Vol. 13: 65-93, and Harding, F. and Lonberg, N. (1995) Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci 764:536-546).
  • the preparation of HuMAb mice is described in detail below and in Taylor, L.
  • transgenic mice can be used to generate human anti-CD 148 antibodies.
  • HuMAb mice can be immunized with a purified or enriched preparation of CD 148 antigen and/or cells expressing CD148, as described by Lonberg, N. et al. (1994) Nature 368(6474): 856-859; Fishwild, D. et al. (1996) Nature Biotechnology 14: 845-851 and WO 98/24884.
  • the mice will be 6-16 weeks of age upon the first infusion.
  • a purified or enriched preparation (5-20 ⁇ g) of CD148 antigen (e.g., purified from CD148-expressing LNCaP cells) can be used to immunize the HuMAb mice intraperitoneally.
  • a purified or enriched preparation of CD148 antigen e.g., purified from CD148-expressing LNCaP cells
  • mice can also be immunized with cells expressing CD 148, e.g., a tumor cell line, to promote immune responses.
  • Cumulative experience with various antigens has shown that the HuMAb transgenic mice respond well when initially immunized intraperitoneally (IP) with antigen in complete Freund's adjuvant, followed by every other week i.p.
  • mice can be immunized for each antigen. For example, a total of twelve HuMAb mice of the HC07 and HC012 strains can be immunized.
  • the invention provides transgenic non-human animals, e.g., a transgenic mice, which are capable of expressing human monoclonal antibodies that specifically bind to CD148 epitopes of the present invention.
  • the transgenic non-human animals e.g., the transgenic mice (HuMAb mice)
  • the transgenic non-human animals have a genome comprising a human heavy chain transgene and a light chain transgene.
  • the transgenic non-human animals, e.g., the transgenic mice have been immunized with a purified or enriched preparation of CD148 antigen and/or cells expressing CD148.
  • the transgenic non- human animals e.g., the transgenic mice
  • Isotype switching may occur by, e.g., classical or non-classical isotype switching.
  • the design of a transgenic non-human animal that responds to foreign antigen stimulation with a heterologous antibody repertoire requires that the heterologous immunoglobulin transgenes contain within the transgenic animal function correctly throughout the pathway of B-cell development.
  • correct function of a heterologous heavy chain transgene includes isotype switching.
  • the transgenes of the invention are constructed so as to produce isotype switching and one or more of the following: (1) high level and cell-type specific expression, (2) functional gene rearrangement, (3) activation of and response to allelic exclusion, (4) expression of a sufficient primary repertoire, (5) signal transduction, (6) somatic hypermutation, and (7) domination of the transgene antibody locus during the immune response. Not all of the foregoing criteria need be met. For example, in those embodiments wherein the endogenous immunoglobulin loci of the transgenic animal are functionally disrupted, the transgene need not activate allelic exclusion.
  • the transgene comprises a functionally rearranged heavy and/or light chain immunoglobulin gene
  • the second criteria of functional gene rearrangement is unnecessary, at least for that transgene which is already rearranged.
  • the transgenic non-human animals used to generate the human monoclonal antibodies of the invention contain rearranged, unrearranged or a combination of rearranged and unrearranged heterologous immunoglobulin heavy and light chain transgenes in the germline of the transgenic animal.
  • Each of the heavy chain transgenes comprises at least one C H gene.
  • the heavy chain transgene may contain functional isotype switch sequences, which are capable of supporting isotype switching of a heterologous transgene encoding multiple C H genes in the B-cells of the transgenic animal.
  • switch sequences may be those which occur naturally in the germline immunoglobulin locus from the species that serves as the source of the transgene C H genes, or such switch sequences may be derived from those which occur in the species that is to receive the transgene construct (the transgenic animal).
  • a human transgene construct that is used to produce a transgenic mouse may produce a higher frequency of isotype switching events if it incorporates switch sequences similar to those that occur naturally in the mouse heavy chain locus, as presumably the mouse switch sequences are optimized to function with the mouse switch recombinase enzyme system, whereas the human switch sequences are not.
  • Switch sequences may be isolated and cloned by conventional cloning methods, or may be synthesized de novo from overlapping synthetic oligonucleotides designed on the basis of published sequence information relating to immunoglobulin switch region sequences (Mills et al., Nucl. Acids Res. 15:7305-7316 (1991); Sideras et al., Intl.
  • the transgenes used to generate the transgenic animals of the invention include a heavy chain transgene comprising DNA encoding at least one variable gene segment, one diversity gene segment, one joining gene segment and at least one constant region gene segment.
  • the immunoglobulin light chain transgene comprises DNA encoding at least one variable gene segment, one joining gene segment and at least one constant region gene segment.
  • the gene segments encoding the light and heavy chain gene segments are heterologous to the transgenic non- human animal in that they are derived from, or correspond to, DNA encoding immunoglobulin heavy and light chain gene segments from a species not consisting of the transgenic non-human animal.
  • the transgene may, for example, be constructed such that the individual gene segments are unrearranged, i.e., not rearranged so as to encode a functional immunoglobulin light or heavy chain.
  • transgenes support recombination of the V, D, and J gene segments (functional rearrangement) and preferably support incorporation of all or a portion of a D region gene segment in the resultant rearranged immunoglobulin heavy chain within the transgenic non-human animal when exposed to CD148 antigen.
  • Transgenes may also comprise an unrearranged "mini-locus.”
  • Such transgenes typically comprise a substantial portion of the C, D, and J segments as well as a subset of the V gene segments.
  • the various regulatory sequences e.g., promoters, enhancers, class switch regions, splice-donor and splice-acceptor sequences for RNA processing, recombination signals and the like, comprise corresponding sequences derived from the heterologous DNA.
  • Such regulatory sequences may be incorporated into the transgene from the same or a related species of the non-human animal used in the invention.
  • human immunoglobulin gene segments may be combined in a transgene with a rodent immunoglobulin enhancer sequence for use in a transgenic mouse.
  • synthetic regulatory sequences may be incorporated into the transgene, wherein such synthetic regulatory sequences are not homologous to a functional DNA sequence that is known to occur naturally in the genomes of mammals.
  • Synthetic regulatory sequences are designed according to consensus rules, such as, for example, those specifying the permissible sequences of a splice-acceptor site or a promoter/enhancer motif.
  • a minilocus comprises a portion of the genomic immunoglobulin locus having at least one internal (i.e., not at a terminus of the portion) deletion of a non-essential DNA portion (e.g., intervening sequence; intron or portion thereof) as compared to the naturally-occurring germline Ig locus.
  • Transgenic animals may also be used to generate human antibodies to CD148 containing at least one, typically 2-10, and sometimes 25-50 or more copies of the transgene described in Example 12 of WO 98/24884 (e.g., pHCl or pHC2) bred with an animal containing a single copy of a light chain transgene described in Examples 5, 6, 8, or 14 of WO 98/24884, and the offspring bred with the J H deleted animal described in Example 10 of WO 98/24884, the contents of which are hereby expressly incorporated by reference. Animals are bred to homozygosity for each of these three traits.
  • WO 98/24884 e.g., pHCl or pHC2
  • Such animals have the following genotype: a single copy (per haploid set of chromosomes) of a human heavy chain unrearranged mini-locus (described in Example 12 of WO 98/24884), a single copy (per haploid set of chromosomes) of a rearranged human kappa light chain construct (described in Example 14 of WO 98/24884), and a deletion at each endogenous mouse heavy chain locus that removes all of the functional J H segments (described in Example 10 of WO 98/24884).
  • Such animals are bred with mice that are homozygous for the deletion of the J H segments (Examples 10 of WO 98/24884) to produce offspring that are homozygous for the J H deletion and hemizygous for the human heavy and light chain constructs.
  • the resultant animals are injected with antigens and used for production of human monoclonal antibodies against these antigens.
  • B cells isolated from such an animal are monospecific with regard to the human heavy and light chains because they contain only a single copy of each gene. Furthermore, they will be monospecific with regards to human or mouse heavy chains because both endogenous mouse heavy chain gene copies are nonfunctional by virtue of the deletion spanning the J H region introduced as described in Example 9 and 12 of WO 98/24884.
  • the transgenic mouse of the preferred embodiment will exhibit immunoglobulin production with a significant repertoire, ideally substantially similar to that of a native mouse.
  • the total immunoglobulin levels will range from about 0.1 to 10 mg/ml of serum, preferably 0.5 to 5 mg/ml, ideally at least about 1.0 mg/ml.
  • the adult mouse ratio of serum IgG to IgM is preferably about 10:1.
  • the IgG to IgM ratio will be much lower in the immature mouse.
  • greater than about 10%>, preferably 40 to 80%) of the spleen and lymph node B cells express exclusively human IgG protein.
  • the repertoire will ideally approximate that shown in a non-transgenic mouse, usually at least about 10% as high, preferably 25 to 50%> or more.
  • immunoglobulins ideally IgG
  • 10 4 to 10 6 or more will be produced, depending primarily on the number of different V, J and D regions introduced into the mouse genome.
  • These immunoglobulins will typically recognize about one-half or more of highly antigenic proteins, e.g., staphylococcus protein A.
  • the immunoglobulins will exhibit an affinity for preselected antigens of at least about 10 7 M "1 , preferably at least about 10 9 M "1 , more preferably at least about 10 10 M 1 , 10 11 M "1 , 10 12 M 1 , or greater, e.g., up to 10 13 M "1 or greater.
  • mice with predetermined repertoires may be preferable to generate mice with predetermined repertoires to limit the selection of V genes represented in the antibody response to a predetermined antigen type.
  • a heavy chain transgene having a predetermined repertoire may comprise, for example, human V H genes which are preferentially used in antibody responses to the predetermined antigen type in humans.
  • some V H genes may be excluded from a defined repertoire for various reasons (e.g., have a low likelihood of encoding high affinity V regions for the predetermined antigen; have a low propensity to undergo somatic mutation and affinity sharpening; or are immunogenic to certain humans).
  • transgenic mice of the present invention can be immunized with a purified or enriched preparation of CD148 antigen and/or cells expressing CD148 as described previously.
  • the mice will produce B cells which undergo class-switching via intratransgene switch recombination (cis-switching) and express immunoglobulins reactive with CD 148.
  • the immunoglobulins can be human sequence antibodies, wherein the heavy and light chain polypeptides are encoded by human transgene sequences, which may include sequences derived by somatic mutation and V region recombinatorial joints, as well as germline-encoded sequences; these human sequence immunoglobulins can be referred to as being substantially identical to a polypeptide sequence encoded by a human V or V H gene segment and a human J or J segment, even though other non-germline sequences may be present as a result of somatic mutation and differential V-J and V-D-J recombination joints.
  • variable regions of each chain are typically at least 80 percent encoded by human germline V, J, and, in the case of heavy chains, D, gene segments; frequently at least 85 percent of the variable regions are encoded by human germline sequences present on the transgene; often 90 or 95 percent or more of the variable region sequences are encoded by human germline sequences present on the transgene.
  • the human sequence antibodies will frequently have some variable region sequences (and less frequently constant region sequences) which are not encoded by human V, D, or J gene segments as found in the human transgene(s) in the germline of the mice.
  • non-germline sequences will cluster in or near CDRs, or in regions where somatic mutations are known to cluster.
  • the human sequence antibodies which bind to the predetermined antigen can result from isotype switching, such that human antibodies comprising a human sequence ⁇ chain (such as ⁇ l, ⁇ 2a, ⁇ 2B, or ⁇ 3) and a human sequence light chain (such as the kappa light chain) are produced.
  • Such isotype-switched human sequence antibodies often contain one or more somatic mutation(s), typically in the variable region and often in or within about 10 residues of a CDR) as a result of affinity maturation and selection of B cells by antigen, particularly subsequent to secondary (or subsequent) antigen challenge.
  • the trait can be propagated and bred into other genetic backgrounds, including backgrounds where the functional YAC having an expanded V segment repertoire is bred into a mouse germline having a different human Ig transgene.
  • Multiple functional YACs having an expanded V segment repertoire may be bred into a germline to work with a human Ig transgene (or multiple human Ig transgenes).
  • YAC transgenes when integrated into the genome may substantially lack yeast sequences, such as sequences required for autonomous replication in yeast; such sequences may optionally be removed by genetic engineering (e.g., restriction digestion and pulsed-field gel electrophoresis or other suitable method) after replication in yeast in no longer necessary (i.e., prior to introduction into a mouse ES cell or mouse prozygote).
  • Methods of propagating the trait of human sequence immunoglobulin expression include breeding a transgenic mouse having the human Ig transgene(s), and optionally also having a functional YAC having an expanded V segment repertoire. Both V H and V gene segments may be present on the YAC.
  • the transgenic mouse may be bred into any background desired by the practitioner, including backgrounds harboring other human transgenes, including human Ig transgenes and/or transgenes encoding other human lymphocyte proteins.
  • the invention also provides a high affinity human sequence immunoglobulin produced by a transgenic mouse having an expanded V region repertoire YAC transgene.
  • transgenic animal of the invention other embodiments are contemplated which include (1) transgenic animals containing an unrearranged heavy and rearranged light immunoglobulin transgene; (2) transgenic animals containing an unrearranged heavy and unrearranged light immunoglobulin transgene; (3) transgenic animals containing rearranged heavy and an unrearranged light immunoglobulin transgene; and (4) transgenic animals containing rearranged heavy and rearranged light immunoglobulin transgenes.
  • human monoclonal antibodies to CD148, or antigen-binding regions thereof can be derivatized or linked to another functional molecule, e.g., another peptide or protein (e.g., an Fab' fragment) to generate a bispecific or multispecific molecule which binds to multiple binding sites or target epitopes.
  • another functional molecule e.g., another peptide or protein (e.g., an Fab' fragment) to generate a bispecific or multispecific molecule which binds to multiple binding sites or target epitopes.
  • an antibody or antigen-binding region of the invention can be functionally linked (e.g., by chemical coupling, genetic fusion, noncovalent association or otherwise) to one or more other binding molecules, such as another antibody, antibody fragment, peptide or binding mimetic.
  • the present invention includes bispecific and multispecific molecules comprising at least one first binding specificity for CD 148 and a second binding specificity for a second target epitope.
  • the second target epitope is an Fc receptor, e.g., human Fc ⁇ RI (CD64) or a human Fc ⁇ receptor (CD89). Therefore, the invention includes bispecific and multispecific molecules capable of binding both to Fc ⁇ R, Fc ⁇ R or Fc ⁇ CR expressing effector cells (e.g., monocytes, macrophages or polymorphonuclear cells (PMNs)), and to target cells expressing CD 148.
  • effector cells e.g., monocytes, macrophages or polymorphonuclear cells (PMNs)
  • bispecific and multispecific molecules target CD 148 expressing cells to effector cell and, like the human monoclonal antibodies of the invention, trigger Fc receptor-mediated effector cell activities, such as phagocytosis of a CD 148 expressing cells, antibody dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC), cytokine release, or generation of superoxide anion.
  • Bispecific and multispecific molecules of the invention can further include a third binding specificity, in addition to an anti-Fc binding specificity and an anti- CD148 binding specificity.
  • the third binding specificity is an anti-enhancement factor (EF) portion, e.g., a molecule which binds to a surface protein involved in cytotoxic activity and thereby increases the immune response against the target cell.
  • EF anti-enhancement factor
  • the "anti-enhancement factor portion” can be an antibody, functional antibody fragment or a ligand that binds to a given molecule, e.g., an antigen or a receptor, and thereby results in an enhancement of the effect of the binding determinants for the Fc receptor or target cell antigen.
  • the "anti- enhancement factor portion” can bind an Fc receptor or a target cell antigen.
  • the anti-enhancement factor portion can bind to an entity that is different from the entity to which the first and second binding specificities bind.
  • the anti-enhancement factor portion can bind a cytotoxic T-cell (e.g., via CD2, CD3, CD8, CD28, CD4, CD40, ICAM-1 or other immune cell that results in an increased immune response against the target cell).
  • the bispecific and multispecific molecules of the invention comprise as a binding specificity at least one antibody, or an antibody fragment thereof, including, e.g., an Fab, Fab', F(ab') 2 , Fv, or a single chain Fv.
  • the antibody may also be a light chain or heavy chain dimer, or any minimal fragment thereof such as a Fv or a single chain construct as described in Ladner et al. U.S. Pat. No.
  • bispecific and multispecific molecules of the invention comprise a binding specificity for an Fc ⁇ R or an Fc ⁇ R present on the surface of an effector cell, and a second binding specificity for a target cell antigen, e.g., CD148.
  • the binding specificity for an Fc receptor is provided by a human monoclonal antibody, the binding of which is not blocked by human immunoglobulin G (IgG).
  • IgG receptor refers to any of the eight ⁇ -chain genes located on chromosome 1.
  • Fc ⁇ RI CD64
  • Fc ⁇ RII CD32
  • Fc ⁇ RIII CD16
  • the Fc ⁇ receptor a human high affinity Fc ⁇ RI.
  • the human Fc ⁇ RI is a 72 kDa molecule, which shows high affinity for monomeric IgG (10 8 -10 9 M "1 ).
  • the production and characterization of these preferred monoclonal antibodies are described by Fanger et al. in PCT application WO 88/00052 and in U.S. Pat. No. 4,954,617, the teachings of which are fully incorporated by reference herein.
  • Anti-Fc ⁇ RI antibodies useful in this invention are MAb 22, MAb 32, MAb 44, MAb 62 and MAb 197.
  • the hybridoma producing MAb 32 is available from the American Type Culture Collection, ATCC Accession No. HB9469.
  • the anti-Fc ⁇ receptor antibody is a humanized form of monoclonal antibody 22 (H22).
  • H22 monoclonal antibody 22
  • the production and characterization of the H22 antibody is described in Graziano, R. F. et al. (1995) J. Immunol 155 (10): 4996- 5002 and PCT/US93/10384.
  • the H22 antibody producing cell line was deposited at the American Type Culture Collection on Nov. 4, 1992 under the designation HA022CL1 and has the accession no. CRL 11177.
  • the binding specificity for an Fc receptor is provided by an antibody that binds to a human IgA receptor, e.g., an Fc- alpha receptor (Fc ⁇ RI (CD89)), the binding of which is preferably not blocked by human immunoglobulin A (IgA).
  • IgA receptor is intended to include the gene product of one ⁇ -gene (Fc ⁇ RI) located on chromosome 19. This gene is known to encode several alternatively spliced transmembrane isoforms of 55 to 110 kDa.
  • Fc ⁇ RI (CD89) is constitutively expressed on monocytes/macrophages, eosinophilic and neutrophilic granulocytes, but not on non-effector cell populations.
  • Fc ⁇ RI has medium affinity (approximately equal to 5 ⁇ 10 7 M "1 ) for both IgAl and IgA2, which is increased upon exposure to cytokines such as G-CSF or GM-CSF (Morton et al., Critical Reviews in Immunology 16:423-440 (1996)).
  • the antibodies of the present invention may take the form of a scFv fragment fused directly to the Fc portion (CH2 & CH3) of the human IgGl isotpye (referred to herein as a scFv-Fc construct).
  • Fc ⁇ RI and Fc ⁇ RI are preferred trigger receptors for use in the invention because they are (1) expressed primarily on immune effector cells, e.g., monocytes, PMNs, macrophages and dendritic cells; (2) expressed at high levels (e.g., 5,000- 100,000 per cell); (3) mediators of cytotoxic activities (e.g., ADCC, phagocytosis); (4) mediate enhanced antigen presentation of antigens, including self-antigens, targeted to them.
  • bispecific and multispecific molecules of the invention further comprise a binding specificity which recognizes, e.g., binds to, a target cell antigen, e.g., CD148.
  • the binding specificity is provided by a human monoclonal antibody of the present invention. While human monoclonal antibodies are preferred, other antibodies which can be employed in the bispecific or multispecific molecules of the invention are murine, chimeric and humanized monoclonal antibodies. Chimeric mouse-human monoclonal antibodies (i.e., chimeric antibodies) can be produced by recombinant DNA techniques known in the art.
  • a gene encoding the Fc constant region of a murine (or other species) monoclonal antibody molecule is digested with restriction enzymes to remove the region encoding the murine Fc, and the equivalent portion of a gene encoding a human Fc constant region is substituted,
  • restriction enzymes for example, a gene encoding the Fc constant region of a murine (or other species) monoclonal antibody molecule is digested with restriction enzymes to remove the region encoding the murine Fc, and the equivalent portion of a gene encoding a human Fc constant region is substituted,
  • the chimeric antibody can be further humanized by replacing sequences of the Fv variable region which are not directly involved in antigen binding with equivalent sequences from human Fv variable regions.
  • General reviews of humanized chimeric antibodies are provided by Morrison, Science 229:1202-1207 (1985) and by Oi et al., BioTechniques 4:214 (1986). Those methods include isolating, manipulating, and expressing the nucleic acid sequences that encode all or part of immunoglobulin Fv variable regions from at least one of a heavy or light chain. Sources of such nucleic acid are well known to those skilled in the art and, for example, may be obtained from 7E3, an anti-GPII b III a antibody producing hybridoma.
  • Suitable humanized antibodies can alternatively be produced by CDR substitution U.S. Pat. No. 5,225,539; Jones et al., Nature 321:552-525 (1986); Verhoeyan et al., Science 239:1534 (1988); and Beidler et al., J. Immunol. 141:4053-4060 (1988).
  • the CDRs of a particular human antibody may be replaced with at least a portion of a non-human CDR or only some of the CDRs may be replaced with non- human CDRs.
  • An antibody can be humanized by any method, which is capable of replacing at least a portion of a CDR of a human antibody with a CDR derived from a non- human antibody. Winter describes a method which may be used to prepare the humanized antibodies of the present invention (UK Patent Application GB 2188638A, filed on Mar. 26, 1987), the contents of which is expressly incorporated by reference.
  • the human CDRs may be replaced with non-human CDRs using oligonucleotide site-directed mutagenesis as described in International Application WO 94/10332 entitled, Humanized Antibodies to Fc Receptors for Immunoglobulin G on Human Mononuclear Phagocytes.
  • chimeric and humanized antibodies in which specific amino acids have been substituted, deleted or added.
  • preferred humanized antibodies have amino acid substitutions in the framework region, such as to improve binding to the antigen.
  • amino acids located in the human framework region can be replaced with the amino acids located at the corresponding positions in the mouse antibody.
  • modified antibodies in which amino acids have been added, deleted, or substituted are referred to herein as modified antibodies or altered antibodies.
  • modified antibody is also intended to include antibodies, such as monoclonal antibodies, chimeric antibodies, and humanized antibodies which have been modified by, e.g., deleting, adding, or substituting portions of the antibody.
  • an antibody can be modified by deleting the constant region and replacing it with a constant region meant to increase half-life, e.g., serum half-life, stability or affinity of the antibody.
  • bispecific and multispecific molecules has at least one antigen binding region specific for an Fc ⁇ R and triggers at least one effector function.
  • Bispecific and multispecific molecules of the present invention can be made using chemical techniques (see e.g., D. M. Kranz et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 78:5807 (1981), "polydoma” techniques (See U.S. Pat. No. 4,474,893, to Reading), or recombinant DNA techniques.
  • bispecific and multispecific molecules of the present invention can be prepared by conjugating the constituent binding specificities, e.g., the anti- FcR and anti-CD 148 binding specificities, using methods known in the art and described in the examples provided herein.
  • each binding specificity of the bispecific and multispecific molecule can be generated separately and then conjugated to one another.
  • the binding specificities are proteins or peptides
  • a variety of coupling or cross-linking agents can be used for covalent conjugation.
  • cross-linking agents examples include protein A, carbodiimide, N-succinimidyl- S-acetyl-thioacetate (SATA), 5,5'-dithiobis(2-nitrobenzoic acid) (DTNB), o- phenylenedimaleimide (oPDM), N-succinimidyl-3-(2-pyridyldithio)propionate (SPDP), and sulfosuccinimidyl 4-(N-maleimidomethyl) cyclohaxane-1 -carboxylate (sulfo-SMCC) (see e.g., Karpovsky et al. (1984) J. Exp. Med.
  • the linker is preferably made up of amino acids linked together by peptide bonds.
  • the linker is made up of from 1 to 20 amino acids linked by peptide bonds, wherein the amino acids are selected from the 20 naturally occurring amino acids.
  • the 1 to 20 amino acids are selected from glycine, alanine, proline, asparagine, glutamine, and lysine.
  • a linker is made up of a majority of amino acids that are sterically unhindered, such as glycine and alanine.
  • preferred linkers are poly gly cines (particularly (Gly).
  • Non-peptide linkers are also possible.
  • alkyl linkers may further be substituted by any non-sterically hindering group such as lower alkyl (e.g., C1-C6) lower acyl, halogen (e.g., Cl, Br), CN, NH 2 , phenyl, etc.
  • An exemplary non-peptide linker is a PEG linker, and has a molecular weight of 100 to 5000 kDa, preferably 100 to 500 kDa.
  • the peptide linkers may be altered to form derivatives in the same manner as described above.
  • the binding specificities are antibodies (e.g., two humanized antibodies)
  • they can be conjugated via sulfhydryl bonding of the C-te ⁇ ninus hinge regions of the two heavy chains.
  • the hinge region is modified to contain an odd number of sulfhydryl residues, preferably one, prior to conjugation.
  • both binding specificities can be encoded in the same vector and expressed and assembled in the same host cell.
  • bispecific and multispecific molecule is a MabxMAb, MabxFab, FabxF(ab') 2 or ligandxFab fusion protein.
  • a bispecific and multispecific molecule of the invention e.g., a bispecific molecule can be a single chain molecule, such as a single chain bispecific antibody, a single chain bispecific molecule comprising one single chain antibody and a binding determinant, or a single chain bispecific molecule comprising two binding determinants.
  • Bispecific and multispecific molecules can also be single chain molecules or may comprise at least two single chain molecules. Methods for preparing bi- and multspecific molecules are described for example in U.S. Pat. No. 5,260,203; U.S. Pat. No.
  • Each of these assays generally detects the presence of protein- antibody complexes of particular interest by employing a labeled reagent (e.g., an antibody) specific for the complex of interest.
  • a labeled reagent e.g., an antibody
  • the FcR-antibody complexes can be detected using e.g., an enzyme-linked antibody or antibody fragment which recognizes and specifically binds to the antibody-FcR complexes.
  • the complexes can be detected using any of a variety of other immunoassays.
  • the antibody can be radioactively labeled and used in a radioimmunoassay (RIA) (see, for example, Weintraub, B., Principles of Radioimmunoassays, Seventh Training Course on Radioligand Assay Techniques, The Endocrine Society, March, 1986, which is incorporated by reference herein).
  • RIA radioimmunoassay
  • the radioactive isotope can be detected by such means as the use of a ⁇ counter or a scintillation counter or by autoradiography.
  • the antibodies and antigen-binding regions thereof may also be combined with a vehicle for targeted delivery to a specified location.
  • this invention provides antibodies, or antigen-binding regions thereof, that are attached to at least one vehicle (Fl, F2) through the N- terminus, C-terminus or a side chain of one of the amino acid residues of the peptide(s).
  • vehicle Fl, F2
  • Multiple vehicles may also be used; e.g., Fc's at each terminus or an Fc at a terminus and a PEG group at the other terminus or a side chain.
  • An Fc domain is one preferred vehicle.
  • the Fc domain may be fused to the N or C termini of the peptides or at both the N and C termini.
  • Fc variants are suitable vehicles within the scope of this invention.
  • a native Fc may be extensively modified to form an Fc variant in accordance with this invention, provided binding to the salvage receptor is maintained. See, for example WO 97/34631 and WO 96/32478.
  • Fc variants one may remove one or more sites of a native Fe that provide structural features or functional activity not required by the fusion molecules of this invention. One may remove these sites by, for example, substituting or deleting residues, inserting residues into the site, or truncating portions containing the site. The inserted or substituted residues may also be altered amino acids, such as peptidomimetics or D- amino acids.
  • Fc variants may be desirable for a number of reasons, several of which are described below.
  • Exemplary Fc variants include molecules and sequences in which: 1.
  • cysteine-containing segment at the N-terminus may be truncated or cysteine residues may be deleted or substituted with other amino acids (e.g., alanyl, seryl). Even when cysteine residues are removed, the single chain Fc domains can still form a dimeric Fc domain that is held together non-covalently.
  • a native Fc is modified to make it more compatible with a selected host cell. For example, one may remove the PA sequence near the N- terminus of a typical native Fc, which may be recognized by a digestive enzyme in E.
  • coli such as proline iminopeptidase.
  • a portion of the N-terminus of a native Fc is removed to prevent N-terminal heterogeneity when expressed in a selected host cell. For this purpose, one may delete any of the first 20 amino acid residues at the N- terminus, particularly those at positions 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5. 4.
  • One or more glycosylation sites are removed. Residues that are typically glycosylated (e.g., asparagine) may confer cytolytic response.
  • Such residues may be deleted or substituted with unglycosylated residues (e.g., alanine).
  • Sites involved in interaction with complement, such as the Clq binding site are removed. For example, one may delete or substitute the EKK sequence of human IgGl. Complement recruitment may not be advantageous for the molecules of this invention and so may be avoided with such an Fc variant.
  • Sites are removed that affect binding to Fc receptors other than a salvage receptor.
  • a native Fc may have sites for interaction with certain white blood cells that are not required for the fusion molecules of the present invention and so may be removed.
  • the ADCC site is removed. ADCC sites are known in the art. See, for example, Molec. Immunol.
  • the native Fc When the native Fc is derived from a non-human antibody, the native Fc may be humanized. Typically, to humanize a native Fc, one will substitute selected residues in the non-human native Fc with residues that are normally found in human native Fc. Techniques for antibody humanization are well known in the art.
  • An alternative vehicle would be a protein, polypeptide, peptide, antibody, antibody fragment, or small molecule (e.g., a peptidomimetic compound) capable of binding to a salvage receptor.
  • a vehicle a polypeptide as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,739,277, issued Apr. 14, 1998 to Presta et al.
  • Peptides could also be selected by phage display for binding to the FcRn salvage receptor.
  • salvage receptor-binding compounds are also included within the meaning of "vehicle” and are within the scope of this invention.
  • Such vehicles should be selected for increased half-life (e.g., by avoiding sequences recognized by proteases) and decreased immunogenicity (e.g., by favoring non-immunogenic sequences, as discovered in antibody humanization).
  • polymer vehicles may also be used for Fl and F2.
  • PCT Patent Cooperation Treaty
  • PEG polyethylene glycol
  • the PEG group may be of any convenient molecular weight and may be linear or branched.
  • the average molecular weight of the PEG will preferably range from about 2 kiloDalton ("kDa") to about 100 kDa, more preferably from about 5 kDa to about 50 kDa, most preferably from about 5 kDa to about 10 kDa.
  • the PEG groups will generally be attached to the compounds of the invention via acylation or reductive alkylation through a reactive group on the PEG moiety (e.g., an aldehyde, amino, thiol, or ester group) to a reactive group on the inventive compound (e.g., an aldehyde, amino, or ester group).
  • a useful strategy for the PEGylation of synthetic peptides consists of combining, through forming a conjugate linkage in solution, a peptide and a PEG moiety, each bearing a special functionality that is mutually reactive toward the other.
  • the peptides can be easily prepared with conventional solid phase synthesis as known in the art.
  • the peptides are "preactivated” with an appropriate functional group at a specific site.
  • the precursors are purified and fully characterized prior to reacting with the PEG moiety. Ligation of the peptide with PEG usually takes place in aqueous phase and can be easily monitored by reverse phase analytical HPLC.
  • the PEGylated peptides can be easily purified by preparative HPLC and characterized by analytical HPLC, amino acid analysis and laser desorption mass spectrometry.
  • Polysaccharide polymers are another type of water soluble polymer which may be used for protein modification.
  • Dextrans are polysaccharide polymers comprised of individual subunits of glucose predominantly linked by al-6 linkages. The dextran itself is available in many molecular weight ranges, and is readily available in molecular weights from about 1 kDa to about 70 kDa.
  • Dextran is a suitable water-soluble polymer for use in the present invention as a vehicle by itself or in combination with another vehicle (e.g., Fc).
  • dextran conjugated to therapeutic or diagnostic immunoglobulins has been reported; see, for example, European Patent Publication No. 0 315 456, which is hereby incorporated by reference.
  • Dextran of about 1 kDa to about 20 kDa is preferred when dextran is used as a vehicle in accordance with the present invention.
  • the present invention features a human anti-CD 148 monoclonal antibody, or a fragment thereof, conjugated to a therapeutic moiety, such as a cytotoxin, a drug or a radioisotope.
  • a therapeutic moiety such as a cytotoxin, a drug or a radioisotope.
  • cytotoxin a cytotoxin
  • these antibody conjugates are referred to as "immunotoxins.”
  • a cytotoxin or cytotoxic agent includes any agent that is detrimental to (e.g., kills) cells.
  • Examples include taxol, cytochalasin B, gramicidin D, ethidium bromide, emetine, mitomycin, etoposide, tenoposide, vincristine, vinblastine, colchicin, doxorubicin, daunorubicin, dihydroxy anthracin dione, mitoxantrone, mithramycin, actinomycin D, 1- dehydrotestosterone, glucocorticoids, procaine, tetracaine, lidocaine, propranolol, and puromycin and analogs or homologs thereof.
  • Therapeutic agents include, but are not limited to, antimetabolites (e.g., methotrexate, 6-mercaptopurine, 6-thioguanine, cytarabine, 5 -fluorouracil decarbazine), alkylating agents (e.g., mechlorethamine, thioepa chlorambucil, melphalan, carmustine (BSNU) and lomustine (CCNU), cyclothosphamide, busulfan, dibromomannitol, streptozotocin, mitomycin C, and cis-dichlorodiamine platinum (II) (DDP) cisplatin), anthracyclines (e.g., daunorubicin (formerly daunomycin) and doxorubicin), antibiotics (e.g., dactinomycin (formerly actinomycin), bleomycin, mithramycin, and anthramycin (AMC)), and anti-mitotic agents (e.
  • An antibody of the present invention can be conjugated to a radioisotope, e.g., radioactive iodine, to generate cytotoxic radiopharnaceuticals for treating a CD148-related disorder, such as a cancer.
  • the antibody conjugates of the invention can be used to modify a given biological response, and the drug moiety is not to be construed as limited to classical chemical therapeutic agents.
  • the drug moiety may be a protein or polypeptide possessing a desired biological activity.
  • Such proteins may include, for example, an enzymatically active toxin, or active fragment thereof, such as abrin, ricin A, pseudomonas exotoxin, or diphtheria toxin; a protein such as tumor necrosis factor or interferon-.gamma.; or, biological response modifiers such as, for example, lymphokines, interleukin-1 ("IL-1”), interleukin-2 (“IL-2”), interleukin-6 (“IL-6”), granulocyte macrophage colony stimulating factor (“GM-CSF”), granulocyte colony stimulating factor (“G-CSF”), or other growth factors.
  • IL-1 interleukin-1
  • IL-2 interleukin-2
  • IL-6 interleukin-6
  • GM-CSF granulocyte macrophage colony stimulating factor
  • G-CSF granulocyte colony stimulating factor
  • compositions of anti-CD 148 antibodies are within the scope of the present invention.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions comprising antibodies are described in detail in, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 6,171,586, to Lam et al., issued Jan. 9, 2001.
  • Such compositions comprise a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of an antibody, or a fragment, variant, derivative or fusion thereof as described herein, in admixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and/or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
  • pharmaceutical compositions comprise antibodies that bind CD148 epitopes that activate CD148 actrivity in admixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and/or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
  • the specific binding agents will be sufficiently purified for administration to an animal.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable carrier includes any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like that are physiologically compatible.
  • the carrier is suitable for intravenous, intramuscular, subcutaneous, parenteral, spinal or epidermal administration (e.g., by injection or infusion).
  • the active compound i.e., antibody, bispecific and multispecific molecule
  • the pharmaceutical compositions are formulated with a carrier that is pharmaceutically acceptable in humans.
  • aqueous and nonaqueous carriers examples include water, ethanol, polyols (such as glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils, such as olive oil, and injectable organic esters, such as ethyl oleate.
  • polyols such as glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and the like
  • vegetable oils such as olive oil
  • injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate.
  • Proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of coating materials, such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersions, and by the use of surfactants.
  • These compositions may also contain adjuvants such as preservatives, wetting agents, emulsifying agents and dispersing agents.
  • a "pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to a salt that retains the desired biological activity of the parent compound and does not impart any undesired toxicological effects (see e.g., Berge, S. M., et al. (1977) J.
  • Acid addition salts include those derived from nontoxic inorganic acids, such as hydrochloric, nitric, phosphoric, sulfuric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, phosphorous and the like, as well as from nontoxic organic acids such as aliphatic mono- and dicarboxylic acids, phenyl-substituted alkanoic acids, hydroxy alkanoic acids, aromatic acids, aliphatic and aromatic sulfonic acids and the like.
  • Base addition salts include those derived from alkaline earth metals, such as sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium and the like, as well as from nontoxic organic amines, such as N,N'-dibenzylethylenediamin- e, N-methylglucamine, chloroprocaine, choline, diethanolamine, ethylenediamine, procaine and the like.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may contain formulation materials for modifying, maintaining or preserving, for example, the pH, osmolarity, viscosity, clarity, color, isotonicity, odor, sterility, stability, rate of dissolution or release, adsorption or penetration of the composition.
  • Suitable formulation materials include, but are not limited to, amino acids (such as glycine, glutamine, asparagine, arginine or lysine); antimicrobials; antioxidants (such as ascorbic acid, sodium sulfite or sodium hydrogen-sulfite); buffers (such as borate, bicarbonate, Tris-HCl, citrates, phosphates, other organic acids); bulking agents (such as mannitol or glycine), chelating agents [such as ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid (EDTA)]; complexing agents (such as caffeine, polyvinylpyrrolidone, beta- cyclodextrin or hydroxypropyl-beta-cyclodextrin); fillers; monosaccharides; disaccharides and other carbohydrates (such as glucose, mannose, or dextrins); proteins (such as serum albumin, gelatin or immunoglobulins); coloring; flavoring and diluting agents; emulsifying agents; hydro
  • the optimal pharmaceutical composition will be determined by one skilled in the art depending upon, for example, the intended route of administration, delivery format, and desired dosage. See for example, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, supra. Such compositions may influence the physical state, stability, rate of in vivo release, and rate of in vivo clearance of the specific antibody.
  • the primary vehicle or carrier in a pharmaceutical composition may be either aqueous or non-aqueous in nature.
  • a suitable vehicle or carrier may be water for injection, physiological saline solution or artificial cerebrospinal fluid, possibly supplemented with other materials common in compositions for parenteral administration.
  • Neutral buffered saline or saline mixed with serum albumin are further exemplary vehicles.
  • Other exemplary pharmaceutical compositions comprise Tris buffer of about pH 7.0-8.5, or acetate buffer of about pH 4.0-5.5, which may further include sorbitol or a suitable substitute therefore.
  • binding agent compositions may be prepared for storage by mixing the selected composition having the desired degree of purity with optional formulation agents (Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, supra) in the form of a lyophilized cake or an aqueous solution. Further, the binding agent product may be formulated as a lyophilizate using appropriate excipients such as sucrose.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions can be selected for parenteral delivery.
  • compositions may be selected for inhalation or for enteral delivery such as orally, aurally, opthalmically, rectally, or vaginally.
  • enteral delivery such as orally, aurally, opthalmically, rectally, or vaginally.
  • the preparation of such pharmaceutically acceptable compositions is within the skill of the art.
  • the formulation components are present in concentrations that are acceptable to the site of administration.
  • buffers are used to maintain the composition at physiological pH or at slightly lower pH, typically within a pH range of from about 5 to about 8.
  • the compounds of the present invention are administered as pharmaceuticals, to humans and animals, they can be given alone or as a pha ⁇ naceutical composition containing, for example, 0.01 to 99.5%> (more preferably, 0.1 to 90%) of active ingredient in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may contain an anti-CD 148 antibody or antigen-binding region thereof in a concentration of from about 1 mg/ml to about 30 mg/ml, or alternatively from about 5 mg/ml to about 30 mg/ml.
  • the human monoclonal antibodies of the invention can be formulated to ensure proper distribution in vivo.
  • the blood- brain barrier (BBB) excludes many highly hydrophilic compounds.
  • BBB blood- brain barrier
  • they can be formulated, for example, in liposomes.
  • liposomes see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos.
  • the liposomes may comprise one or more moieties which are selectively transported into specific cells or organs, thus enhance targeted drug delivery (see, e.g., V. V. Ranade (1989) J. Clin. Pharmacol. 29:685).
  • exemplary targeting moieties include folate or biotin (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,416,016 to Low et al.); mannosides (Umezawa et al., (1988) Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 153:1038); antibodies (P. G. Bloeman et al. (1995) FEBS Lett. 357:140; M.
  • the therapeutic compounds of the invention are formulated in liposomes; in a more preferred embodiment, the liposomes include a targeting moiety.
  • the therapeutic compounds in the liposomes are delivered by bolus injection to a site proximal to the tumor or infection.
  • the composition must be fluid to the extent that easy syringability exists. It must be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi.
  • the compounds of the present invention which may be used in a suitable hydrated form, and/or the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention, are formulated into pharmaceutically acceptable dosage forms by conventional methods known to those of skill in the art.
  • a "therapeutically effective dosage” preferably inhibits tumor growth by at least about 20%>, more preferably by at least about 40%», even more preferably by at least about 60%, and still more preferably by at least about 80%> relative to untreated subjects.
  • the ability of a compound to inhibit cancer can be evaluated in an animal model system predictive of efficacy in human tumors. Alternatively, this property of a composition can be evaluated by examining the ability of the compound to inhibit, such inhibition in vitro by assays known to the skilled practitioner.
  • a therapeutically effective amount of a therapeutic compound can decrease tumor size, or otherwise ameliorate symptoms in a subject.
  • One of ordinary skill in the art would be able to determine such amounts based on such factors as the subject's size, the severity of the subject's symptoms, and the particular composition or route of administration selected.
  • An effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition to be employed therapeutically will depend, for example, upon the therapeutic context and objectives.
  • One skilled in the art will appreciate that the appropriate dosage levels for treatment will thus vary depending, in part, upon the molecule delivered, the indication for which the antibody or antigen-binding region is being used, the route of administration, and the size (body weight, body surface or organ size) and condition (the age and general health) of the patient.
  • a preferred anti-CD 148 antibody or antigen-binding region thereof has the ability to substantially bind to CD148 in solution at concentrations of less than 1 uM, preferably less than 0.1 uM, and more preferably less than 0.01 uM.
  • substantially is meant that at least a 50 percent reduction in endothelial cell proliferation and migration is observed by modulation in the presence of the an anti- CD 148 antibody or antigen-binding region thereof, and at 50%> reduction is referred to herein as an IC50 value.
  • a therapeutically effective amount of an anti-CD 148 antibody or antigen- binding region thereof of this invention is typically an amount such that when administered in a physiologically tolerable composition is sufficient to achieve a plasma concentration (based on cmax data after a single dose of antibody) of, for example, from about 0.01 ug/ml to about 300 ug/ml.
  • the concentration may be from about lug/ml to about 300ug/ml.
  • the concentration may be from about 1 ug/ml to about 75 ug/ml.
  • the concentration may be from about 15 ug/ml to about 50 ug/ml. Dosasges may, of course, vary according to frequency and duration of administration.
  • a therapeutically effective amount of an anti-CD 148 antibody or antigen- binding region thereof of this invention in the form of a polypeptide is typically an amount of polypeptide such that when administered in a physiologically tolerable composition is sufficient to achieve a plasma concentration of from about 0.001 ug/ml to about 10 ug/ml, or from about 0.05 ug/ml to about 1.0 ug/ml. Based on a polypeptide having a mass of about 15,000 grains per mole (i.e. 15,000 Da), the plasma concentration in molarity may be, for example, from about 0.0001 uM to about 1 mM.
  • the dosage per body weight can vary from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 30 mg/kg, or from about 0.05 mg/kg to about 20 mg/kg, in one or more dose administrations daily, for one or several days.
  • a typical dosage may range from about 0.1 mg/kg to up to about 100 mg/kg or more, depending on the factors mentioned above. In other embodiments, the dosage may range from 1 mg/kg up to about 100 mg/kg; or 5 mg/kg up to about 100 mg/kg.
  • the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially either in cell culture assays or in animal models such as mice, rats, rabbits, dogs, pigs, or monkeys. An animal model may also be used to determine the appropriate concentration range and route of administration.
  • Such information can then be used to determine useful doses and routes for administration in humans.
  • the exact dosage will be determined in light of factors related to the subject requiring treatment. Dosage and administration are adjusted to provide sufficient levels of the active compound or to maintain the desired effect. Factors that may be taken into account include the severity of the disease state, the general health of the subject, the age, weight, and gender of the subject, time and frequency of administration, drug combination(s), reaction sensitivities, and response to therapy. Long-acting pharmaceutical compositions may be administered every 3 to 4 days, every week, or biweekly depending on the half-life and clearance rate of the particular formulation. The frequency of dosing will depend upon the pharmacokinetic parameters of the binding agent molecule in the formulation used.
  • compositions are administered until a dosage is reached that achieves the desired effect.
  • the composition may therefore be administered as a single dose, or as multiple doses (at the same or different concentrations/dosages) over time, or as a continuous infusion. Further refinement of the appropriate dosage is routinely made. Appropriate dosages may be ascertained through use of appropriate dose-response data. Actual dosage levels of the active ingredients in the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may be varied so as to obtain an amount of the active ingredient which is effective to achieve the desired therapeutic response for a particular patient, composition, and mode of administration, without being toxic to the patient.
  • the selected dosage level will depend upon a variety of pharmacokinetic factors including the activity of the particular compositions of the present invention employed, or the ester, salt or amide thereof, the route of administration, the time of administration, the rate of excretion of the particular compound being employed, the duration of the treatment, other drugs, compounds and/or materials used in combination with the particular compositions employed, the age, sex, weight, condition, general health and prior medical history of the patient being treated, and like factors well known in the medical arts.
  • a physician or veterinarian having ordinary skill in the art can readily determine and prescribe the effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition required.
  • a suitable daily dose of a compositions of the invention will be that amount of the compound which is the lowest dose effective to produce a therapeutic effect.
  • Such an effective dose will generally depend upon the factors described above. It is preferred that administration be intravenous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, or subcutaneous, preferably administered proximal to the site of the target.
  • the effective daily dose of a therapeutic compositions may be administered as two, three, four, five, six or more sub-doses administered separately at appropriate intervals throughout the day, optionally, in unit dosage forms.
  • composition While it is possible for a compound of the present invention to be administered alone, it is preferable to administer the compound as a pharmaceutical formulation (composition).
  • the composition must be sterile and fluid to the extent that the composition is deliverable by syringe.
  • the carrier can be an isotonic buffered saline solution, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyetheylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof.
  • polyol for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyetheylene glycol, and the like
  • Proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by use of coating such as lecithin, by maintenance of required particle size in the case of dispersion and by use of surfactants.
  • isotonic agents for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as mannitol or sorbitol, and sodium chloride in the composition.
  • Long-term absorption of the injectable compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate or gelatin.
  • the active compound When the active compound is suitably protected, as described above, the compound may be orally administered, for example, with an inert diluent or an assimilable edible carrier.
  • Methods of administering the compositions (e.g., human antibodies, multispecific and bispecific molecules) of the invention are known in the art. Suitable dosages of the molecules used will depend on the age and weight of the subject and the particular drug used.
  • the molecules can be coupled to radionuclides, such as 1311, 90Y, 105Rh, indium-Ill, etc., as described in Goldenberg, D. M. et al. (1981) Cancer Res. 41: 4354-4360, and in EP 0365 997.
  • the invention relates to an immunoconjugate comprising an antibody according to the invention linked to a radioisotope, cytotoxic agent (e.g., calicheamicin and duocarmycin), a cytostatic agent, or a chemotherapeutic drug.
  • cytotoxic agent e.g., calicheamicin and duocarmycin
  • a cytostatic agent e.g., cytostatic agent
  • chemotherapeutic drug e.g., chemotherapeutic drug.
  • the compositions (e.g., human antibodies, multispecific and bispecific molecules) of the invention can also be coupled to anti-infectious agents.
  • the route of administration of the pharmaceutical composition is in accord with known methods, e.g. orally, through injection by intravenous, intraperitoneal, intracerebral (intra-parenchymal), intracerebroventricular, intramuscular, intraocular, intraarterial, intraportal, intralesional routes, intramedullary, intrathecal, intraventricular, transdermal, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intranasal, enteral, topical, sublingual, urethral, vaginal, or rectal means, by sustained release systems or by implantation devices.
  • the compositions may be administered by bolus injection or continuously by infusion, or by implantation device.
  • the composition may be administered locally via implantation of a membrane, sponge, or another appropriate material on to which the desired molecule has been absorbed or encapsulated.
  • the device may be implanted into any suitable tissue or organ, and delivery of the desired molecule may be via diffusion, timed-release bolus, or continuous administration.
  • a binding agent of the present invention such as an antibody or antigen-binding region thereof can be delivered by implanting certain cells that have been genetically engineered, using methods such as those described herein, to express and secrete the polypeptide.
  • Such cells may be animal or human cells, and may be autologous, heterologous, or xenogeneic.
  • the cells may be immortalized.
  • the cells may be encapsulated to avoid infiltration of surrounding tissues.
  • the encapsulation materials are typically biocompatible, semi-permeable polymeric enclosures or membranes that allow the release of the protein product(s) but prevent the destruction of the cells by the patient's immune system or by other detrimental factors from the surrounding tissues.
  • compositions can be administered with medical devices known in the art.
  • a therapeutic composition of the invention can be administered with a needleless hypodermic injection device, such as the devices disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,399,163; 5,383,851; 5,312,335; 5,064,413; 4,941,880; 4,790,824; or 4,596,556.
  • a needleless hypodermic injection device such as the devices disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,399,163; 5,383,851; 5,312,335; 5,064,413; 4,941,880; 4,790,824; or 4,596,556.
  • Examples of well-known implants and modules useful in the present invention include: U.S. Pat. No. 4,487,603, which discloses an implantable micro-infusion pump for dispensing medication at a controlled rate; U.S. Pat. No. 4,486,194, which discloses a therapeutic device for administering medicants through the skin; U.S
  • the therapeutic compositions for use in this invention may be in the form of a pyrogen-free, parenterally acceptable aqueous solution comprising the desired specific binding agent in a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle.
  • a particularly suitable vehicle for parenteral injection is sterile distilled water in which a binding agent is formulated as a sterile, isotonic solution, properly preserved.
  • Yet another preparation can involve the formulation of the desired molecule with an agent, such as injectable microspheres, bio-erodible particles, polymeric compounds (poly lactic acid, polyglycolic acid), beads, or liposomes, that provides for the controlled or sustained release of the product which may then be delivered via a depot injection.
  • Hyaluronic acid may also be used, and this may have the effect of promoting sustained duration in the circulation.
  • Other suitable means for the introduction of the desired molecule include implantable drug delivery devices.
  • pharmaceutical formulations suitable for parenteral administration may be formulated in aqueous solutions, preferably in physiologically compatible buffers such as Hanks' solution, ringer's solution, or physiologically buffered saline.
  • Aqueous injection suspensions may contain substances that increase the viscosity of the suspension, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sorbitol, or dextran.
  • suspensions of the active compounds may be prepared as appropriate oily injection suspensions.
  • Suitable lipophilic solvents or vehicles include fatty oils, such as sesame oil, or synthetic fatty acid esters, such as ethyl oleate, triglycerides, or liposomes.
  • Non-lipid polycationic amino polymers may also be used for delivery.
  • the suspension may also contain suitable stabilizers or agents to increase the solubility of the compounds and allow for the preparation of highly concentrated solutions.
  • a pharmaceutical composition may be formulated for inhalation.
  • a binding agent may be formulated as a dry powder for inhalation.
  • Polypeptide or nucleic acid molecule inhalation solutions may also be formulated with a propellant for aerosol delivery.
  • solutions may be nebulized.
  • compositions for oral administration can also be formulated using pharmaceutically acceptable carriers well known in the art in dosages suitable for oral administration. Such carriers enable the pharmaceutical compositions to be formulated as tablets, pills, dragees, capsules, liquids, gels, syrups, slurries, suspensions, and the like, for ingestion by the patient.
  • binding agent molecules that are administered in this fashion can be formulated with or without those carriers customarily used in the compounding of solid dosage forms such as tablets and capsules.
  • a capsule may be designed to release the active portion of the formulation at the point in the gastrointestinal tract when bioavailability is maximized and pre-systemic degradation is minimized.
  • Additional agents can be included to facilitate absorption of the binding agent molecule.
  • Diluents, flavorings, low melting point waxes, vegetable oils, lubricants, suspending agents, tablet disintegrating agents, and binders may also be employed.
  • Pharmaceutical preparations for oral use can be obtained through combining active compounds with solid excipient and processing the resultant mixture of granules (optionally, after grinding) to obtain tablets or dragee cores. Suitable auxiliaries can be added, if desired.
  • Suitable excipients include carbohydrate or protein fillers, such as sugars, including lactose, sucrose, mannitol, and sorbitol; starch from corn, wheat, rice, potato, or other plants; cellulose, such as methyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, or sodium carboxymethylceUulose; gums, including arabic and tragacanth; and proteins, such as gelatin and collagen.
  • disintegrating or solubilizing agents may be added, such as the cross-linked polyvinyl pyrrolidone, agar, and alginic acid or a salt thereof, such as sodium alginate.
  • Dragee cores may be used in conjunction with suitable coatings, such as concentrated sugar solutions, which may also contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinylpyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol, and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures.
  • Dyestuffs or pigments may be added to the tablets or dragee coatings for product identification or to characterize the quantity of active compound, i.e., dosage.
  • Pharmaceutical preparations that can be used orally also include push-fit capsules made of gelatin, as well as soft, sealed capsules made of gelatin and a coating, such as glycerol or sorbitol.
  • Push-fit capsules can contain active ingredients mixed with fillers or binders, such as lactose or starches, lubricants, such as talc or magnesium stearate, and, optionally, stabilizers.
  • the active compounds may be dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils, liquid, or liquid polyethylene glycol with or without stabilizers.
  • suitable liquids such as fatty oils, liquid, or liquid polyethylene glycol with or without stabilizers.
  • Another pharmaceutical composition may involve an effective quantity of binding agent in a mixture with non-toxic excipients that are suitable for the manufacture of tablets. By dissolving the tablets in sterile water, or other appropriate vehicle, solutions can be prepared in unit dose form.
  • Suitable excipients include, but are not limited to, inert diluents, such as calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate or bicarbonate, lactose, or calcium phosphate; or binding agents, such as starch, gelatin, or acacia; or lubricating agents such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid, or talc. Additional pharmaceutical compositions will be evident to those skilled in the art, including formulations involving binding agent molecules in sustained- or controlled-delivery formulations. Techniques for formulating a variety of other sustained- or controlled-delivery means, such as liposome carriers, bio-erodible microparticles or porous beads and depot injections, are also known to those skilled in the art.
  • sustained-release preparations include semipermeable polymer matrices in the form of shaped articles, e.g. films, or microcapsules.
  • Sustained release matrices may include polyesters, hydrogels, polylactides (U.S. Pat. No.
  • Sustained-release compositions also include liposomes, which can be prepared by any of several methods known in the art. See e.g., Eppstein et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. (USA), 82:3688-3692 (1985); EP 36,676; EP 88,046; EP 143,949.
  • the pharmaceutical composition to be used for in vivo administration typically must be sterile. This may be accomplished by filtration through sterile filtration membranes. Where the composition is lyophilized, sterilization using this method may be conducted either prior to or following lyophilization and reconstitution.
  • the composition for parenteral administration may be stored in lyophilized form or in solution.
  • parenteral compositions generally are placed into a container having a sterile access port, for example, an intravenous solution bag or vial having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle.
  • a sterile access port for example, an intravenous solution bag or vial having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle.
  • the pharmaceutical composition may be stored in sterile vials as a solution, suspension, gel, emulsion, solid, or a dehydrated or lyophilized powder.
  • Such formulations may be stored either in a ready-to-use form or in a form (e.g., lyophilized) requiring reconstitution prior to administration.
  • the present invention is directed to kits for producing a single-dose administration unit.
  • kits may each contain both a first container having a dried protein and a second container having an aqueous formulation. Also included within the scope of this invention are kits containing single and multi-chambered pre-filled syringes (e.g., liquid syringes and lyosyringes).
  • the present invention provides a composition, e.g., a pharmaceutical composition, containing one or a combination of human antibodies, or antigen-binding region(s) thereof, of the present invention, formulated together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the compositions include a combination of multiple (e.g., two or more) isolated human antibodies or antigen-binding regions thereof of the invention.
  • each of the antibodies or antigen-binding regions thereof of the composition binds to a distinct, pre-selected epitope of CD148.
  • human anti-CD148 monoclonal antibodies having complementary activities are used in combination, e.g., as a pharmaceutical composition, comprising two or more human anti-CD 148 monoclonal antibodies.
  • a human monoclonal antibody that inhibits angiogenesis or the growth of cells expressing CD 148 may also be combined with another human antibody that mediates highly effective killing of target cells in the presence of effector cells.
  • the composition comprises one or a combination of bispecific or multispecific molecules of the invention (e.g., which contains at least one binding specificity for an Fc receptor and at least one binding specificity for CD148).
  • the invention thus includes administration of the antibodies or antigen- binding regions thereof of the present invention administered to the same patient in combination with one or more additionally suitable agent(s), each being administered according to a regimen suitable for that medicament.
  • This includes concurrent administration of a specific binding agent of the invention and one or more suitable agents.
  • the terms “concurrently administered” and “concurrent administration” encompass substantially simultaneous administration of one or more antibody according to the invention and one or more additionally suitable agents(s).
  • non-concurrent” administration encompasses administering one or more antibodies or antigen-binding regions thereof according to the invention and one or more additionally suitable agent(s), at different times, in any order, whether overlapping or not.
  • compositions include, but is not limited to, sequential treatment (such as pretreatment, post-treatment, or overlapping treatment) with the components of the combination, as well as regimens in which the drugs are alternated, or wherein one component is administered long-term and the other(s) are administered intermittently.
  • Components may be administered in the same or in separate compositions, and by the same or different routes of administration.
  • Combination therapy with growth factors can include cytokines, lymphokines, growth factors, or other hematopoietic factors such as M-CSF, GM- CSF, TNF, IL-1, IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-7, IL-8, IL-9, IL-10, IL-11, IL-12, IL-13, IL-14, IL-15, IL-16, IL-17, IL-18, IFN, TNFO, TNF1, TNF2, G-CSF, Meg- CSF, GM-CSF, thrombopoietin, stem cell factor, and erythropoietin.
  • compositions can include known angiopoietins, for example Ang-1, -2, -4, — Y, and/or the human Ang-like polypeptide, and/or vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF).
  • Growth factors include angiogenin, bone morphogenic protein- 1, bone morphogenic protein-2, bone morphogenic protein-3, bone morphogenic protein-4, bone morphogenic protein-5, bone morphogenic protein-6, bone morphogenic protein-7, bone morphogenic protein-8, bone mo ⁇ hogenic protein-9, bone morphogenic protein- 1O, bone morphogenic protein-11, bone morphogenic protein- 12, bone morphogenic protein-13, bone morphogenic protein-14, bone morphogenic protein- 15, bone morphogenic protein receptor IA, bone mo ⁇ hogenic protein receptor IB, brain derived neurotrophic factor, ciliary neutrophic factor, ciliary neutrophic factor receptor, cytokine-induced neutrophil chemotactic factor 1, cytokine-induced neutrophil, chemotactic factor 2,
  • interleukins are described herein and preferably include, but are not limited to, IL-1, IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-8, IL-9, IL-1 1, IL-12, IL-13, IL- 17, and IL-18. See Feghali, et al., Frontiers in Biosci., 2:12-26 (1997).
  • Exemplary antibody antagonists also include antibodies directed against the 21-28 kD cell surface glycoprotein CD52 (such as CamPath ® , Berlex Laboratories), IL-8 (and anti- IL8-RB antibodies), B-FGF (and anti-B-FGF receptor antibodies), anti-TWEAK antibodies (and anti-TWEAK receptor (i.e., TWEAKR) antibodies), anti- Adam/Disintegrin antibodies, anti-eph receptor, anti-ephrin antibodies, and anti- PDGF-BB antibodies.
  • Specific antibodies or antigen-binding regions thereof of the invention also may be administered in combination with inhibitors of Protein Kinase A Type 1 to enhance T cell proliferation in HIV-infected patients who are receiving anti- retroviral therapy.
  • Nerve growth factors also can be combined with the antibodies or antigen-binding regions thereof of the invention to treat certain conditions.
  • Such conditions include neurodegenerative diseases, spinal cord injury and multiple sclerosis.
  • Other conditions treatable with this combination are glaucoma and diabetes.
  • a preferred combination therapy relates to antibodies or antigen-binding regions thereof of the invention administered to a patient in combination with one or more suitable IL-1 inhibitor.
  • Inhibitors of IL-1 include, but are not limited to, receptor-binding peptide fragments of IL-1, antibodies directed against IL-1 or IL-1 beta or IL-1 receptor type I, and recombinant proteins comprising all or portions of receptors for IL-1 or modified variants thereof, including genetically-modified muteins, multimeric forms and sustained-release formulations.
  • IL-Ira polypeptides include IL-Ira polypeptides, IL-1 beta converting enzyme (ICE) inhibitors, antagonistic type I IL-1 receptor antibodies, IL-1 binding forms of type I IL-1 receptor and type II IL-1 receptor, antibodies to IL-1, including IL-1 alpha and IL-1 beta and other IL-1 family members, and a therapeutic known as IL-1 Trap (Regeneron).
  • IL-Ira polypeptides include the forms of IL-Ira described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,075,222 and modified forms and variants including those described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,922,573, WO 91/17184, WO 92 16221, and WO 96 09323.
  • IL-1 beta converting enzyme (ICE) inhibitors include peptidyl and small molecule ICE inhibitors including those described in PCT patent applications WO 91/15577; WO 93/05071; WO 93/09135; WO 93/14777 and WO 93/16710; and European patent application 0 547 699.
  • Non-peptidyl compounds include those described in PCT patent application WO 95/26958, U.S. Pat. No. 5,552,400, U.S. Pat. No. 6,121,266, and Dolle et al., J. Med. Chem., 39, pp. 2438-2440 (1996). Additional ICE inhibitors are described in U.S. Pat. Nos.
  • IL-1 binding forms of Type I IL-1 receptor and type II IL-1 receptor are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,968,607, 4,968,607, 5,081,228, Re 35,450, 5,319,071, and 5,350,683.
  • suitable IL-1 antagonists include, but are not limited to, peptides derived from IL-1 that are capable of binding competitively to the IL-1 signaling receptor, IL-1 R type I.
  • TNF inhibitors are suitable, and include, but are not limited to, receptor-binding peptide fragments of TNF-alpha, antisense oligonucleotides or ribozymes that inhibit TNF.alpha. production, antibodies directed against TNF- alpha, and recombinant proteins comprising all or portions of receptors for TNF- alpha or modified variants thereof, including genetically-modified muteins, multimeric forms and sustained-release fonnulations.
  • TACE Tumor Necrosis Factor-alpha Converting Enzyme
  • TAPI Tumor Necrosis Factor-alpha Converting Enzyme
  • GW-3333X Gaxo Wellcome Inc.
  • molecules that inhibit the formation of the IgA-alpha-lAT complex such as the peptides disclosed in EP 0 614 464 B, or antibodies against this complex.
  • suitable molecules include, b ⁇ t are not limited to, TNF-alpha-inhibiting disaccharides, sulfated derivatives of glucosamine, or other similar carbohydrates described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,020,323.
  • Further suitable molecules include peptide TNF-alpha inhibitors disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos.
  • Suitable MMP inhibitors for this pu ⁇ ose include, for example, those described in U.S. Pat. Nos.
  • suitable molecules include, for example, small molecules that inhibit phosphodiesterase IV and TNF-alpha production, such as substituted oxime derivatives (WO 96/00215), quinoline sulfonamides (U.S. Pat. No. 5,834,485), aryl furan derivatives (WO 99/18095) and heterobicyclic derivatives (WO 96/01825; GB 2 291 422 A). Also useful are thiazole derivatives that suppress TNF-alpha and IFN-gamma (WO 99/15524), as well as xanthine derivatives that suppress TNF-alpha and other proinflammatory cytokines (see, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos.
  • analgesics e.g., acetaminophen, codeine, propoxyphene napsylate, oxycodone hydrochloride, hydrocodone bitartrate, tramadol
  • corticosteroids e.g., acetaminophen, codeine, propoxyphene napsylate, oxycodone hydrochloride, hydrocodone bitart
  • DMARDs Disease-Modifying Anti-Rheumatic Drugs
  • DMARDs include, but are not limited to: RheumatrexTM (methotrexate); Enbrel® (etanercept); Remicade® (infliximab); HumiraTM (adalimumab); Segard® (afelimomab); AravaTM (leflunomide); KineretTM (anakinra); AravaTM (leflunomide); D-penicillamine; Myochrysine; Plaquenil; RidauraTM (auranofin); Solganal; lenercept (Hoffman-La Roche); CDP870 (Celltech); CDP571 (Celltech), as well as the antibodies described in EP 0 516 785 BI, U.S.
  • RheumatrexTM metalhotrexate
  • Enbrel® etanercept
  • Remicade® infliximab
  • HumiraTM adalim
  • suitable molecules include, for example, soluble TNFRs derived from the extracellular regions of TNF-alpha receptor molecules other than the p55 and p75 TNFRs, such as for example the TNFR described in WO 99/04001, including TNFR-Ig's derived from this TNFR.
  • Additional suitable TNF-alpha inhibitors are suitable for use as described herein. These include the use not only of an antibody against TNF-alpha or TNFR as described herein, but also a TNF-alpha derived peptide that can act as a competitive inhibitor of TNF-alpha (such as those described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,795,859 or U.S. Pat. No.
  • TNFR-IgG fusion proteins such as one containing the extracellular portion of the p55 TNF-alpha receptor, a soluble TNFR other than an IgG fusion protein, or other molecules that reduce endogenous TNF-alpha levels, such as inhibitors of the TNF-alpha converting enzyme (see e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,594,106), or small molecules or TNF- alpha inhibitors, a number of which are described herein.
  • one exemplary preferred dose range for an antibody against TNF-alpha is 0.1 to 20 mg/kg, and more preferably is 1-10 mg/kg.
  • Another preferred dose range for anti-TNF-alpha antibody is 0.75 to 7.5 mg/kg of body weight.
  • the present invention can also utilize a specific binding agent and any of one or more Non-Steroidal Anti-Inflammatory Drugs (NSAIDs). NSAIDs owe their anti- inflammatory action, at least in part, to the inhibition of prostaglandin synthesis. Goodman and Gilman, The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, MacMillan 7th Edition (1985).
  • NSAIDs can be characterized into nine groups: (1) salicylic acid derivatives; (2) propionic acid derivatives; (3) acetic acid derivatives; (4) fenamic acid derivatives; (5) carboxylic acid derivatives; (6) butyric acid derivatives; (7) oxicams; (8) pyrazoles and (9) pyrazolones.
  • Examples of NSAIDs include, but are not limited to: AnaproxTM, Anaprox DSTM (naproxen sodium); AnsaidTM (flurbiprofen); ArthrotecTM (diclofenac sodium+misoprostil);
  • Cataflam.TM./VoltarenTM (diclofenac potassium); ClinorilTM (sulindac); DayproTM (oxaprozin); DisalcidTM (salsalate); DolobidTM (diflunisal); EC NaprosynTM (naproxen sodium); FeldeneTM (piroxicam); IndocinTM, Indocin SRTM (indomethacin); LodineTM, Lodine XLTM (etodolac); MotrinTM (ibuprofen); NaprelanTM (naproxen); NaprosynTM (naproxen); OrudisTM, (ketoprofen); OruvailTM (ketoprofen); RelafenTM (nabumetone); TolectinTM, (tolmetin sodium); TrilisateTM (choline magnesium trisalicylate); Cox-1 inhibitors; Cox-2 Inhibitors such as VioxxTM (rofecoxib); ArcoxiaTM (etori
  • NSAIDs include, but are not limited to, the following: .epsilon.-acetamidocaproic acid, S-adenosylmethionine, 3- amino-4-hydroxybutyric acid, amixetrine, anitrazafen, antrafenine, bendazac, bendazac lysinate, benzydamine, beprozin, broperamole, bucolome, bufezolac, ciproquazone, cloximate, dazidamine, deboxamet, detomidine, difenpiramide, difenpyramide, difisalamine, ditazol, emorfazone, fanetizole mesylate, fenflumizole, floctafenine, flumizole, flunixin, fluproquazone, fopirtoline,
  • Suitable SAARDs or DMARDS include, but are not limited to: allocupreide sodium, auranofin, aurothioglucose, aurothioglycamide, azathioprine, brequinar sodium, bucillamine, calcium 3-aurothio-2-propanol-l-sulfonate, chlorambucil, chloroquine, clobuzarit, cuproxoline, cyclophosphamide, cyclosporin, dapsone, 15- deoxyspergualin, diacerein, glucosamine, gold salts (e.g., cycloquine gold salt, gold sodium thiomalate, gold sodium thiosulfate), hydroxychloroquine, hydroxyurea, kebuzone, levamisole, lobenzarit, melittin,
  • Structurally related SAARDs or DMARDs having similar analgesic and anti-inflammatory properties are also intended to be encompassed by this group.
  • Inhibitors of kinases in signaling cascades are also suitable agents for combination with the specific binding agents of the invention. These include, but are not limited to, agents which are capable of inhibiting P-38 (a.k.a., "RK” or "SAPK- 2", Lee et al., Nature, 372:739 (1994).
  • P-38 is described as a serine/threonine kinase (see Han et al., Biochimica Biophysica Acta, 1265:224-227 (1995).
  • Inhibitors of P- 38 have been shown to intervene between the extracellular stimulus and the secretion of IL-1 and TNF-alpha from the cell involves blocking signal transduction through inhibition of a kinase which lies on the signal pathway. Additionally suitable are MK2 inhibitors, and tpl-2 inhibitors. Additionally,
  • T-cell inhibitors are also suitable, including, for example, ctla-4, CsA, Fk-506, OX40, OX40R-FC, OX40 antibody, OX40 ligand, OX40 ligand antibody, lck, and ZAP70.
  • retinoids including oral retinoids, as well as antagonists of TGF-beta.
  • suitable agents for combination with the specific binding agents of the invention include, for example, any of one or more salicylic acid derivatives, prodrug esters or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • Such salicylic acid derivatives, prodrug esters and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof comprise: acetaminosalol, aloxiprin, aspirin, benorylate, bromosaligenin, calcium acetylsalicylate, choline magnesium trisalicylate diflusinal, etersalate, fendosal, gentisic acid, glycol salicylate, imidazole salicylate, lysine acetylsalicylate, mesalamine, morpholine salicylate, 1 -naphthyl salicylate, olsalazine, parsalmide, phenyl acetylsalicylate, phenyl salicylate, salacetamide, salicylamide O-acetic acid, salsalate and sulfasalazine.
  • Structurally related salicylic acid derivatives having similar analgesic and anti-inflammatory properties are also intended to be encompassed by this group.
  • suitable agents include, for example propionic acid derivatives, prodrug esters or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • the propionic acid derivatives, prodrug esters and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof comprise: alminoprofen, benoxaprofen, bucloxic acid, ca ⁇ rofen, dexindoprofen, fenoprofen, flunoxaprofen, fluprofen, flurbiprofen, furcloprofen, ibuprofen, ibuprofen aluminum, ibuproxam, indoprofen, isoprofen, ketoprofen, loxoprofen, miroprofen, naproxen, oxaprozin, piketoprofen, pimeprofen, pirprofen, pranoprofen, protizinic acid, pyridoxi
  • acetic acid derivatives having similar analgesic and anti-inflammatory properties are also intended to be encompassed by this group.
  • acetic acid derivatives, prodrug esters or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof comprise: acemetacin, alclofenac, amfenac, bufexamac, cinmetacin, clopirac, delmetacin, diclofenac sodium, etodolac, felbinac, fenclofenac, fenclorac, fenclozic acid, fentiazac, fiirofenac, glucametacin, ibufenac, indomethacin, isofezolac, isoxepac, lonazolac, metiazinic acid, oxametacin, oxpinac, pimetacin, proglumetacin, sulindac,
  • fenamic acid derivatives having similar analgesic and anti-inflammatory properties are also intended to be encompassed by this group.
  • fenamic acid derivatives, prodrug esters or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof comprise: enfenamic acid, etofenamate, flufenamic acid, isonixin, meclofenamic acid, meclofenamate sodium, medofenamic acid, mefanamic acid, niflumic acid, talniflumate, terofenamate, tolfenamic acid and ufenamate.
  • Structurally related fenamic acid derivatives having similar analgesic and anti- inflammatory properties are also intended to be encompassed by this group.
  • carboxylic acid derivatives, prodrug esters and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof which can be used comprise: clidanac, diflunisal, flufenisal, inoridine, ketorolac and tinoridine.
  • Structurally related carboxylic acid derivatives having similar analgesic and anti-inflammatory properties are also intended to be encompassed by this group.
  • butyric acid derivatives, prodrug esters or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are also intended to be encompassed by this group.
  • the butyric acid derivatives, prodrug esters and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof comprise: bumadizon, butibufen, fenbufen and xenbucin. Structurally related butyric acid derivatives having similar analgesic and anti-inflammatory properties are also intended to be encompassed by this group.
  • Oxicams, prodrug esters or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are also suitable.
  • Oxicams, prodrug esters and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof comprise: droxicam, enolicam, isoxicam, piroxicam, sudoxicam, tenoxicam and 4-hydroxyl-l,2- benzothiazine 1,1 -dioxide 4-(N-phenyl)-carboxamide.
  • Structurally related oxicams having similar analgesic and anti-inflammatory properties are also intended to be encompassed by this group.
  • Pyrazoles, prodrug esters or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are also suitable.
  • the pyrazoles, prodrug esters and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof which may be used comprise: difenamizole and epirizole.
  • Structurally related pyrazoles having similar analgesic and anti-inflammatory properties are also intended to be encompassed by this group.
  • pyrazolones, prodrug esters or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are suitable.
  • the pyrazolones, prodrug esters and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof which may be used comprise: apazone, azapropazone, benzpiperylon, feprazone, mofebutazone, morazone, oxyphenbutazone, phenylbutazone, pipebuzone, propylphenazone, ramifenazone, suxibuzone and thiazolinobutazone.
  • Structurally related pyrazalones having similar analgesic and anti-inflammatory properties are also intended to be encompassed by this group.
  • prodrug esters or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof for the treatment of TNF-mediated diseases are also intended to be encompassed by this group.
  • Corticosteroids, prodrug esters and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof include hydrocortisone and compounds which are derived from hydrocortisone, such as 21-acetoxy-pregnenolone, alclomerasone, algestone, amcinonide, beclomethasone, beta-methasone, betamethasone valerate, budesonide, chloroprednisone, clobetasol, clobetasol propionate, clobetasone, clobetasone butyrate, clocortolone, cloprednol, corticosterone, cortisone, cortivazol, deflazacon, desonide, desoximerasone, dexamethasone, diflorasone, diflucortolone, difluprednate, enoxolone, fluazacort, flucloronide, flumethasone, flumethasone pivalate, flunisolide, flucinol
  • Antimicrobials and prodrug esters or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are also suitable for combination use as described herein. Suitable antimicrobials include, for example, ampicillin, amoxycillin, aureomicin, bacitracin, ceftazidime, ceftriaxone, cefotaxime, cephachlor, cephalexin, cephradine, ciprofioxacin, clavulanic acid, cloxacillin, dicloxacillan, erythromycin, flucloxacillan, gentamicin, gramicidin, methicillan, neomycin, oxacillan, penicillin and vancomycin.
  • Structurally related antimicrobials having similar analgesic and anti-inflammatory properties are also intended to be encompassed by this group.
  • Additional suitable compounds include, but are not limited to: BN 50730; tenidap; E 5531; tiapafant PCA 4248; nimesulide; panavir; rolipram; RP 73401; peptide T; MDL 201,449A; (lR,3S)-Cis-l-[9-(2,6-diamin- opurinyl)]-3-hydroxy-4- cyclopentene hydrochloride; (lR,3R)-trans-l-[9-(2,6- -diamino)purine]-3- acetoxycyclopentane; (lR,3R)-trans-l-[9-adenyl)-3-azido- cyclopentane hydrochloride and (lR,3R)-trans-l-[6-hydroxy-
  • IL-4 can induce an inflammatory effect in some instances, such as in asthma, in which over-expression of IL-4 in the lungs causes epithelial cell hypertrophy and an accumulation of lymphocytes, eosinophils, and neutrophils. This response is representative of the main features of the proinflammatory response induced by other Th2 cytokines. As noted above, therefore, inhibitors of IL-4 are also useful in accordance with the invention. Additionally, it will be appreciated that certain immunosuppressant drugs can also be used in the treatment of arthritis, including, but not limited to, iNOS inhibitors, and 5-lipoxygenase inhibitors.
  • Ginger has been shown to have certain anti-inflammatory properties, and is therefore suitable for use as an anti-inflammatory agent in accordance with the invention, as is chondroitin.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention also can be administered in combination therapy, i.e., in combination with other agents and therapies, in the treatment of diseases associated with CD148 activation.
  • the antibodies and antigen- binding regions of the present invention can also be utilized in combination with other agents and therapies to treat cancers or tumors.
  • agents include, but not limited to, in vitro synthetically prepared chemical compositions, antibodies, antigen binding regions, radionuclides, and combinations and conjugates thereof.
  • An agent can be an agonist, antagonist, allosteric modulator, toxin or, more generally, may act to inhibit or stimulate its target (e.g., receptor or enzyme activation or inhibition), and thereby promote cell death or arrest cell growth.
  • Other therapies also include, for example radiation treatment, chemotherapy, and targeted therapies with anti- tumor agents, and the like.
  • the human anti-CD 148 antibodies, or antigen binding fragments thereof can be administered in combination with one or more therapeutic agent, e.g., an anti-angiogenic agent, an anti-neoplastic agent, a chemotherapeutic agent, an immunosuppressive agent, an anti-inflammatory agent, or an anti-psoriasis agent.
  • the human anti-CD 148 antibodies, or antigen binding fragments thereof, can also be administered in combination with other known therapies, such as physical therapies, e.g., radiation therapy, hyperthermia, transplantation (e.g., bone marrow transplantation), surgery, sunlight, or phototherapy. Additional combination therapies not specifically listed herein are also within the scope of the present invention.
  • exemplary anti-neoplastic agents include, for example, doxorubicin
  • adriamycin cisplatin bleomycin sulfate, carmustine, chlorambucil, and cyclophosphamide hydroxyurea which, by themselves, are only effective at levels which are toxic or subtoxic to a patient.
  • Cisplatin is intravenously administered as a 100 mg/m 2 dose once every four weeks and adriamycin is intravenously administered as a 60-75 mg/m 2 dose once every 21 days.
  • exemplary anti- tumor agents include HERCEPT1NTM (trastuzumab), which may be used to treat breast cancer and other forms of cancer, and RITUXANTM (rituximab), ZEVALINTM (ibritumomab tiuxetan), and LYMPHOCIDETM (epratuzumab), which may be used to treat non-Hodgkin's lymphoma and other forms of cancer, GLEEVACTM which may be used to treat chronic myeloid leukemia and gastrointestinal stromal tumors, and BEXXARTM (iodine 131 tositumomab) which may be used for treatment of non-Hodgkins's lymphoma.
  • HERCEPT1NTM to treat breast cancer and other forms of cancer
  • RITUXANTM rituximab
  • ZEVALINTM ibritumomab tiuxetan
  • LYMPHOCIDETM epratuzumab
  • alkylating agents including: nitrogen mustards, such as mechlorethamine, cyclophosphamide, ifosfamide, melphalan and chlorambucil; nitrosoureas, such as carmustine (BCNU), lomustine (CCNU), and semustine (methyl-CCNU); ethylenimines/methylmelamine such as thriethylenemelamine (TEM), triethylene, thiophosphoramide (thiotepa), hexamethylmelamine (HMM, altretamine); alkyl sulfonates such as busulfan; triazines such as dacarbazine (DTIC); antimetabolites including folic acid analogs such as methotrexate and trimetrexate, pyrimidine analogs such as 5 -fluorouracil, fluorodeoxyuridine, gemcitabine, cytosine arabinoside (AraC,
  • anti-angiogenic agents include ERBITUXTM (IMC-C225), KDR (kinase domain receptor) inhibitory agents (e.g., antibodies and antigen binding regions that specifically bind to the kinase domain receptor), anti-VEGF agents (e.g., antibodies or antigen binding regions that specifically bind VEGF, or soluble VEGF receptors or a ligand binding region thereof) such as AVASTINTM or VEGF- TRAPTM, and anti-VEGF receptor agents (e.g., antibodies or antigen binding regions that specifically bind thereto), EGFR inhibitory agents (e.g., antibodies or antigen binding regions that specifically bind thereto) such as ABX-EGF (panitumumab), IRESSATM (gefitinib), TARCEVATM (erlotinib), anti-Angl and anti-Ang2 agents (e.g., antibodies or antigen binding regions specifically binding thereto or to their receptors, e.g., Tie2/Tek), and
  • compositions of the present invention can also include one or more agents (e.g., antibodies, antigen binding regions, or soluble receptors) that specifically bind and inhibit the activity of growth factors, such as antagonists of hepatocyte growth factor (HGF, also known as Scatter Factor), and antibodies or antigen binding regions that specifically bind its receptor "c-met".
  • agents e.g., antibodies, antigen binding regions, or soluble receptors
  • HGF hepatocyte growth factor
  • Other anti-angiogenic agents include Campath, IL-8, B-FGF, Tek antagonists (Ceretti et al., U.S. Publication No. 2003/0162712; U.S. Pat. No. 6,413,932), anti- TWEAK agents (e.g., specifically binding antibodies or antigen binding regions, or soluble TWEAK receptor antagonists; see, Wiley, U.S. Pat.
  • ADAM distintegrin domain to antagonize the binding of integrin to its ligands (Fanslow et al., U.S. Publication No. 2002/0042368), specifically binding anti-eph receptor and/or anti-ephrin antibodies or antigen binding regions (U.S. Pat. Nos.
  • anti-PDGF-BB antagonists e.g., specifically binding antibodies or antigen binding regions
  • antibodies or antigen binding regions specifically binding to PDGF-BB ligands
  • PDGFR kinase inhibitory agents e.g., antibodies or antigen binding regions that specifically bind thereto
  • anti- angiogenic agents include antagonists of Ang-1 and CD 148 (and their receptors), VEGF (Avastin, VEGF-TRAP, etc.), VEGF receptors, and IL-8, B-FGF, and small molecule inhibitors of KDR and other mediators of angiogenesis.
  • Additional anti-angiogenic/anti-tumor agents include: SD-7784 (Pfizer, USA); cilengitide (Merck KGaA, Germany, EPO 770622); pegaptanib octasodium (Gilead Sciences, USA); Alphastatin (BioActa, UK); M-PGA (Celgene, USA, US 5712291); ilomastat, (Arriva, USA, US 5892112); emaxanib (Pfizer, USA, US 5792783); vatalanib (Novartis, Switzerland); 2-methoxyestradiol (EntreMed, USA); TLC ELL-12 (Elan, Ireland); anecortave acetate (Alcon, USA); alpha-D148 Mab (Amgen, USA); CEP-7055 (Cephalon, USA); anti-Vn Mab (Crucell, Netherlands) DAC:antiangiogenic (ConjuChem, Canada); Angiocidin (InKine Pharmaceutical,
  • compositions of the present invention can also include one or more inhibitors of growth factor agents, such as antagonists of hepatocyte growth factor (HGF, also known as Scatter Factor, and its receptor "c-met").
  • HGF hepatocyte growth factor
  • Target-specific effector cells e.g., effector cells linked to compositions (e.g., human antibodies, multispecific and bispecific molecules) of the invention can also be used as therapeutic agents.
  • Effector cells for targeting can be human leukocytes such as macrophages, neutrophils or monocytes. Other cells include eosinophils, natural killer cells and other IgG- or IgA-receptor bearing cells. If desired, effector cells can be obtained from the subject to be treated.
  • the target-specific effector cells can be administered as a suspension of cells in a physiologically acceptable solution.
  • the number of cells administered can be in the order of 10 8 -10 9 but will vary depending on the therapeutic purpose. In general, the amount will be sufficient to obtain localization at the target cell, e.g., a tumor cell expressing CD148, and to effect cell killing by, e.g., phagocytosis. Routes of administration can also vary. Therapy with target-specific effector cells can be performed in conjunction with other techniques for removal of targeted cells. For example, anti-tumor therapy using the compositions (e.g., human antibodies, multispecific and bispecific molecules) of the invention and/or effector cells armed with these compositions can be used in conjunction with chemotherapy.
  • the compositions e.g., human antibodies, multispecific and bispecific molecules
  • effector cells armed with these compositions can be used in conjunction with chemotherapy.
  • combination immunotherapy may be used to direct two distinct cytotoxic effector populations toward tumor cell rejection.
  • anti-CD148 antibodies linked to anti- Fc ⁇ Ri or anti-CD3 may be used in conjunction with IgG- or IgA-receptor specific binding agents.
  • Bispecific and multispecific molecules of the invention can also be used to modulate Fc ⁇ R or Fc ⁇ R levels on effector cells, such as by capping and elimination of receptors on the cell surface. Mixtures of anti-Fc receptors can also be used for this purpose.
  • compositions (e.g., human antibodies, multispecific and bispecific molecules) of the invention which have complement binding sites, such as portions from IgGl, IgG2, IgG3 or IgM which bind complement, can also be used in the presence of complement.
  • ex vivo treatment of a population of cells comprising target cells with a binding agent of the invention and appropriate effector cells can be supplemented by the addition of complement or serum containing complement.
  • Phagocytosis of target cells coated with a binding agent of the invention can be improved by binding of complement proteins.
  • target cells coated with the compositions (e.g., human antibodies, multispecific and bispecific molecules) of the invention can also be lysed by complement.
  • compositions of the invention do not activate complement.
  • the compositions (e.g., human antibodies, multispecific and bispecific molecules) of the invention can also be administered together with complement.
  • compositions comprising human antibodies, multispecific or bispecific molecules and serum or complement. These compositions are advantageous in that the complement is located in close proximity to the human antibodies, multispecific or bispecific molecules.
  • the human antibodies, multispecific or bispecific molecules of the invention and the complement or serum can be administered separately.
  • kits comprising the compositions
  • kits can further contain a least one additional reagent, such as complement, or one or more additional human antibodies of the invention (e.g., a human antibody having a complementary activity which binds to an epitope in CD 148 antigen distinct from the first human antibody).
  • additional human antibodies of the invention e.g., a human antibody having a complementary activity which binds to an epitope in CD 148 antigen distinct from the first human antibody.
  • the subject can be additionally treated with an agent that modulates, e.g., enhances or inhibits, the expression or activity of Fc ⁇ or Fc ⁇ receptors by, for example, treating the subject with a cytokine.
  • cytokines for administration during treatment with the multispecific molecule include of granulocyte colony-stimulating factor (G-CSF), granulocyte-macrophage colony- stimulating factor (GM-CSF), interferon- ⁇ (IFN- ⁇ ), and tumor necrosis factor (TNF).
  • G-CSF granulocyte colony-stimulating factor
  • GM-CSF granulocyte-macrophage colony- stimulating factor
  • IFN- ⁇ interferon- ⁇
  • TNF tumor necrosis factor
  • the subject can be additionally treated with a lymphokine preparation.
  • Cancer cells which do not highly express CD 148 can be induced to do so using lymphokine preparations.
  • Lymphokine preparations can cause a more homogeneous expression of CD148s among cells of a tumor which can lead to a more effective therapy.
  • Lymphokine preparations suitable for administration include interferon-gamma, tumor necrosis factor, and combinations thereof. These can be administered intravenously.
  • Suitable dosages of lymphokine are 10,000 to 1,000,000 units/patient.
  • the compositions (e.g., human antibodies, multispecific and bispecific molecules) of the invention can also be used to target cells expressing Fc ⁇ R or CD148, for example for labeling such cells.
  • the binding agent can be linked to a molecule that can be detected.
  • the invention provides methods for localizing ex vivo or in vitro cells expressing Fc receptors, such as Fc ⁇ R, or CD 148.
  • the detectable label can be, e.g., a radioisotope, a fluorescent compound, an enzyme, or an enzyme co-factor.
  • the invention provides methods for detecting the presence of CD148 antigen in a sample, or measuring the amount of CD148 antigen, comprising contacting the sample, and a control sample, with a human monoclonal antibody, or an antigen-binding region thereof, which specifically binds to CD148, under conditions that allow for formation of a complex between the antibody or portion thereof and CD 148. The formation of a complex is then detected, wherein a difference complex formation between the sample compared to the control sample is indicative the presence of CD148 antigen in the sample.
  • the invention provides a method for detecting the presence or quantifying the amount of Fc-expressing cells in vivo or in vitro.
  • the method comprises (i) administering to a subject a composition (e.g., a multi- or bispecific molecule) of the invention or a fragment thereof, conjugated to a detectable marker; (ii) exposing the subject to a means for detecting said detectable marker to identify areas containing Fc-expressing cells.
  • a composition e.g., a multi- or bispecific molecule
  • exposing the subject to a means for detecting said detectable marker to identify areas containing Fc-expressing cells.
  • the present invention provides antibodies or antigen-binding regions thereof that bind to CD148 epitopes that are useful for the treatment of human diseases and pathological conditions.
  • Agents that activate CD 148 activity, or other cellular activity may be used in combination with other therapeutic agents to enhance their therapeutic effects or decrease potential side effects.
  • the present invention provides reagents and methods useful for treating diseases and conditions characterized by undesirable or aberrant levels of CD 148 activity in a cell. These diseases include cancers, and other hype ⁇ roliferative conditions, such as hyperplasia, psoriasis, contact de ⁇ natitis, immunological disorders, and infertility.
  • compositions (e.g., human antibodies, multispecific and bispecific molecules) of the invention can be initially tested for binding activity associated with therapeutic or diagnostic use in vitro.
  • compositions of the invention can be tested using the ELISA and flow cytometric assays described herein.
  • the activity of these molecules in triggering at least one effector- mediated effector cell activity, including cytolysis of cells expressing CD 148 can be assayed. Protocols for assaying for effector cell-mediated phagocytosis are described herein.
  • the compositions (e.g., human antibodies, multispecific and bispecific molecules) of the invention have additional utility in therapy and diagnosis of CD148-related diseases.
  • the human monoclonal antibodies, the multispecific or bispecific molecules can be used to promote CD 148 inducted dephosphorylation in a cell expressing CD 148, to inhibit the growth of a cell expressing CD148, or to inhibit angiogenesis of a cell expressing CD148.
  • the anti- CD148 antibodies of the present invention may be useful in treating any angiogenesis-dependant disease, including, but not limited to, ocular neovascularisation, such as retinopathies (including diabetic retinopathy), age- related macular degeneration, psoriasis, hemangioblastoma, hemangioma, arteriosclerosis, inflammatory disease, such as a rheumatoid or rheumatic inflammatory disease, especially arthritis (including rheumatoid arthritis), or other chronic inflammatory disorders, such as chronic asthma, arterial or post- transplantational atherosclerosis, endometriosis, and neoplastic diseases, for example, so-called solid tumors and liquid (or hematopoietic) tumors (such as leukemias and lymphomas).
  • ocular neovascularisation such as retinopathies (including diabetic retinopathy), age- related macular degeneration, psoriasis, heman
  • the human antibodies and derivatives thereof are used in vivo to treat, prevent or diagnose a variety of CD148-related neoplastic diseases.
  • CD148-related diseases include a variety of cancers, such as bladder, breast, uterine/cervical, colon, pancreatic, colorectal, kidney, stomach, ovarian, prostate, renal cell, squamous cell, lung (non-small cell), esophageal, and head and neck cancer.
  • the present invention also provides methods of treating cancer in an animal, including humans, comprising administering to the animal an effective amount of an antibody or antigen-binding region thereof that activates CD148 activity.
  • the invention is further directed to methods of inhibiting cancer cell growth, including processes of cellular proliferation, invasiveness, and metastasis in biological systems.
  • Methods include use of a compound of the invention as an inhibitor of cancer cell growth.
  • the methods are employed to inhibit or reduce cancer cell growth, invasiveness, metastasis, or tumor incidence in living animals, such as mammals.
  • Methods of the invention are also readily adaptable for use in assay systems, e.g., assaying cancer cell growth and properties thereof, as well as identifying compounds that affect cancer cell growth.
  • the cancers treatable by methods of the present invention preferably occur in mammals.
  • Tumors or neoplasms include growths of tissue cells in which the multiplication of the cells is uncontrolled and progressive. Some such growths are benign, but others are termed malignant and may lead to death of the organism. Malignant neoplasms or cancers are distinguished from benign growths in that, in addition to exhibiting aggressive cellular proliferation, they may invade surrounding tissues and metastasize. Moreover, malignant neoplasms are characterized in that they show a greater loss of differentiation (greater dedifferentiation), and of their organization relative to one another and their surrounding tissues.
  • Neoplasms treatable by the present invention also include solid tumors, i.e., carcinomas and sarcomas.
  • Carcinomas include those malignant neoplasms derived from epithelial cells that infiltrate (invade) the surrounding tissues and give rise to metastases.
  • Adenocarcinomas are carcinomas derived from glandular tissue, or which form recognizable glandular structures.
  • Another broad category or cancers includes sarcomas, which are tumors whose cells are embedded in a fibrillar or homogeneous substance like embryonic connective tissue.
  • the invention also enables treatment of cancers of the myeloid or lymphoid systems, including leukemias, lymphomas and other cancers that typically do not present as a tumor mass, but are distributed in the vascular or lymphoreticular systems.
  • the type of cancer or tumor cells amenable to treatment according to the invention include, for example, ACTH-producing tumor, acute lymphocytic leukemia, acute nonlymphocytic leukemia, cancer of the adrenal cortex, bladder cancer, brain cancer, breast cancer, cervical cancer, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, chronic myelocytic leukemia, colorectal cancer, cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, endometrial cancer, esophageal cancer, Ewing's sarcoma, gallbladder cancer, hairy cell leukemia, head and neck cancer, Hodgkin's lymphoma, Kaposi's sarcoma, kidney cancer, liver cancer, lung cancer (small and non-small cell), malignant peritoneal effusion, malignant
  • the invention is particularly illustrated herein in reference to treatment of certain types of experimentally defined cancers.
  • standard state-of-the-art in vitro and in vivo models have been used. These methods can be used to identify agents that can be expected to be efficacious in in vivo treatment regimens.
  • the method of the invention is not limited to the treatment of these tumor types, but extends to any solid tumor derived from any organ system. Cancers whose invasiveness or metastasis is associated with CD 148 activity are especially susceptible to being inhibited or even induced to regress by means of the invention.
  • the invention can also be practiced by including with a compound of the invention such as a peptibody in combination with another anti-cancer chemotherapeutic agent, such as any conventional chemotherapeutic agent.
  • a compound of the invention such as a peptibody in combination with another anti-cancer chemotherapeutic agent, such as any conventional chemotherapeutic agent.
  • the combination of a specific binding agent with such other agents can potentiate the chemotherapeutic protocol.
  • Numerous chemotherapeutic protocols will present themselves in the mind of the skilled practitioner as being capable of incorporation into the method of the invention. Any chemotherapeutic agent can be used, including alkylating agents, antimetabolites, hormones and antagonists, radioisotopes, as well as natural products.
  • the compound of the invention can be administered with antibiotics such as doxorubicin and other anthracycline analogs, nitrogen mustards such as cyclophosphamide, pyrimidine analogs such as 5-fluorouracil, cisplatin, hydroxyurea, taxol and its natural and synthetic derivatives, and the like.
  • antibiotics such as doxorubicin and other anthracycline analogs
  • nitrogen mustards such as cyclophosphamide
  • pyrimidine analogs such as 5-fluorouracil, cisplatin
  • hydroxyurea taxol and its natural and synthetic derivatives, and the like.
  • the compound in the case of mixed tumors, such as adenocarcinoma of the breast, where the tumors include gonadotropin- dependent and gonadotropin-independent cells
  • the compound in conjunction with leuprolide or goserelin (synthetic peptide analogs of LH-RH).
  • antineoplastic protocols include the use of a tetracycline compound with another treatment modality, e.g., surgery, radiation, etc., also referred to herein as "adjunct antineoplastic modalities.”
  • another treatment modality e.g., surgery, radiation, etc.
  • the method of the invention can be employed with such conventional regimens with the benefit of reducing side effects and enhancing efficacy.
  • the present invention thus provides compositions and methods useful for the treatment of a wide variety of cancers, including solid tumors and leukemias.
  • Types of cancer that may be treated include, but are not limited to: adenocarcinoma of the breast, prostate, and colon; all forms of bronchogenic carcinoma of the lung; myeloid; melanoma; hepatoma; neuroblastoma; papilloma; apudoma; choristoma; branchioma; malignant carcinoid syndrome; carcinoid heart disease; carcinoma (e.g., Walker, basal cell, basosquamous, Brown-Pearce, ductal, Ehrlich tumor, Krebs 2, merkel cell, mucinous, non-small cell lung, oat cell, papillary, scirrhous, bronchiolar, bronchogenic, squamous cell, and transitional cell); histiocytic disorders; leukemia; histiocytosis malignant; Hodgkin's disease; immunoproliferative small lung cell carcinoma; non-Hodgkin's lymphoma; plasmacytoma;
  • cancers may also be treated: adenoma; cholangioma; cholesteatoma; cyclindroma; cystadenocarcinoma; cystadenoma; granulosa cell tumor; gynandroblastoma; hepatoma; hidradenoma; islet cell tumor; Leydig cell tumor; papilloma; Sertoli cell tumor; theca cell tumor; leiomyoma; leiomyosarcoma; myoblastoma; myoma; myosarcoma; rhabdomyoma; rhabdomyosarcoma; ependymoma; ganglioneuroma; glioma; medulloblastoma; meningioma; neurilemmoma; neuroblastoma; neuroepithelioma; neurofibroma; neuroma; paraganglioma; paraganglioma
  • specific binding agents specific for CD 148 will be used in combination with other pharmaceutical agents to treat humans that express these clinical symptoms.
  • the specific binding agents can be delivered using any of the various carriers through routes of administration described herein and others that are well known to those of skill in the art.
  • Other aspects of the present invention include treating various retinopathies (including diabetic retinopathy and age-related macular degeneration) in which angiogenesis is involved, as well as disorders/diseases of the female reproductive tract such as endometriosis, uterine fibroids, and other such conditions associated with dysfunctional vascular proliferation (including endometrial microvascular growth) during the female reproductive cycle.
  • Still another aspect of the present invention relates to treating abnormal vascular growth including cerebral arterioyenous malformations (AVMs) gastrointestinal mucosal injury and repair, ulceration of the gastroduodenal mucosa in patients with a history of peptic ulcer disease, including ischemia resulting from stroke, a wide spectrum of pulmonary vascular disorders in liver disease and portal hypertension in patients with nonhepatic portal hypertension.
  • AVMs cerebral arterioyenous malformations
  • Another aspect of present invention is the prevention of cancers utilizing the compositions and methods provided by the present invention.
  • Such reagents will include specific binding agents such as antibodies, or antigen-binding regions thereof, against CD148.
  • CD148 epitope binding Molecules The CD 148 epitopes and antibodies of the present invention may be used to identify agents that activate CD148 activity, which may be useful in treating certain physiological disorders, including, but not-limited to inhibiting angiogenesis.
  • a method for identifying a compound that specifically binds to a human CD148 epitope defined by one or more of the polypeptide sequences selected from the group consisting of amino acids 447- 725, 533-725, 715-973, 324-335, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33 comprising: contacting a test compound with a human CD 148 epitope defined by one or more of the polypeptide sequences selected from the group consisting of amino acids 447-725, 533-725, 715-973, 324-335, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33 for a time sufficient to form a complex and detecting for the formation of a complex by detecting the CD 148 epitope or the compound in the complex, so that if a complex is detected, a compound that binds to the CD 148 epitope is identified.
  • cells transfected with DNAs coding for proteins of interest can be treated with various drugs, and co-immunoprecipitations can be performed.
  • CD148 is involved in transducing physiologicals signals asssociated with inhibition of such physiological disorders as angiogenesis
  • An agent may activate CD148 by binding to the CD 148 epitopes defined herein in such a manner that the agent initiates CD 148 dephosphorylation.
  • Agents which may be used to active CD 148 include peptides, antibodies, nucleic acids, antisense compounds or ribozymes.
  • the nucleic acid may encode the antibody or the antisense compound.
  • the peptide may be at least 4 amino acids of the sequence of the binding protein. Alternatively, the peptide may be from 4 to 30 amino acids (or from 8 to 20 amino acids) that is at least 75%> identical to a contiguous span of amino acids of the binding protein.
  • Agents can be tested using transfected host cells, cell lines, cell models or animals, such as described herein, by techniques well known to those of ordinary skill in the art, such as disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,622,852 and 5,773,218, and PCT published application Nos. WO 97/27296 and WO 99/65939, each of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the modulating effect of the agent can be tested in vivo or in vitro.
  • Agents can be provided for testing in a phage display library or a combinatorial library. Exemplary of a method to screen agents is to measure the effect that the agent has on the formation of the protein complex.
  • the CD148 epitopes of the present invention may also be used to produce structural analogs of biologically active polypeptides of interest or of small molecules with which they interact (e.g., agonists, antagonists, inhibitors) in order to fashion drugs which are, for example, more active or stable forms of the polypeptide, or which, e.g., enhance or interfere with the function of a polypeptide in vivo.
  • One aspect of the present invention provides a method for identifying a compound that specifically binds to a human CD 148 epitope defined by one or more of the polypeptide sequences selected from the group consisting of amino acids 447- 725, 533-725, 715-973, 324-335, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33 comprising: providing atomic coordinates defining a three-dimensional structure of a CD148 epitope defined by one or more of the polypeptide sequences selected from the group consisting of amino acids 447-725, 533-725, 715-973, 324-335, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33, and designing or selecting compounds capable of binding the CD148 epitope based on said atomic coordinates.
  • Such techniques may include providing atomic coordinates defining a three-dimensional structure of a protein complex formed by said first polypeptide and said second polypeptide, and designing or selecting compounds capable of interfering with the interaction between a first polypeptide and a second polypeptide based on said atomic coordinates.
  • the substance may be further investigated.
  • it may be manufactured and/or used in preparation, i.e., manufacture or formulation, or a composition such as a medicament, pharmaceutical composition or drug. These may be administered to individuals.
  • a substance identified as a modulator of polypeptide function may be peptide or non-peptide in nature.
  • Non-peptide "small molecules" are often preferred for many in vivo pharmaceutical uses.
  • a mimetic or mimic of the substance may be designed for pharmaceutical use.
  • the designing of mimetic to a known pharmaceutically active compound is a known approach to the development of pharmaceuticals based on a "lead" compound. This approach might be desirable where the active compound is difficult or expensive to synthesize or where it is unsuitable for a particular method of administration, e.g., pure peptides are unsuitable active agents for oral compositions as they tend to be quickly degraded by proteases in the alimentary canal.
  • Mimetic design, synthesis and testing is generally used to avoid randomly screening large numbers of molecules for a target property.
  • its structure is modeled according to its physical properties, e.g., stereochemistry, bonding, size and/or charge, using data from a range of sources, e.g., spectroscopic techniques, x-ray diffraction data and NMR.
  • Computational analysis, similarity mapping (which models the charge and/or volume of a pharmacophore, rather than the bonding between atoms) and other techniques can be used in this modeling process.
  • a template molecule is then selected, onto which chemical groups that mimic the pharmacophore can be grafted.
  • the template molecule and the chemical groups grafted thereon can be conveniently selected so that the mimetic is easy to synthesize, is likely to be pharmacologically acceptable, and does not degrade in vivo, while retaining the biological activity of the lead compound.
  • the mimetic is peptide-based
  • further stability can be achieved by cyclizing the peptide, increasing its rigidity.
  • the mimetic or mimetics found by this approach can then be screened to see whether they have the target property, or to what extent it is exhibited. Further optimization or modification can then be carried out to arrive at one or more final mimetics for in vivo or clinical testing.
  • Immunological binding assays typically utilize a capture agent to bind specifically to and often immobilize the analyte target antigen.
  • the capture agent is a moiety that specifically binds to the analyte.
  • the capture agent is an antibody or antigen-binding region thereof that specifically binds the CD 148 epitopes of the invention.
  • These immunological binding assays are well known in the art [Asai, ed., Methods in Cell Biology, Vol. 37, Antibodies in Cell Biology, Academic Press, Inc., New York (1993)]. Immunological binding assays frequently utilize a labeling agent that will signal the existence of the bound complex formed by the capture agent and antigen.
  • the labeling agent can be one of the molecules comprising the bound complex; i.e. it can be a labeled specific binding agent or a labeled anti-specific binding agent antibody.
  • the labeling agent can be a third molecule, commonly another antibody, which binds to the bound complex.
  • the labeling agent can be, for example, an anti-specific binding agent antibody bearing a label.
  • the second antibody, specific for the bound complex may lack a label, but can be bound by a fourth molecule specific to the species of antibodies which the second antibody is a member of.
  • the second antibody can be modified with a detectable moiety, such as biotin, which can then be bound by a fourth molecule, such as enzyme-labeled streptavidin.
  • binding proteins capable of specifically binding immunoglobulin constant regions, such as protein A or protein G may also be used as the labeling agent. These binding proteins are normal constituents of the cell walls of streptococcal bacteria and exhibit a strong non-immunogenic reactivity with immunoglobulin constant regions from a variety of species. Akerstrom, J. Immunol., 135:2589-2542 (1985); Chaubert, Mod. Pathol., 10:585-591 (1997). Throughout the assays, incubation and/or washing steps may be required after each combination of reagents. Incubation steps can vary from about 5 seconds to several hours, preferably from about 5 minutes to about 24 hours. However, the incubation time will depend upon the assay format, analyte, volume of solution, concentrations, and the like. Usually, the assays will be carried out at ambient temperature, although they can be conducted over a range of temperatures.
  • Immunological binding assays can be of the non-competitive type. These assays have an amount of captured analyte that is directly measured.
  • the capture agent antibody
  • the capture agent can be bound directly to a solid substrate where it is immobilized. These immobilized capture agents then capture (bind to) antigen present in the test sample.
  • the protein thus immobilized is then bound to a labeling agent, such as a second antibody having a label.
  • the second antibody lacks a label, but can be bound by a labeled antibody specific for antibodies of the species from which the second antibody is derived.
  • the second antibody also can be modified with a detectable moiety, such as biotin, to which a third labeled molecule can specifically bind, such as streptavidin.
  • a detectable moiety such as biotin
  • streptavidin See Harlow and Lane, Antibodies, A Laboratory Manual, Ch 14, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, NY (1988), inco ⁇ orated herein by reference.
  • Immunological binding assays can be of the competitive type.
  • the amount of analyte present in the sample is measure indirectly by measuring the amount of an added analyte displaced, or competed away, from a capture agent (antibody) by the analyte present in the sample.
  • a capture agent antibody
  • a known amount of analyte, usually labeled is added to the sample and the sample is then contacted with the capture agent.
  • the amount of labeled analyze bound to the antibody is inversely proportional to the concentration of analyte present in the sample (See, Harlow and Lane, Antibodies, A Laboratory Manual, Ch 14, pp. 579- 583, supra).
  • the capture agent is immobilized on a solid substrate.
  • the amount of protein bound to the capture agent may be determined either by measuring the amount of protein present in a protein/antibody complex, or alternatively by measuring the amount of remaining uncomplexed protein. The amount of protein may be detected by providing a labeled protein. Harlow and Lane (supra).
  • hapten inhibition is utilized.
  • a known analyte is immobilized on a solid substrate.
  • a known amount of antibody is added to the sample, and the sample is contacted with the immobilized analyte.
  • the amount of antibody bound to the immobilized analyte is inversely proportional to the amount of analyte present in the sample.
  • the amount of immobilized antibody may be detected by detecting either the immobilized fraction of antibody or the fraction that remains in solution. Detection may be direct where the antibody is labeled or indirect by the subsequent addition of a labeled moiety that specifically binds to the antibody as described above.
  • the competitive binding assays can be used for cross-reactivity determinations to permit a skilled artisan to determine if a protein or enzyme complex which is recognized by a peptibody of the invention is the desired protein and not a cross-reacting molecule or to determine whether the peptibody is specific for the antigen and does not bind unrelated antigens.
  • antigen can be immobilized to a solid support and an unknown protein mixture is added to the assay, which will compete with the binding of the peptibodies to the immobilized protein.
  • the competing molecule also binds one or more antigens unrelated to the antigen.
  • the present invention also provides Western blot methods to detect or quantify the presence of a CD148 epitope or fragment thereof in a sample.
  • the technique generally comprises separating sample proteins by gel electrophoresis on the basis of molecular weight and transferring the proteins to a suitable solid support, such as nitrocellulose filter, a nylon filter, or derivatized nylon filter.
  • the sample is incubated with antibodies or antigen-binding regions thereof that specifically bind a CD 148 epitope and the resulting complex is detected.
  • These peptibodies may be directly labeled or alternatively may be subsequently detected using labeled antibodies that specifically bind to the peptibody.
  • the derivative binding agents, such as peptides and peptibodies or fragments thereof, of the present invention are useful for the diagnosis of conditions or diseases characterized by expression of CD 148 or subunits, or in assays to monitor patients being treated with activators of CD148, its fragments, agonists or inhibitors of CD 148 activity.
  • Diagnostic assays for CD 148 include methods utilizing an antibody and a label to detect CD148 in human body fluids or extracts of cells or tissues.
  • the antibodies of the present invention can be used with or without modification. In a preferred diagnostic assay, the antibodies will be labeled by attaching, e.g., a label or a reporter molecule.
  • a wide variety of labels and reporter molecules are known, some of which have been already described herein.
  • the present invention is useful for diagnosis of human disease.
  • a variety of protocols for measuring CD 148 proteins using antibodies specific for the respective protein are known in the art. Examples include enzyme- linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), radioimmunoassay (RIA) and fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS).
  • ELISA enzyme- linked immunosorbent assay
  • RIA radioimmunoassay
  • FACS fluorescence activated cell sorting
  • a two-site, monoclonal-based immunoassay utilizing monoclonal antibodies reactive to two non-interfering epitopes on CD148 is preferred, but a competitive binding assay can be employed. These assays are described, for example, in Maddox et al., J. Exp. Med., 158:1211 (1983).
  • normal or standard values for human CD 148 expression are usually established. This determination can be accomplished by combining body fluids or cell extracts from normal subjects, preferably human, with an antibody to CD 148, under conditions suitable for complex formation that are well known in the art. The amount of standard complex formation can be quantified by comparing the binding of the antibodies to known quantities of CD148 protein, with both control and disease samples. Then, standard values obtained from normal samples can be compared with values obtained from samples from subjects potentially affected by disease. Deviation between standard and subject values suggests a role for CD148 in the disease state. For diagnostic applications, in certain embodiments antibodies, or antigen- binding regions thereof, of the present invention typically will be labeled with a detectable moiety.
  • the detectable moiety can be any one that is capable of producing, either directly or indirectly, a detectable signal.
  • the detectable moiety may be a radioisotope, such as 3 H, 4 C, 32 P, 35 S, or 125 I, a fluorescent or chemiluminescent compound, such as fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, or luciferin; or an enzyme, such as alkaline phosphatase, beta- galactosidase, or horseradish peroxidase.
  • a radioisotope such as 3 H, 4 C, 32 P, 35 S, or 125 I
  • a fluorescent or chemiluminescent compound such as fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, or luciferin
  • an enzyme such as alkaline phosphatase, beta- galactosidase, or horseradish peroxidase. Bayer et al., Meth. Enz., 184:
  • Example 1 Generation of Antibodies Against CD 148 Epitopes
  • Parental versions of the heavy and light chains regions of the antibodies of the present invention were identified using the following screening procedure.
  • Recombinant scFv (single chain variable fragment) phage display libraries from Cambridge Antibody Technologies (CAT) were interrogated in vitro against huCD148 protein targets. Over 10,000 clones were screened, recovered by phage display (2 nd and 3 rd round outputs) and greater than 250 unique scFv antibodies were identified that specifically bind huCD148. Of these reagents, 83 were consolidated for further study, based upon their predicted therapeutic potential.
  • Figure 1A and IB show a nucleotide and encoded amino acid sequence overlap for variable heavy (VH) and variable light (VL) chains for an antibody of the present invention, Antibody No. 1 (Ab-1). Shaded regions on the figure highlight CDRl, 2, and 3 (from amino to carboxy terminus, respectively). Query and Framel designations indicate the nucleotide and amino acid sequences, respectively.
  • Figure 2A and 2B show a nucleotide and encoded amino acid sequence overlap for variable heavy (VH) and variable light (VL) chains for Antibody No. 2 (Ab-2).
  • Figure 3A and 3B show a nucleotide and encoded amino acid sequence overlap for variable heavy (VH) and variable light (VL) chains for Antibody No. 3 (Ab-3). Shaded regions on the figure highlight CDRl, 2, and 3 (from amino to carboxy terminus, respectively).
  • Figure 4A and 4B show a nucleotide and encoded amino acid sequence overlap for variable heavy (VH) and variable light (VL) chains for Antibody No. 4 (Ab-4). Shaded regions on the figure highlight CDRl, 2, and 3 (from amino to carboxy terminus, respectively).
  • Figure 5A and 5B show a nucleotide and encoded amino acid sequence overlap for variable heavy (VH) and variable light (VL) chains for Antibody No. 5 (Ab-5). Shaded regions on the figure highlight CDRl, 2, and 3 (from amino to carboxy terminus, respectively).
  • Figure 6A and 6B show a nucleotide and encoded amino acid sequence overlap for variable heavy (VH) and variable light (VL) chains for Antibody No. 6 (Ab-6). Shaded regions on the figure highlight CDRl, 2, and 3 (from amino to carboxy terminus, respectively).
  • Figure 7A and 7B show a nucleotide and encoded amino acid sequence overlap for variable heavy (VH) and variable light (VL) chains for Antibody No. 7 (Ab-7).
  • Figure 8A and 8B show a nucleotide and encoded amino acid sequence overlap for variable heavy (VH) and variable light (VL) chains for Antibody No. 8 (Ab-8). Shaded regions on the figure highlight CDRl, 2, and 3 (from amino to carboxy terminus, respectively).
  • CD 148 primary protein sequence were synthesized and covalently N-linked to sectors on PVDF membranes. The composition of the various peptide sequences overlapped by 3 amino acids. Peptide-containing membranes were preincubated with MeOH for 10 min, washed 3 times with PBST and incubated overnight with 4% milk in PBST. After 3 washes with PBST the membrane was incubated for 3 hours with l ⁇ M anti-CD 148 antibody diluted in 4%> milk. The membrane was washed again 3 times and then incubated for 1 hr with either anti-human Fc-HRP or anti-mouse Fc-HRP (Jackson).
  • I l l Peptide-containing membranes were regenerated for new experiments by immediately washing them twice with water (after one use) and then incubating them overnight with DMF. After 2 washes with water the membrane was washed with regeneration buffer A (1%> SDS, 0.1%> b-mercaptoethanol, 8M Urea) for several hours, then it was washed 2 times with regeneration buffer B (50%> EtOH, 10%> Acetic Acid). The efficiency of the regeneration step was verified by staining the membrane using secondary antibody alone and developing. After completing the regeneration process, membranes were rinsed with MeOH, dried and stored in - 20°C.
  • regeneration buffer A 1%> SDS, 0.1%> b-mercaptoethanol, 8M Urea
  • the murine antibody also bound the octapeptide QSRDTEVLL (residues 324-332).
  • Ab-1 bound peptides 116 and 117 in membrane # 1 and peptides 92 and 93 in membrane # 2 (116 & 92: SGQQSRDTEVLLVGL (residues 321-335), 117 & 93: QSRDTEVLLVGLEPG (residues 324-338)), which have the common epitope QSRDTEVLLVGL (residues 324-335), but did not bind the octapeptide QSRDTEVL (residues 324-331).
  • Ab-1 antibody binds to a peptide having the sequence of amino acid residues 324-338 and 321-335, but does not bind to an octapeptide having the sequence of amino acid residues 324-331 of human CD148. Based on the peptide mapping results the minimal required epitope of the murine anti-CD 148 antibody was narrowed to the 6 amino acids QSRDTE (residues 324-329). The minimal required epitope of Ab-1 was also determined to be the 12 amino acids QSRDTEVLLVGL (residues 324-335).
  • Example 3 Construction and Assay of FLAG. Poly-Histidine and Fc fusion Proteins The following constructs were subcloned into the p412 mammalian expression vector flanked N-terminally by both an IgK leader sequence and Flag poly-Histidine tag fusions; huCD148-ECTO (residues 36-973); huCD148-NFnIII (residues 36-210); huCD148-FnIII2_3 (residues 175-536); huCD148-FnIII4_5 (residues 533-725); huCD148-Cterm: (residues 715-973).
  • the binding of different anti-CD 148 antibodies was tested using 2 different ELISA methods.
  • the first method is a direct ELISA on Ni-NTA plates.
  • Ni-NTA plates (Invitrogen) were coated with 4 dilutions (1:10-1:10.000) of the 5 proteins in 3% BSA in PBS and were incubating overnight at 4°C. The plates were washed with PBST and incubated with 1 ⁇ g/ml of Ab-2-huIgG4, Ab-5-huIgG4, the murine anti- CD148 antibody, and 143-41 (Biosource) for 2 hrs at room temperature.
  • the plates were incubated with anti-hu-IgG4-HRP (Zymed) or anti-mouse-FC-HRP (Jackson) for 1 hr at room temperature. Then washed again and the signal was developed by adding 100 ⁇ l of lOmg of ABTS (Amersham) with 45ml 0.05M citric acid pH 4.0 and 77 ⁇ l of 30% H 2 O 2 .
  • the second method is an indirect ELISA. Maxisorp plates were coated with 5 ⁇ g/ml anti-huFc or anti-muFc (Jackson) overnight at 4°C. The plates were washed with PBST and blocked with 3% BSA in PBS for 1.5 hrs.
  • the plates were incubated with 5 ug/ml of Ab-2-huIgG4, Ab-5- huIgG4, murine anti-CD148 antibody, and 143-41 (Biosource) for 2 hrs at room temperature.
  • the plates were washed again and were incubated with 2 dilutions (1:10, 1:100) of the 5 proteins for 2 hrs at room temperature, washed again and incubated with anti-FLAG M2-HRP (Sigma) for 1 hr at room temperature.
  • anti-FLAG M2-HRP Sigma
  • CD 148 constructs with either Flag, Poly-His tags or Fc tag were expressed transiently in 293 E5 cells and were purified using IMAC column or protein A column respectively. Binding of anti-CD148 clones to the different constructs was tested by ELISA, as described in the methods.
  • the human anti CD148 clone, Ab-5 bound both the FnIII4_5 (residues 533-725) piece and the C- term piece (residues 715-973) when the Flag, Poly-His tags constructs were used and to the FnIII4_5 (residues 533-725) when the Fc tag constructs were used. It also binds the full-length ECTO domain protein (residus 36-973) with both tags.
  • the human anti-CD148 clone, Ab-2 showed binding to the full-length ECTO domain protein (residus 36-973) with both tags and a low level of binding to the FnIII4_5 (residues 533-725) with the Fc tag but no binding at all to any of the other 3 constructs.
  • the human anti CD148 clone, Ab-1 was used only in the ELISA with the Fc constructs. It bound only the FnIII2_3 piece (residues 175-536.
  • the commercial murine anti-CD148 143-41 (Biosource) bound the full-length ECTO domain protein (residus 36-973) and the NFnIII piece (residues 36-210) in all essays but didn't bind any of the other 3 constructs.
  • the murine anti-CD148 antibody was used as a positive control in all essays since it was known to recognize the octapeptide in residues 324-332.
  • the murine anti-CD148 antibody recognized the FnIII2_3 piece (residues 175-536) in all essays and the full-length ECTO domain protein (residus 36-973) with the Fc tag.
  • Example 4 Construction and Assay of Avidin Fusion Proteins
  • huCD148-NFnIII (residues 36-210); huCD148-FnIII2_3 (residues 36-536) huCD148-FnIII4_5 (2) (residues 36-715); huCD148-FnIII4_5 (residues 36-725) huCD148-ECTO (residues 36-973); huCD148FnIII2_3_4_5 (residues 200-725) huCD148FnIII3_4_5 (residues 447-725); huCD148-FnIII4_5 (only) (residues 533- 725); huCD148-FnIII_5 (residues 616-725); huCD148
  • Lipofectamine 2000 (Invitrogen) following the vendor protocol.
  • the condition media was collected 2 days after the transfection and the level of Avidin-fused protein was determined using biotin beads (Spherotech Inc.). For each construct 5 ⁇ l of beads were used.
  • the beads were preblocked by incubating with 3%> BSA for 30 min at room temperamre, washed once using 0.2%» BSA in PBS and then added to 200 ⁇ l of each of the condition media for an additional 1 hr incubation. After 2 washes, 1 ⁇ g/ml of anti-Avidin-FITC (Vector) was added for 30 minutes incubation, then the beads were washed again, resuspended in 500 ⁇ l wash buffer and read using FACS.
  • Vector anti-Avidin-FITC
  • the amount of condition media to be used in the binding essay was determined.
  • the protocol for the binding essay is same as described above only instead of the anti-Avidn-FITC, 1 ⁇ g/ml of FITC labeled anti-CD148 Ab-2 and Ab-5 antibodies was added.
  • a variation of this assay included co-incubation of the avidin fusion protein with both the FITC labeled antibody of interest as well as 5 Ox excess unlabeled antibody to determine whether or not the unlabeled antibody can effectively compete / prevent for binding of the FITC-labeled antibody to be evaluated. This competition assay was and can be used to determine if any antibody can compete for binding to the same epitope space as another.
  • huCD148FnIII2_3_4_5 (residues 200-725); huCD148FnIII3_4_5 (residues 447-725) and huCD148-FnIII4_5 (only) (residues 533-725) constructs but not the huCD148-FnIII_5 (residues 616-725) and the huCD148-FnIII_5.5 (residues 672-725) constructs.
  • Ab-2 was capable of fully inhibiting Ab-5 binding both to the huCD148-ECTO construct and to the FnIII4_5 construct.
  • Ab-5 was able to fully compete the binding of Ab-2 to the huCD148-ECTO but only partially inhibits the binding of Ab-2 to huCD148-FnIII4_5 constructs. Because both Ab-2 and Ab-5 bind to the full-length huCD148-ECTO (residues 36-973) and the huCD148-FnIII4_5 (residues 36-725) constructs but not to the huCD148-FnIII4_5 (2) (residues 36-715) construct which only differ from the huCD148-FnIII4_5 (residues 36-725) construct by 11AA in the C-terminal end and because neither of these antibodies recognize any peptide in our peptide bound membranes, it was concluded that the 11AA in residues 715-725 are necessary for the binding of these antibodies but are not sufficient for the binding.
  • Example 5 Anti-Angiogenesis Activity of Anti-CD 148 Antibodies in a Planar Migration Assay
  • a planar endothelial cell migration (wound closure) assay was used to quantitate the inhibition of angiogenesis in vitro by all antibodies disclosed in Figures 1-8, substantially as described in U.S. Patent No. 6,248,327, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • endothelial cell migration is measured as the rate of closure of a circular wound in a cultured cell monolayer. The rate of wound closure is linear, and is dynamically regulated by agents that stimulate and inhibit angiogenesis in vivo.
  • HRMEC Primary human renal microvascular endothelial cells, HRMEC, are isolated, cultured, and used at the third passage after thawing, as described in Martin et al., In Vitro Cell Dev Biol 33:261, 1997. Replicate circular lesions, "wounds," (600-800 micron diameter) are generated in confluent HRMEC monolayers using a silicon- tipped drill press. At the time of wounding the medium (DMEM + 1%> BSA) is supplemented with 20 ng/ml PMA (phorbol-12-myristate-13 ⁇ acetate), alone or in the presence of 5 to 50 ug/ml of control or Ab-1 through Ab-8.
  • PMA phorbol-12-myristate-13 ⁇ acetate
  • the residual wound area is measured as a function of time (0-12 hours) using a microscope and image analysis software (Bioquant, Arlington, TN).
  • the relative migration rate is calculated for each agent and combination of agents by linear regression of residual wound area plotted over time.
  • Each of Ab-1, Ab-2, Ab-3, Ab-4, Ab-5, Ab-6, Ab-7 and Ab-8 inhibited PMA-induced endothelial migration in a dose responsive manner, significantly reducing the rate of migration to unstimulated levels ranging from 15 to 50 ug/ml.
  • Example 6 Anti-Angiogenesis Activity of Anti-CD148 Antibodies In a Corneal Pocket Assay
  • agents to be tested for angiogenic or anti-angiogenic activity are immobilized in a slow release form in a hydron pellet, which is implanted into micropockets created in the corneal epithelium of anesthetized mice.
  • Vascularization is measured as the appearance, density, and extent of vessel ingrowth from the vascularized corneal limbus into the normally avascular cornea.
  • the pellets were surgically implanted into corneal stromal micropockets created by micro-dissection 1 mm medial to the lateral corneal limbus of 6-8 week old male C57BL/6 mice.
  • the pellets are surgically implanted into corneal stromal micropockets created by micro- dissection 1mm medial to the lateral corneal limbus of 6-8 week old male C57BL mice.
  • the corneas are photographed using an MZ9.5 steriomicrosope (Leica) at an incipient angle of 35- 50° from the polar axis in the meridian containing the pellet. Images are digitized and processed by subtractive color filters (Adobe Photoshop 4.0) to delineate established microvessels by hemoglobin content. Image analysis software (Bioquant, Arlington, TN) is used to calculate the fraction of the corneal image that was vascularized, the vessel density within the vascularized area, and the vessel density within the total cornea.
  • Ab-2, Ab-4, Ab-5, and Ab-7 inhibited bFGF-induced corneal angiogenesis, significantly reducing the vascular density significantly to less than that induced by FGF alone.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
  • Cell Biology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Tropical Medicine & Parasitology (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Food Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)

Abstract

Anti-CD148 antibodies and antigen-binding regions thereof, as well as pharmaceutical compositions comprising such antibodies and antigen-binding regions, are described. Also described are methods of using such antibodies and antigen-binding regions to bind CD148 epitopes and activate CD148 function, such as inhibition of angiogenesis. Epitopes that can be used to activate CD148 function and anti-angiogenesis activity are also described, as well as methods of identifying compounds that can bind them.

Description

ANTIBODIES OF ANGIOGENESIS INHIBITING DOMAINS OF CD148
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/564,885, filed April 23, 2004; U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/565,158, filed April 23, 2004; U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/571,566, filed May 14, 2004; and U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/585,686, filed July 6, 2004.
TECHNICAL FIELD The present invention relates to anti-CD148 antibodies and to binding epitopes of CD148 used to produce such antibodies. The invention also relates to methods of using such antibodies to inhibit angiogenesis.
BACKGROUND Angiogenesis, the formation of new blood vessels from existing ones, is essential to many physiological and pathological processes. Normally, angiogenesis is tightly regulated by pro- and anti-angiogenic factors, but in the case of diseases such as cancer, ocular neovascular diseases, arthritis, and psoriasis, the process can go awry. Folkman, J., Nat. Med., 1:27-31 (1995). Angiogenesis is believed to play an important role in sustaining inflammatory tissue expansion (pannus) in rheumatoid arthritis (Walsh et al., Arthritis Res., 3:147-153 (2001). In fact, there are a number of diseases known to be associated with deregulated or undesired angiogenesis. See Carmeliet et al, Nature 407:249-257 (2000). Such diseases include, but are not limited to, ocular neovascularisation, such as retinopathies (including diabetic retinopathy), age- related macular degeneration, psoriasis, hemangioblastoma, hemangioma, arteriosclerosis, inflammatory disease, such as a rheumatoid or rheumatic inflammatory disease, especially arthritis (including rheumatoid arthritis), or other chronic inflammatory disorders, such as chronic asthma, arterial or post- transplantational atherosclerosis, endometriosis, and neoplastic diseases, for example so-called solid tumors and liquid (or hematopoietic) tumors (such as leukemias and lymphomas). Other diseases associated with undesired angiogenesis will be apparent to those skilled in the art. Although many signal transduction systems have been implicated in the regulation of angiogenesis, one recently-characterized endothelial cell systems involves the the CD 148 receptor tyrosine kinase (also referred to as DEP-1 (density enhanced phosphatase), ECRTP (endothelial cell receptor tyrosine phosphatase),
HPTPη, or BYP, depending upon species and cDNA origin). CD148 is a mammalian transmembrane protein, belonging to a class of endothelial cell surface receptors known as Type III density enhanced receptor protein tyrosine phosphatases (PTP). Protein tyrosine phosphorylation is an essential element in signal transduction pathways which control fundamental cellular processes including growth and differentiation, cell cycle progression, and cytoskeletal function. Binding of a ligand to a receptor protein tyrosin kinase (PTK) catalyzes autophosphorylation of tyrosine residues in the enzyme's target substrates, while binding of a ligand to a receptor PTP catalyzes dephosphorylation. The level of intracellular tyrosine phosphorylation of a target substrate is determined by the balance between PTK and PTP. PTKs play a significant role in promoting cell growth, while PTPs down-regulate the activity of PTKs by inhibiting cell growth. CD 148 has been shown to promote differentiation of erythroid progentior cells, modulate lymphocyte function when crosslinked with other signaling proteins, and inhibit clonal expression of breast cancer cell lines overexpressing the protein. Confirming its role as an inhibitor of cell growth, CD 148 has also recently been shown to mediate inhibitory signals that block angiogenesis, an essential biological activity necessary for cell migration and proliferation, making CD 148 an important target for treatment of cancer by activating CD 148 mediated inhibitiion of angiogenesis associated with tumor growth. Like other receptor protein tyrosine phosphatases, CD148 has an intracellular carboxyl moiety with a catalytic domain, a single transmambrane domain, and an extracellular amino terminal domain (comprising five tandem fibronectin type III (FNIII) repeats, which have a folding pattern similar to that of Ig-like domains). The FNIII domains have an absolute specificity for phosphotyrosine residues, a high affinity for substrate proteins, and a specific activity which is several orders of magnitude greater than that of the PTKs. The FNIII domains are believed to participate in protein/protein interactions to Activation of CD 148 triggers autophosphorylation of CD 148, which tranduces a biological signal resulting in inhibition of angiogenesis. US Patent No. 6,552,169 discloses polynucleotide sequences relating to human DEP-1 (CD 148) and polyclonal antibodies generated against polypeptides encoded by the polynucleotides. US Patent No. 6,248,327 discloses the role of CD148 in angiogenesis and provides a method of modulating angiogenesis in a mammal by administering compositions that specifically bind to the ectodomain of CD 148, and also discloses the use of monoclonal antibodies that specifically bind to an unspecified region of the CD 148 ectodomain to activate CD 148 anti-angiogenesis activity. An effective CD 148 activation therapy might benefit a vast population of cancer patients because most solid tumors require neovascularization to grow beyond 1-2 millimeters in diameter. Such therapy might have wider application in other angiogenesis-associated diseases as well, such as retinopathies, arthritis, and psoriasis. There is an undeveloped need to identify new agents that specifically recognize and bind CD 148. Such agents would be useful for diagnostic screening and therapeutic intervention in disease states that are associated with CD 148 activity. . Accordingly, it is an object of the present invention to provide specific binding agents of CD 148 that activate CD 148 activity. Such agents of the present invention take the form of antibodies and fragments thereof that specifically bind to CD148 epitopes. , . The disclosure all patents, patent applications, and other documents cited herein are hereby expressly incorporated by reference in their entirety.
DISCLOSURE OF INVENTION The present invention provides anti-CD 148 antibodies, or antigen-binding regions thereof, that bind to CD148 epitopes involved in inhibition of inflammation and/or angiogenesis, which antibodies can be used for treatment of inflammation and angiogenesis related diseases. In particular embodiments, the antibodies . or antigen-binding regions thereof are dervied from human antibodies or antigen- binding regions thereof. In other embodiments, the antibodies or antigen-binding fragments thereof are selected from the group consisting of scFv, Fab, F(ab')2, Fv, and single chain antibodies, and can in particular be scFv fragments, and more particularly an scFv-Fc fusion. In another particular embodiment, the antibody or antigen-binding region thereof is a in IgG isotype, such as an IgG2 isotype. One aspect of the presention invention provides isolated antibodies or antigen-binding regions thereof that bind to a CD 148 epitope defined by FNIII domains 2, 3, 4 or 5 of CD148. In a particular embodiment, the antibodies of the present invention include isolated antibodies or antigen-binding regions thereof that specifically bind to a human CD 148 epitope defined by one or more of the polypeptide sequences selected from the group consisting of amino acids 315-329, 318-332, 321-335, 324-338, 324-329, 324-332, 324-335, 447-725, 533-725, 715- 973, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33. In yet another embodiment, the antibodies of the present invention include isolated antibodies or antigen-binding regions thereof that competitively inhibit binding of the above monoclonal antibodies to a human CD 148 epitope defined by one or more of the polypeptide sequences selected from the group consisting of amino acids 315-329, 318-332, 321- 335, 324-338, 324-329, 324-332, 324-335, 447-725, 533-725, 715-973, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33. In a more particular embodiment, the antibodies of the present invention include isolated antibodies or antigen-binding regions thereof that specifically bind to a human CD148 epitope defined by one or more of the polypeptide sequences selected from the group consisting of amino acids 324-338 and 321-335 of SEQ ID NO:33, but which does not bind to the polypeptide sequence of amino acid residues 324-331 of SEQ ID NO:33. Examples of such antibodies include antibodies Ab-1, Ab-2, Ab-3, Ab-4, Ab-5, Ab-6, Ab-7, and Ab-8. Another aspect of the present invention provides hybridoma cells and transfectoma cells which produces the antibody or antigen binding region thereof of the present invention, and antibodies or antigen-binding region thereof produced by such hybridoma and transfectoma cells. A hybridoma may include a B cell obtained from a transgenic non-human animal having a genome comprising a human heavy chain transgene and a human light chain transgene fused to an immortalized cell. A transfectoma may include nucleic acids encoding a human heavy chain and a human light chain. Another aspect of the present invention provides a transgenic non-human animal which expresses the antibody or antigen-binding region thereof of the present invention, wherein the transgenic non-human animal has a genome comprising a human heavy chain transgene and a human light chain transgene. Another aspect of the present invention provides a method of producing an antibody or antigen binding region thereof that specifically binds to a human CD 148 epitope defined by one or more of the sequence of amino acids selected from the group consisting of amino acids 315-329, 318-332, 321-335, 324-338, 324-329, 324-332, 324-335, 447-725, 533-725, 715-973, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33, comprising: immunizing a transgenic non-human animal having a genome comprising a human heavy chain transgene and a human light chain transgene with a human CD 148 epitope defined by one or more of the sequence of amino acids selected from the group consisting of amino acids 315-329, 318-332, 321-335, 324-338, 324-329, 324-332, 324-335, 447-725, 533-725, 715-973, 200- 536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33, or a cell expressing such human CD148 epitope, such that antibodies are produced by B cells of the animal; isolating B cells of the animal; and fusing the B cells with myeloma cells to form immortal, hybridoma cells that secrete the antibody or antigen binding region thereof. Another aspect of the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the antibody or antigen binding region thereof of the antibodies or antigen-binding regions thereof and a carrier pharmaceutically acceptable in humans. A particular embodiment provides an antibody or antigen binding region thereof present in a therapeutically effective amount, such as in a concentration of at least about 10 μg/ml. Another aspect of the present invention provides a a method for inhibiting angiogenesis comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of an antibody or antigen-binding region thereof of the present invention. Another aspect of the present invention provides CD 148 epitopes, binding to which activates CD148 mediated biological activity. CD148 epitopes of the present invention include isolated polypeptides comprising one or more of the amino acid sequencs selected from the group consisting of amino acids 315-329, 318-332, 321- 335, 324-338, 324-329, 324-332, 324-335, 447-725, 533-725, 715-973, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33, or any fragment thereof that binds to an antibody or antigen-binding region thereof of the present invention, wherein the polypeptide does not include amino acids derived from CD 148 other than those selected from the group consisting of amino acids 315-329, 318-332, 321-335, 324- 338, 324-329, 324-332, 324-335, 447-725, 533-725, 715-973, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33. In another embodiment, the present invention provides an isolated polypeptide consisting of one or more of the amino acid sequences selected from the group consisting of amino acids 315-329, 318-332, 321-335, 324- 338, 324-329, 324-332, 324-335, 447-725, 533-725, 715-973, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33 or any fragment thereof that binds to an antibody or antigen-binding region thereof of the present invention. In yet another embodiment, the present invention provides an isolated polypeptide consisting essentially of one or more of the amino acid sequences selected from the group consisting of amino acids 315-329, 318-332, 321-335, 324-338, 324-329, 324-332, 324-335, 447-725, 533-725, 715-973, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33 or any fragment thereof that binds to an antibody or antigen-binding region thereof of the present invention. Another aspect of the present invention provides an immunoassay comprising the steps of: (a) contacting a test sample with a monoclonal antibody or antigen-binding region thereof capable of being competitively inhibited in its binding to human CD148 by a monoclonal antibody or antigen-binding region thereof that specifically binds to a human CD 148 epitope defined by one or more of the polypeptide sequences selected from the group consisting of amino acids 315- 329, 318-332, 321-335, 324-338, 324-329, 324-332, 324-335, 447-725, 533-725, 715-973, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33 or any fragment thereof that binds to an antibody or antigen-binding region thereof of the present invention; and (b) determining the presence of human CD148 in the test sample. Another aspect of the invention includes a method for identifying a compound that specifically binds to a human CD 148 epitope defined by one or more of the polypeptide sequences selected from the group consisting of amino acids 315- 329, 318-332, 321-335, 324-338, 324-329, 324-332, 324-335, 447-725, 533-725, 715-973, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33, comprising: contacting a test compound with a human CD 148 epitope defined by one or more of the polypeptide sequences selected from the group consisting of amino acids 315-329, 318-332, 321-335, 324-338, 324-329, 324-332, 324-335, 447-725, 533-725, 715- 973, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33 for a time sufficient to form a complex and detecting for the formation of a complex by detecting the CD148 epitope or the compound in the complex, so that if a complex is detected, a compound that binds to the CD 148 epitope is identified. Yet another aspect of the present invention is a method for identifying a compound that specifically binds to a human CD 148 epitope defined by one or more of the polypeptide sequences selected from the group consisting of amino acids 315- 329, 318-332, 321-335, 324-338, 324-329, 324-332, 324-335, 447-725, 533-725, 715-973, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33, comprising: providing atomic coordinates defining a three-dimensional structure of a CD 148 epitope defined by one or more of the polypeptide sequences selected from the group consisting of amino acids 315-329, 318-332, 321-335, 324-338, 324-329, 324-332, 324-335, 447-725, 533-725, 715-973, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33, and designing or selecting compounds capable of binding the CD148 epitope based on said atomic coordinates.
DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES FIGURE 1A and IB show a nucleotide and encoded amino acid sequence overlap for variable heavy (VH) and variable light (VL) chains for an antibody of the present invention, Antibody No. 1 (Ab-1). Shaded regions on the figure highlight CDRl, 2, and 3 (from amino to carboxy terminus, respectively). Query and Framel designations indicate the nucleotide and amino acid sequences, respectively. FIGURE 2A and 2B show a nucleotide and encoded amino acid sequence overlap for variable heavy (VH) and variable light (VL) chains for Antibody No. 2 (Ab-2). Shaded regions on the figure highlight CDRl, 2, and 3 (from amino to carboxy terminus, respectively). FIGURE 3A and 3B show a nucleotide and encoded amino acid sequence overlap for variable heavy (VH) and variable light (VL) chains for Antibody No. 3 (Ab-3). Shaded regions on the figure highlight CDRl, 2, and 3 (from amino to carboxy terminus, respectively). FIGURE 4A and 4B show a nucleotide and encoded amino acid sequence overlap for variable heavy (VH) and variable light (VL) chains for Antibody No. 4 (Ab-4). Shaded regions on the figure highlight CDRl, 2, and 3 (from amino to carboxy terminus, respectively). FIGURE 5A and 5B show a nucleotide and encoded amino acid sequence overlap for variable heavy (VH) and variable light (VL) chains for Antibody No. 5 (Ab-5). Shaded regions on the figure highlight CDRl, 2, and 3 (from amino to carboxy terminus, respectively). FIGURE 6A and 6B show a nucleotide and encoded amino acid sequence overlap for variable heavy (VH) and variable light (VL) chains for Antibody No. 6 (Ab-6). Shaded regions on the figure highlight CDRl, 2, and 3 (from amino to carboxy terminus, respectively). FIGURE 7A and 7B show a nucleotide and encoded amino acid sequence overlap for variable heavy (VH) and variable light (VL) chains for Antibody No. 7 (Ab-7). Shaded regions on the figure highlight CDRl, 2, and 3 (from amino to carboxy terminus, respectively). FIGURE 8A and 8B show a nucleotide and encoded amino acid sequence overlap for variable heavy (VH) and variable light (VL) chains for Antibody No. 8 (Ab-8). Shaded regions on the figure highlight CDRl, 2, and 3 (from amino to carboxy terminus, respectively).
BEST MODE(S) FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION In order that the present invention may be more readily understood, certain terms are first defined. Additional definitions are set forth throughout the detailed description.
Definitions Units, prefixes, and symbols may be denoted in their SI accepted form.
Unless otherwise indicated, nucleic acids are written left to right in 5' to 3' orientation; amino acid sequences are written left to right in amino to carboxy orientation. Numeric ranges recited herein are inclusive of the numbers defining the range and include and are supportive of each integer within the defined range. Amino acids may be referred to herein by either their commonly known three letter symbols or by the one-letter symbols recommended by the IUPAC-IUBMB Nomenclature Commission. Nucleotides, likewise, may be referred to by their commonly accepted single-letter codes. Unless otherwise noted, the terms "a" or "an" are to be construed as meaning "at least one of. The section headings used herein are for organizational purposes only and are not to be construed as limiting the subject matter described. All documents, or portions of documents, cited in this application, including but not limited to patents, patent applications, articles, books, and treatises, are hereby expressly incorporated by reference in their entirety for any purpose. In the case of any amino acid or nucleic sequence discrepancy within the application, the figures control. Standard techniques are used for recombinant DNA, oligonucleotide synthesis, and tissue culture and transformation (e.g., electroporation, lipofection). Enzymatic reactions and purification techniques are performed according to manufacturer's specifications or as commonly accomplished in the art or as described herein. The foregoing techniques and procedures are generally performed according to conventional methods well known in the art and as described in various general and more specific references that are cited and discussed throughout the present specification. See e.g., Sambrook et al. Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual (2d ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. (1989)), which is incorporated herein by reference. The nomenclatures utilized in connection with, and the laboratory procedures and techniques of, analytical chemistry, synthetic organic chemistry, and medicinal and pharmaceutical chemistry described herein are those well known and commonly used in the art. Standard techniques are used for chemical syntheses, chemical analyses, pharmaceutical preparation, formulation, and delivery, and treatment of patients. As utilized in accordance with the present disclosure, the following terms, unless otherwise indicated, shall be understood to have the following meanings: The term "human CD148" is the protein identified as human ECRTP/DEP in
Ostman et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 91:9680-9684 (1994), incorporated by reference herein, including allelic variants thereof. By "extracellular domain of human CD148" is meant the portion of human CD148 localized between about residues 36 to 973 (residues 1 to 35 being the leader sequence and not present in the mature form) of NCBI (National Center for Biotechnology Information) accession AAB36687 version AAB36687.1 GI: 1685075, submitted November 26, 1996, incorporated by reference herein and available on the world wide web at ncbi.nlm.nih.gov. The term "antibody" includes both glycosylated and non-glycosylated immunoglobulins of any isotype or subclass or combination thereof, including human (including CDR-grafted antibodies), humanized, chimeric, multi-specific, monoclonal, polyclonal, and oligomers thereof, irrespective of whether such antibodies are produced, in whole or in part, via immunization, through recombinant technology, by way of in vitro synthetic means, or otherwise. Thus, the term "antibody" includes those that are prepared, expressed, created or isolated by recombinant means, such as (a) antibodies isolated from an animal (e.g., a mouse) that is transgenic for human immunoglobulin genes or a hybridoma prepared therefrom, (b) antibodies isolated from a host cell transfected to express the antibody, e.g., from a transfectoma, (c) antibodies isolated from a recombinant, combinatorial antibody library, and (d) antibodies prepared, expressed, created or isolated by any other means that involve splicing of immunoglobulin gene sequences to other DNA sequences. Such antibodies have variable and constant regions derived from germline immunoglobulin sequences of two distinct species of animals. In certain embodiments, however, such antibodies can be subjected to in vitro mutagenesis (or, when an animal transgenic for human immunoglobulin sequences is used, in vivo somatic mutagenesis) and thus the amino acid sequences of the VH and VL regions of the antibodies are sequences that, while derived from and related to the germline VH and VL sequences of a particular species (e.g., human), may not naturally exist within that species' antibody germline repertoire in vivo. A whole antibody is a glycoprotein comprising at least two heavy (H) chains and two light (L) chains inter-connected by disulfide bonds, or an antigen-binding region thereof. Each heavy chain is comprised of a heavy chain variable region (abbreviated herein as VH) and a heavy chain constant region, comprised of three domains (abbreviated herein as CHI, CH2 and CH3). Each light chain is comprised of a light chain variable region (abbreviated herein as VL) and a light chain constant region, comprised of one domain (abbreviated herein as CL). The VH and VL regions can be further subdivided into regions of hypervariability, termed complementarity determining regions (CDR), interspersed with regions that are more conserved, termed framework regions (FR). Each VH and VL is composed of three CDRs and four FRs, arranged from amino-terminus to carboxy-terminus in the following order: FR1, CDRl, FR2, CDR2, FR3, CDR3, FR4. The variable regions of the heavy and light chains contain a binding domain that interacts with an antigen. The constant regions of the antibodies may mediate the binding of the immunoglobulin to host tissues or factors, including various cells of the immune system (e.g., effector cells) and the first component (Clq) of the classical complement system. An amino acid sequence which is substantially the same as a heavy or light chain CDR exhibits a considerable amount or extent of sequence identity when compared to a reference sequence and contributes favorably to specific binding of an antigen bound specifically by an antibody having the reference sequence. Such identity is definitively known or recognizable as representing the amino acid sequence of the particular human monoclonal antibody. Substantially the same heavy and light chain CDR amino acid sequence can have, for example, minor modifications or conservative substitutions of amino acids so long as the ability to bind a particular antigen is maintained. The term "human monoclonal antibody" is intended to include a monoclonal antibody with substantially human CDR amino acid sequences produced, for example, by recombinant methods, by lymphocytes or by hybridoma cells. The term "antigen-binding region" of an antibody means one or more fragments of an antibody that retain the ability to specifically bind to an antigen (e.g., CD 148) that is specifically bound by a reference antibody, as disclosed herein. An "antigen-binding regions" of an antibody may include, for example, polypeptides comprising individual heavy or light chains and fragments thereof, such as VL, VH and Fd regions; monovalent fragments, such as Fv, Fab, and Fab' regions; bivalent fragments such as F(ab') ; single chain antibodies, such as single chain Fv (scFv) regions; Fc fragments; diabodies; Fd (consisting of the VH and CHI domains), maxibodies (bivalent scFV fused to the amino terminus of the Fc (CH2-CH3 domains) of IgGl) and complementarity determining region (CDR) domains. Such terms are described, for example, in Harlow and Lane, Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, N.Y. (1989); Molec. Biology and Biotechnology: A Comprehensive Desk Reference (Myers, R. A. (ed.), New York: VCH Publisher, Inc.); Huston et al., Cell Biophysics, 22:189-224 (1993); Pluckthun and Skerra, Meth. Enzymol., 178:497-515 (1989) and in Day, E. D., Advanced Immunochemistry, Second Ed., Wiley-Liss, Inc., New York, N.Y. (1990), which are incorporated herein by reference. The term "antigen-binding region" also includes, for example, fragments produced by protease digestion or reduction of a human monoclonal antibody and by recombinant DNA methods known to those skilled in the art. One skilled in the art knows that the exact boundaries of a fragment of a human monoclonal antibody can be variable, so long as the fragment maintains a functional activity. Using well-known recombinant methods, one skilled in the art can engineer a nucleic acid to express a functional fragment with any endpoints desired for a particular application. Furthermore, although the two domains of the Fv fragment, VL and VH, are coded for by separate genes, they can be joined, using recombinant methods, by a synthetic linker that enables them to be made as a single protein chain in which the VL and VH regions pair to form monovalent molecules (known as single chain Fv (scFv); see e.g., Bird et al. (1988) Science 242:423-426; and Huston et al. (1988) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:5879-5883). Such single chain antibodies are also intended to be encompassed within the term "antigen- binding region" of an antibody. These antibody fragments are obtained using conventional techniques known to those with skill in the art, and the fragments are screened for utility in the same manner as are intact antibodies. Such fragments include those obtained by amino-terminal and/or carboxy-terminal deletions, but where the remaining amino acid sequence is substantially identical to the corresponding positions in the naturally-occurring sequence deduced, for example, from a full-length cDNA sequence. Antigen binding regions also include fragments of an antibody which retain at least one (e.g., 1, 2, 3 or more) heavy chain sequences and/or at least one (e.g., 1, 2, 3 or more) light chain sequences for a particular complementarity determining region (CDR) (i.e., at least one or more of CDRl, CDR2, and/or CDR3 from the heavy and/or light chain). Fusions of CDR containing sequences to an Fc region (or a constant heavy 2 (CH2) or constant heavy 3 (CH3) containing region thereof) are included within the scope of this definition including, for example, scFV fused, directly or indirectly, to an Fc are included herein. An antigen binding region is inclusive of, but not limited to, those derived from an antibody or fragment thereof (e.g., by enzymatic digestion or reduction of disulfide bonds), produced synthetically using recombinant methods (e.g., transfectomas), created via in vitro synthetic means (e.g., Merrifield resins), combinations thereof, or through other methods. Antigen-binding regions may also comprise multiple fragments, such as CDR fragments, linked together synthetically, chemically, or otherwise, in the form of oligomers. Thus, antigen binding regions of the present invention include polypeptides produced by any number of methods which comprise at least one CDR from a VH or VL chain of the present invention (e.g., Ab-1 through Ab-8). The term "VL fragment" means a fragment of the light chain of a human monoclonal antibody which includes all or part of the light chain variable region, including the CDRs. A VL fragment can further include light chain constant region sequences. The term "Fd fragment" means a fragment of the heavy chain of a human monoclonal antibody which includes all or part of the VH heavy chain variable region, including the CDRS. An Fd fragment can further include CHI heavy chain constant region sequences. The term "Fv fragment" means a monovalent antigen-binding fragment of a human monoclonal antibody, including all or part of the variable regions of the heavy and light chains, and absent of the constant regions of the heavy and light chains. The variable regions of the heavy and light chains include, for example, the CDRs. For example, an Fv fragment includes all or part of the amino terminal variable region of about 110 amino acids of both the heavy and light chains. The term "Fab fragment" means a monovalent antigen-binding fragment of an antibody consisting of the VL, VH, CL and CHI domains, which is larger than an Fv fragment. For example, an Fab fragment includes the variable regions, and all or part of the first constant domain of the heavy and light chains. Thus, a Fab fragment additionally includes, for example, amino acid residues from about 110 to about 220 of the heavy and light chains. The term "Fab' fragment" means a monovalent antigen-binding fragment of a human monoclonal antibody that is larger than a Fab fragment. For example, a Fab' fragment includes all of the light chain, all of the variable region of the heavy chain, and all or part of the first and second constant domains of the heavy chain. For example, a Fab' fragment can additionally include some or all of amino acid residues 220 to 330 of the heavy chain. The term "F(ab') fragment" means a bivalent antigen-binding fragment of a human monoclonal antibody comprising two Fab fragments linked by a disulfide bridge at the hinge region. An F(ab')2 fragment includes, for example, all or part of the variable regions of two heavy chains and two light chains, and can further include all or part of the first constant domains of two heavy chains and two light chains. The term "dAb fragment" means a fragment consisting of the VH domain, as described by Ward et al., (1989) Nature 341:544-546). The term "CDR" means the non-contiguous antigen combining sites found within the variable region of both heavy and light chain polypeptides. This particular region has been described by Kabat et al., U.S. Dept. of Health and Human Services, "Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest" (1983) and by Chothia et al., J. Mol. Biol. 196:901-917 (1987) and additionally by MacCallum et al, J. Mol. Biol. 262:732-745 (1996), which are incorporated herein by reference, where the definitions include overlapping or subsets of amino acid residues when compared against each other. Nevertheless, application of either definition to refer to a CDR of an antibody or functional fragment thereof is intended to be within the scope of the term as defined and used herein. The exact amino acid residue numbers which encompass a particular CDR will vary depending on the structure of the CDR. Those skilled in the art can routinely determine which residues comprise a particular CDR given the variable region amino acid sequence of the antibody. Those skilled in the art can compare two or more antibody sequences by defining regions or individual amino acid positions of the respective sequences with the same CDR definition. The term "CDR-grafted" refers to an antibody or antigen binding region in which the CDRs derived from one species are inserted into the framework of a different species, such as murine CDRs grafted on a human framework (a "human" antibody). The term "analog" means polypeptides which are comprised of a segment of at least 25 amino acids that has substantial identity to a portion of a deduced amino acid sequence and which has at least one of the following properties: (1) specific binding to CD 148, under suitable binding conditions, (2) ability to block CD 148 ligands from binding to CD148, or (3) ability to inhibit CD148 mediated angiogenesis. Typically, polypeptide analogs comprise a conservative amino acid substitution (or addition or deletion) with respect to the naturally-occurring sequence. Analogs typically are at least 20 amino acids long, preferably at least 50 amino acids long or longer, and can often be as long as a full-length naturally- occurring polypeptide. The term "isolated" means separated from one or more compound that is found with the antibody or polypeptide in nature or in a synthetic reaction used to produce the antibody including, for example, a reagent, precursor or other reaction product, and preferably substantially free from any other contaminating mammalian polypeptides that would interfere with its therapeutic or diagnostic use. An isolated agent also includes a substantially pure agent. The term can include naturally occurring molecules such as products of biosynthetic reactions or synthetic molecules. An antibody is also considered "isolated," for example, when it is substantially free of other antibodies having different antigenic specificities. Also, a substance is "isolated" if it is bound or conjugated to a polypeptide or other substance to which is is not bound in nature. The term "substantially pure" means a substance that is the predominant species present (i.e., on a molar basis it is more abundant than any other individual species in the composition) and comprises at least about 50 percent (on a molar basis) of all macromolecular species present. Generally, a substantially pure composition will comprise more than about 80 percent of all macromolecular species present in the composition, or alternatively more than about 85%, 90%, 95%, and 99%). A substance is purified to essential homogeneity (contaminant species cannot be detected in the composition by conventional detection methods) wherein the composition consists essentially of a single macromolecular species. Similarly, a substance is "isolated" if in the course of manufacture or formulation it is "isolated" or "substantially pure" as described above, and then combined with other agents in a well-defined composition, notwithstanding the substance in the well-defined composition is not the predominant species present. As used herein, the terms "specifically binds" and "specific binding" mean that a compound preferentially or selectively recognizes and binds mature, full- length or partial-length epitope of CD 148, or an ortholog thereof, such that its affinity (as determined by, e.g., Affinity ELISA or BIAcore assays as described herein) or its neutralization capability (as determined by e.g., Neutralization ELISA assays described herein, or similar assays) is at least 10 times as great, but optionally 50 times as great, 100, 250 or 500 times as great, or even at least 1000 times as great as the affinity or neutralization capability of the same for any other polypeptide, wherein the peptide portion of the peptibody is first fused to a human Fc moiety for evaluation in such assay. Typically, the antibody binds with an affinity of at least about lxlO7 M"1, and binds to the predetermined antigen with an affinity that is at least two-fold greater than its affinity for binding to a non-specific antigen (e.g., BSA, casein) other than the predetermined antigen or a closely-related antigen. As used herein, an antibody "recognizing" or "specific for" an antigen is considered equivalent to "binding specifically" to an antigen. An antibody that specifically binds to a specified epitope, isoform or variant of human CD 148 may, however, still have cross-reactivity to other related antigens, e.g., from other species (e.g., CD148 species homologs) and still be considered to "specifically bind" the specified CD148 epitope. The term "epitope" refers to that portion of any molecule capable of being recognized by and bound by a specific binding agent, e.g., an antibody, at one or more of the binding agent's antigen binding regions. Epitopes usually consist of chemically active surface groupings of molecules such as amino acids or sugar side chains and usually have specific three dimensional structural characteristics, as well as specific charge characteristics. Conformational and nonconformational epitopes are distinguished in that the binding to the former but not the latter is lost in the presence of denaturing solvents. An antibody is considered to specifically bind an antigen when the dissociation constant is less than or equal to about 1 μM, preferably less than or equal to about 100 nM and most preferably less than 10 nM. The antibodies and antigen-binding regions of such antibodies of the present invention include antibodies and antigen-binding regions thereof that are generated using the eptitopic determinants defined herein, or that are generated using epitopic determinants having substantial identity to the eptitopic determinants defined herein. In this context, the term "substantial identity" means that the sequences share sufficient identity that an antibody that binds to the modified epitopic determinant competitively inhibits binding of an antibody to the epitopic determinants described herein. The phrase "competitively inhibits binding" means that an antibody recognizes, binds to or has immunospecificity for the same, or substantially the same, epitope or fragment thereof as another antibody or antigen-binding region thereof. In the context of the present invention, an isolated antibody or antigen- binding region thereof that competitively inhibits binding of a monoclonal antibody that specifically binds to a human CD148 epitope defined by the sequence of amino acids selected from the group consisting of amino acids 315-329, 318-332, 321-335, 324-338, 324-329, 324-332, 324-335, 447-725, 533-725, 715-973, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33, is able to measurably compete for binding to CD148. Typically, competitive inhibition is measured by determining the amount of a reference antibody or antigen binding region which is bound to the target protein (e.g., human CD148) in the presence of the tested antibody or antigen binding region thereof. Usually the tested antibody or tested antigen binding region is present in excess, such as 5-, 10-, 25-, or 50-fold excess. Competitively bound antibodies or antigen binding regions will, when present in excess, inhibit specific binding of a reference antibody or antigen binding region to the extracellular domain of human CD 148 by a statistically significant degree, often at least 10%, 25%, 50%, 75%, 90%) or greater. Competitive inhibition assays are well known in the art. See, for example, Harlow and Lane (1998), Antibodies, A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Publications, New York. As used herein, inhibition of binding encompasses both partial and complete inhibition/blocking. Inhibition and blocking are also intended to include any measurable decrease in the binding affinity of a particular anti-CD148 antibody to CD148 when in contact with an anti-CD148 antibody of the present invention, e.g., the blocking of binding by at least about 10%), 20%), 30%), 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 99%, or 100%. The identification of one or more antibodies that competitively inhibits binding of a monoclonal antibody that specifically binds to a human CD 148 epitope defined by the sequence of amino acids selected from the group consisting of amino acids 447-725, 533-725, 715-973, 324-335, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33 is a straightforward technical matter given the determination of the above epitopes defined by such amino acids. Upon generation of an antibody that specifically binds to a human CD148 epitope defined by the sequence of amino acids selected from the group consisting of amino acids 315-329, 318-332, 321-335, 324-338, 324-329, 324-332, 324-335, 447-725, 533-725, 715-973, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33, identification of antibodies that competitively inhibit binding of those antibodies to CD 148 is readily determined simply by comparison to the reference antibody. The identification of cross-reactive antibodies can be readily determined using any one of variety of immunological screening assays in which antibody competition can be assessed. Such assays are routine in the art and are further described herein in detail. U.S. Pat. No. 5,660,827, issued Aug. 26, 1997, is specifically incorporated herein by reference for purposes including even further supplementing the present teaching concerning how to make antibodies that bind to the same or substantially the same epitope as a given antibody. For example, where the test antibodies to be examined are obtained from different source animals, or are even of a different isotype, a simple competition assay may be employed in which the control and test antibodies are admixed (or pre- adsorbed) and applied to a CD148 antigen composition that contains a CD148 epitope as described herein. Thus, protocols based upon ELISAs and Western blotting are suitable for use in such simple competition studies. In certain embodiments, one would or pre-mix the control antibodies with varying amounts of the test antibodies (e.g., 1: 10 or 1:100) for a period oftime prior to applying to an antigen composition. In other embodiments, the control and varying amounts of test antibodies can simply be admixed during exposure to the antigen composition. In any event, by using species or isotype secondary antibodies one will be able to detect only the bound control antibodies, the binding of which will be reduced by the presence of a test antibody that recognizes substantially the same epitope. In conducting an antibody competition study between a control antibody and any test antibody (irrespective of species or isotype), one may first label the control with a detectable label, such as, e.g., biotin or an enzymatic (or even radioactive) label to enable subsequent identification. In these cases, one would pre-mix or incubate the labeled control antibodies with the test antibodies to be examined at various ratios (e.g., 1:10 or 1:100) and (optionally after a suitable period of time) then assay the reactivity of the labeled control antibodies and compare this with a control value in which no potentially competing test antibody was included in the incubation. The assay may again be any one of a range of immunological assays based upon antibody hybridization, and the control antibodies would be detected by means of detecting their label, e.g., using streptavidin in the case of biotinylated antibodies or by using a chromogenic substrate in connection with an enzymatic label (such as 3,3'5,5'-tetramethylbenzid- ine (TMB) substrate with peroxidase enzyme) or by simply detecting a radioactive label. An antibody that binds to the same epitope as the control antibodies will be able to effectively compete for binding and thus will significantly reduce control antibody binding, as evidenced by a reduction in bound label. The reactivity of the (labeled) control antibodies in the absence of a completely irrelevant antibody would be the control high value. The control low value would be obtained by incubating the labeled antibodies with unlabelled antibodies of exactly the same type, when competition would occur and reduce binding of the labeled antibodies. In a test assay, a significant reduction in labeled antibody reactivity in the presence of a test antibody is indicative of a test antibody that recognizes the same epitope, i.e., one that "cross-reacts" with the labeled antibody. The phrase "inhibits angiogenesis" means a statistically significant reduction in the level of angiogenesis relative to an untreated control. Exemplary reductions are from at least 5 to 99%, and thus include at least 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%), 70%), 80%, or 90%> reduction in angiogenesis relative to a negative control. Widely accepted functional assays of angiogenesis such as the corneal micropocket assay and the human renal microvascular endothelial cell (HRMEC) planar migration assay are known in the art. See, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,712,291 and 5,871,723. Briefly, an HRMEC planar migration assay is a wound closure that assay can be used to quantitate the inhibition of angiogenesis by antibodies or antigen binding regions of the present invention in vitro. In this assay, endothelial cell migration is measured as the rate of closure of a circular wound in a cultured cell mono layer. The rate of wound closure is linear, and is dynamically regulated by agents that stimulate and inhibit angiogenesis in vivo. A mouse corneal pocket assay can also be used to quantitate the inhibition of angiogenesis by antibodies or antigen binding regions of the present invention in vivo. In this assay, agents to be tested for angiogenic or anti-angiogenic activity are immobilized in a slow release form in a hydron pellet, which is implanted into micropockets created in the corneal epithelium of anesthetized mice. Vascularization is measured as the appearance, density, and extent of vessel ingrowth from the vascularized corneal limbus into the normally avascular cornea. It is understood that the antibodies of the present invention may be modified, such that they are substantially identical to the antibody polypeptide sequences, or fragements thereof, and still bind the CD 148 epitopes of the present invention. Polypeptide sequences are "substantially identical" when, optimally aligned using such programs as GAP or BESTFIT using default gap weights, they share at least 80 percent sequence identity, at least 90 percent sequence identity, at least 95 percent sequence identity, or at least 99 percent sequence identity. Preferably, residue positions which are not identical differ by conservative amino acid substitutions. Conservative amino acid substitutions refer to the interchangeability of residues having similar side chains. For example, a group of amino acids having aliphatic side chains is glycine, alanine, valine, leucine, and isoleucine; a group of amino acids having aliphatic-hydroxyl side chains is serine and threonine; a group of amino acids having amide-containing side chains is asparagine and glutamine; a group of amino acids having aromatic side chains is phenylalanine, tyrosine, and tryptophan; a group of amino acids having basic side chains is lysine, arginine, and histidine; and a group of amino acids having sulfur-containing side chains is cysteine and methionine. Preferred conservative amino acids substitution groups are: valine- leucine-isoleucine, phenylalanine-tyrosine, lysine-arginine, alanine-valine, glutamic- aspartic, and asparagine-glutamine. As discussed herein, minor variations in the amino acid sequences of antibodies or immunoglobulin molecules are contemplated as being encompassed by the present invention, providing that the variations in the amino acid sequence maintain at least 75%, more preferably at least 80%>, 90%), 95%), and most preferably 99%. In particular, conservative amino acid replacements are contemplated. Conservative replacements are those that take place within a family of amino acids that are related in their side chains. Genetically encoded amino acids are generally divided into families: (1) acidic (aspartate, glutamate); (2) basic (lysine, arginine, histidine); (3) nonpolar (alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, proline, phenylalanine, methionine, tryptophan); and (4) uncharged polar (glycine, asparagine, glutamine, cysteine, serine, threonine, tyrosine). More preferred families are: serine and threonine are aliphatic-hydroxy family; asparagine and glutamine are an amide- containing family; alanine, valine, leucine and isoleucine are an aliphatic family; and phenylalanine, tryptophan, and tyrosine are an aromatic family. For example, it is reasonable to expect that an isolated replacement of a leucine with an isoleucine or valine, an aspartate with a glutamate, a threonine with a serine, or a similar replacement of an amino acid with a structurally related amino acid will not have a major effect on the binding or properties of the resulting molecule, especially if the replacement does not involve an amino acid within a framework site. Whether an amino acid change results in a functional peptide can readily be determined by assaying the specific activity of the polypeptide derivative. Assays are described in detail herein. Fragments or analogs of antibodies or immunoglobulin molecules can be readily prepared by those of ordinary skill in the art. Preferred amino- and carboxy-termini of fragments or analogs occur near boundaries of functional domains. Structural and functional domains can be identified by comparison of the nucleotide and/or amino acid sequence data to public or proprietary sequence databases. Preferably, computerized comparison methods are used to identify sequence motifs or predicted protein conformation domains that occur in other proteins of known structure and/or function. Methods to identify protein sequences that fold into a known three-dimensional structure are known. Bowie et al. Science 253:164 (1991). Thus, the foregoing examples demonstrate that those of skill in the art can recognize sequence motifs and structural conformations that may be used to define structural and functional domains in accordance with the invention. Preferred amino acid substitutions are those which: (1) reduce susceptibility to proteolysis, (2) reduce susceptibility to oxidation, (3) alter binding affinity for forming protein complexes, (4) alter binding affinities, and (4) confer or modify other physicochemical or functional properties of such analogs. Analogs can include various muteins of a sequence other than the naturally-occurring peptide sequence. For example, single or multiple amino acid substitutions (preferably conservative amino acid substitutions) may be made in the naturally-occurring sequence (preferably in the portion of the polypeptide outside the domain(s) forming intermolecular contacts. A conservative amino acid substitution should not substantially change the structural characteristics of the parent sequence (e.g., a replacement aminό acid should not tend to break a helix that occurs in the parent sequence, or disrupt other types of secondary structure that characterizes the parent sequence). Examples of art-recognized polypeptide secondary and tertiary structures are described in Proteins, Structures and Molecular Principles (Creighton, Ed., W. H. Freeman and Company, New York (1984)); Introduction to Protein Structure (C. Branden and J. Tooze, eds., Garland Publishing, New York, N.Y. (1991)); and Thornton et at. Nature 354:105 (1991), which are each incorporated herein by reference. The antibodies of the present invention may also be generated using peptide analogs of the epitopic determinants disclosed herein, which analogs may consist of non-peptide compounds having properties analogous to those of the template peptide. These types of non-peptide compound are termed "peptide mimetics" or "peptidomimetics". Fauchere, J. Adv. Drug Res. 15:29 (1986); Veber and Freidinger TINS p.392 (1985); and Evans et al. J. Med. Chem. 30:1229 (1987). Such compounds are often developed with the aid of computerized molecular modeling. Peptide mimetics that are structurally similar to therapeutically useful peptides may be used to produce an equivalent therapeutic or prophylactic effect. Generally, peptidomimetics are structurally similar to a paradigm polypeptide (i.e., a polypeptide that has a biochemical property or pharmacological activity), such as human antibody, but have one or more peptide linkages optionally replaced by a linkage selected from the group consisting of: ~CH2NH~, ~CH2S~, ~CH2-CH2~, - -CH=CH~(cis and trans), -COCH2-, ~CH(OH)CH2~, and CH2SO~, by methods well known in the art. Systematic substitution of one or more amino acids of a consensus sequence with a D-amino acid of the same type (e.g., D-lysine in place of L-lysine) may be used to generate more stable peptides. In addition, constrained peptides comprising a consensus sequence or a substantially identical consensus sequence variation may be generated by methods known in the art (Rizo and Gierasch Ann. Rev. Biochem. 61:387 (1992), incorporated herein by reference); for example, by adding internal cysteine residues capable of forming intramolecular disulfide bridges which cyclize the peptide. The term "bispecific molecule" is intended to include any agent, e.g., a protein, peptide, or protein or peptide complex, which has at least two different binding specificities. For example, the molecule may bind to, or interact with, (a) a cell surface antigen and (b) an Fc receptor on the surface of an effector cell. The term "multispecific molecule" or "heterospecific molecule" is intended to include any agent, e.g., a protein, peptide, or protein or peptide complex, which has more than two different binding specificities. For example, the molecule may bind to, or interact with, (a) a cell surface antigen, (b) an Fc receptor on the surface of an effector cell, and (c) at least one other component. Accordingly, the invention includes, but is not limited to, bispecific, trispecific, tetraspecific, and other multispecific molecules which are directed to CD 148 epitopes, and to other targets, such as Fc receptors on effector cells. The term "bispecific antibodies" also includes diabodies. Diabodies are bivalent, bispecific antibodies in which the VH and VL domains are expressed on a single polypeptide chain, but using a linker that is too short to allow for pairing between the two domains on the same chain, thereby forcing the domains to pair with complementary domains of another chain and creating two antigen binding sites (see e.g., Holliger, P., et al (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:6444-6448; Poljak, R. J., et al. (1994) Structure 2:1121-1123). A bispecific antibody includes two or more antibodies, antibody binding fragments (e.g., Fab), derivatives therefrom, or antigen binding regions linked together, at least two of which have different specificities. These different specificities include a binding specificity for an Fc receptor on an effector cell, and a binding specificity for an antigen or epitope on a target cell, e.g., a tumor cell. The term "human antibody" refers to an antibody in which both the constant regions and the framework consist of fully or substantially human sequences such that the human antibody elicits substantially no immunogenic reaction against itself when administered to a human host and preferably, no detectable immunogenic reaction. It is to be understood that a "human antibody" need not consist entirely of human sequences, but may contain portions of non-human sequences, provided that the antibody does not elicit an immunogenic reaction when administered to the human host. For example, a "human antibody" includes antibodies in which CDR regions of non-human species, such as a mounse, are grafted on a human framework. In certain embodiments, human antibodies are produced in non-human mammals, including, but not limited to, mice, rats, and lagomorphs. In other embodiments, human antibodies are produced in hybridoma cells from transgenic animals having a human immunoglobulin repertoire. In other embodiments, fully human antibodies are produced recombinantly, such as in a transfectoma. The term "humanized antibody" refers to an antibody in which substantially all of the constant region is derived from a human, while all or part of one or more variable regions is derived from another species, for example a mouse. The terms "monoclonal antibody" or "monoclonal antibody composition" as used herein refer to a preparation of antibody molecules of single molecular composition. A monoclonal antibody composition displays a single binding specificity and affinity for a particular epitope. Accordingly, the term "human monoclonal antibody" refers to antibodies displaying a single binding specificity which have variable and constant regions derived from human germline immunoglobulin sequences. In one embodiment, the human monoclonal antibodies are produced by a hybridoma which includes a B cell obtained from a transgenic non-human animal, e.g., a transgenic mouse, having a genome comprising a human heavy chain transgene and a light chain transgene fused to an immortalized cell. The term "recombinant", as used herein in reference to antibodies, is intended to include all human antibodies that are prepared, expressed, created or isolated by recombinant means, such as (a) antibodies isolated from an animal (e.g., a mouse) that is transgenic for human immunoglobulin genes or a hybridoma prepared therefrom (described further in Section I, below), (b) antibodies isolated from a host cell transformed to express the antibody, e.g., from a transfectoma, (c) antibodies isolated from a recombinant, combinatorial human antibody library, and (d) antibodies prepared, expressed, created or isolated by any other means that involve splicing of human immunoglobulin gene sequences to other DNA sequences. Such recombinant human antibodies have variable and constant regions derived from human germline immunoglobulin sequences. In certain embodiments, however, such recombinant human antibodies can be subjected to in vitro mutagenesis (or, when an animal transgenic for human Ig sequences is used, in vivo somatic mutagenesis) and thus the amino acid sequences of the VH and VL regions of the recombinant antibodies are sequences that, while derived from and related to human germline VH and VL sequences, may not naturally exist within the human antibody germline repertoire in vivo. As used herein, a "heterologous antibody" is defined in relation to the transgenic non-human organism producing such an antibody. This term refers to an antibody having an amino acid sequence or an encoding nucleic acid sequence corresponding to that found in an organism not consisting of the transgenic non- human animal, and generally from a species other than that of the transgenic non- human animal. As used herein, a "heterohybrid antibody" refers to an antibody having a light and heavy chains of different organismal origins. For example, an antibody having a human heavy chain associated with a murine light chain is a heterohybrid antibody. Examples of heterohybrid antibodies include chimeric and humanized antibodies, discussed supra. As used herein, "isotype switching" refers to the phenomenon by which the class, or isotype, of an antibody changes from one Ig class to one of the other Ig classes. As used herein, "nonswitched isotype" refers to the isotypic class of heavy chain that is produced when no isotype switching has taken place; the CH gene encoding the nonswitched isotype is typically the first CH gene immediately downstream from the functionally rearranged VDJ gene. Isotype switching has been classified as classical or non-classical isotype switching. Classical isotype switching occurs by recombination events which involve at least one switch sequence region in the transgene. Non-classical isotype switching may occur by, for example, homologous recombination between human theta-mu and human theta-mu (delta- associated deletion). Alternative non-classical switching mechanisms, such as intertransgene and/or interchromosomal recombination, among others, may occur and effectuate isotype switching. As used herein, the term "switch sequence" refers to those DNA sequences responsible for switch recombination. A "switch donor" sequence, typically a mu switch region, will be 5' (i.e., upstream) of the construct region to be deleted during the switch recombination. The "switch acceptor" region will be between the construct region to be deleted and the replacement constant region (e.g., gamma, epsilon etc.). As there is no specific site where recombination always occurs, the final gene sequence will typically not be predictable from the construct. As used herein, "glycosylation pattern" is defined as the pattern of carbohydrate units that are covalently attached to a protein, more specifically to an immunoglobulin protein. A glycosylation pattern of a heterologous antibody can be characterized as being substantially similar to glycosylation patterns which occur naturally on antibodies produced by the species of the nonhuman transgenic animal, when one of ordinary skill in the art would recognize the glycosylation pattern of the heterologous antibody as being more similar to said pattern of glycosylation in the species of the nonhuman transgenic animal than to the species from which the CH genes of the transgene were derived. The term "naturally-occurring" as used herein as applied to an object refers to the fact that an object can be found in nature. For example, a polypeptide or polynucleotide sequence that is present in an organism (including viruses) that can be isolated from a source in nature and which has not been intentionally modified by man in the laboratory is naturally-occurring. The term "rearranged" as used herein refers to a configuration of a heavy chain or light chain immunoglobulin locus wherein a V segment is positioned immediately adjacent to a D-J or J segment in a conformation encoding essentially a complete VH or VL domain, respectively. A rearranged immunoglobulin gene locus can be identified by comparison to germline DNA; a rearranged locus will have at least one recombined heptamer/nonamer homology element. The term "unrearranged" or "germline configuration" as used herein in reference to a V segment refers to the configuration wherein the V segment is not recombined so as to be immediately adjacent to a D or J segment. The term "transfectoma", as used herein, includes recombinant eukaryotic host cell expressing the antibody, such as CHO cells or NS/0 cells. The terms "transgenic nonhuman animal" refers to a nonhuman animal having a genome comprising one or more human heavy and/or light chain transgenes or transchromosomes (either integrated or non-integrated into the animal's natural genomic DNA) and which is capable of expressing fully human antibodies. For example, a transgenic mouse can have a human light chain transgene and either a human heavy chain transgene or human heavy chain transchromosome, such that the mouse produces human anti-CD 148 antibodies when immunized with CD148 and/or cells expressing CD148. The human heavy chain transgene can be integrated into the chromosomal DNA of the mouse, as is the case for transgenic, e.g., HuMAb mice, or the human heavy chain transgene can be maintained extrachromosomally, as is the case for transchromosomal (e.g., KM) mice as described in WO 02/43478. Such transgenic and transchromosomal mice are capable of producing multiple isotypes of human monoclonal antibodies to CD148 (e.g., IgG, IgA and/or IgE) by undergoing V-D-J recombination and isotype switching. Various aspects of the invention are described in further detail in the following subsections.
Production of Antibodies to CD148 The present invention is exemplified by antibodies or an antigen-binding regions thereof that bind to specified epitopes of CD148 that have been determined to play a role in activation of CD 148 mediated inflammatory and/or angiogenic activity. Such antibodies or antigen-binding regions thereof of include anti-CD 148 antibodies and antigen-binding regions thereof whose binding to CD 148 can be competitively inhibited by the antibodies or antigen-binding regions thereof disclosed herein. The polynucleotide sequences encoding the antibodies and antigen-binding regions thereof of the present invention, as well as the polypeptide sequences expressed by such polynucleotide sequences, are disclosed in co-pending U.S. Provisional Patent Application Nos. 60/564,885 and 60/585,686, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. The present invention provides anti-CD 148 antibodies that bind to substantially the same epitope as a human CD 148 epitope defined by one or more of the polypeptide sequences selected from the group consisting of amino acids 447- 725, 533-725, 715-973, 324-335, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33. In another embodiment, the present invention provides anti-CD 148 antibodies and antigen-binding regions thereof that bind to a human CD 148 epitope, or substantially the same epitope, defined by one or more of the polypeptide sequences selected from the group consisting of amino acids 315-329, 318-332, 321-335, 324- 338, 324-329, 324-332, 324-335, 447-725, 533-725, 715-973, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33. In another embodiment, the present invention provides an isolated antibody or antigen-binding region thereof that specifically binds to a human CD 148 epitope, or substantially the same epitope, defined by one or more of the polypeptide sequences selected from the group consisting of amino acids 315- 329, 318-332, 321-335, 324-338, 324-329, 324-332, 324-335, 447-725, 533-725, 715-973, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33. In another embodiment, the present invention provides a monoclonal antibody or antigen- binding region thereof that specifically binds to a human CD 148 epitope, or substantially the same epitope, defined by one or more of the polypeptide sequences selected from the group consisting of amino acids 315-329, 318-332, 321-335, 324- 338, 324-329, 324-332, 324-335, 447-725, 533-725, 715-973, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33. Such antibodies or antigen-binding regions thereof can be prepared by any one of a number of processes disclosed below, for example, by immunizing an animal with at least a first CD 148 antigenic composition and selecting from the immunized animal an antibody that substantially cross-reacts with the monoclonal antibodies of the present invention. Antibodies with such combinations of properties can be readily identified by one or more or a combination of the receptor competition, ELISA, co-precipitation, and/or functional assays and the crossreactivity assays described herein. The antibodies encompassed by the present invention include IgG, IgA, IgGl-4, IgE, IgM, and IgD antibodies, e.g., IgGlκ or IgGlλ isotypes, or IgG4κ or IgG4λ isotypes. In a particular embodiment, the antibody of the present invention is a IgG2 isotype. In one embodiment, human antibodies are produced in a non-human transgenic animal, e.g., a transgenic mouse, capable of producing multiple isotypes of human antibodies to CD 148 (e.g., IgG, IgA and/or IgE) by undergoing V-D-J recombination and isotype switching. Accordingly, aspects of the invention include not only antibodies, antibody fragments, and pharmaceutical compositions thereof, but also non-human transgenic animals, B-cells, host cell transfectomas, and hybridomas which produce monoclonal antibodies. Methods of using the antibodies of the invention to detect a cell expressing CD 148 or a related, cross-reactive growth factor receptor, or to inhibit growth, differentiation and/or motility of a cell expressing CD148, either in vitro or in vivo, are also encompassed by the invention. The present invention further encompasses pharmaceutical preparations containing the antibodies of the present invention, and methods of treating physiological disorders by administering the antibodies of the present invention. The antibodies and antigen binding regions of the present invention can be constructed by any number of different methods, including, via immunization of animals (e.g., with an antigen that elicits the production of antibodies that specifically bind to and competitively inhibit the binding of at least one of an antibody of Ab-1 through Ab-8); via hybridomas (e.g., employing B-cells from transgenic or non-transgenic animals); via recombinant methods (e.g., CHO transfectomas; see, Morrison, S. (1985) Science 229:1202)), or, in vitro synthetic means (e.g., solid-phase polypeptide synthesis). In some embodiments, the antibodies and antigen binding regions are human or humanized. Methods for humanizing non-human antibodies are well known in the art. Humanization can be essentially performed following the method of Winter and co-workers (Jones et al., Nature, 321:, 522 (1986); Riechmann et al., Nature, 332: 323 (1988); Verhoeyen et al., Science, 239: 1534 (1988)). Briefly, human constant region genes are joined to appropriate human or non-human variable region genes. For example, the amino acid sequences which represent the antigen binding sites (CDRs, or complimentarity determining regions) of a parent murine monoclonal antibody are grafted at the DNA level onto human variable region framework sequences. The sequences of human constant regions genes may be found in Kabat et al. (1991) Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, N.I.H. publication no. 91-3242. Human C region genes are readily available from known clones. The choice of antibody isotype will be guided by the desired effector functions, such as complement fixation, or activity in antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity. In certain embodiments, the isotype is IgG2. Human or humanized antibodies or antigen binding regions can also be generated through display-type technologies, including, without limitation, phage display, retroviral display, ribosomal display, and other techniques, using techniques well known in the art and the resulting molecules can be subjected to additional maturation, such as affinity maturation, as such techniques are well known in the art. Hanes and Plucthau PNAS USA 94:4937-4942 (1997) (ribosomal display), Parmley and Smith Gene 73:305-318 (1988) (phage display), Scott TIBS 17:241-245 (1992), Cwirla et al. PNAS USA 87:6378-6382 (1990), Russel et al. Nucl. Acids Research 21:1081-1085 (1993), Hoganboom et al. Immunol. Reviews 130:43-68 (1992), Chiswell and McCafferty TIBTECH 10:80-84 (1992), and U.S. Pat. No. 5,733,743. Identification of suitable human antibody sequences may be facilitated by computer modeling. Modeling is well known in the art, and are used, for example, to avoid unnatural juxtaposition of non-human CDR regions with human variable framework regions, which can result in unnatural conformational restraints and concomitant loss of binding affinity. Computer hardware and software for producing three-dimensional images of immunoglobulin molecules are widely available. In general, molecular models are produced starting from solved structures for immunoglobulin chains or domains thereof. The chains to be modeled are compared for amino acid sequence similarity with chains or domains of solved three dimensional structures, and the chains or domains showing the greatest sequence similarity are selected as starting points for construction of the molecular model. The solved starting structures are modified to allow for differences between the actual amino acids in the immunoglobulin chains or domains being modeled, and those in the starting structure. The modified structures are then assembled into a composite immunoglobulin. Finally, the model is refined by energy minimization and by verifying that all atoms are within appropriate distances from one another and that bond lengths and angles are within chemically acceptable limits. It is now possible to produce transgenic animals (e.g. mice) that are capable, upon immunization, of producing a full repertoire of human antibodies in the absence of endogenous immunoglobulin production. For example, the homozygous deletion of the antibody heavy-chain joining region (JH) gene in chimeric and germline mutant mice results in complete inhibition of endogenous antibody production. Transfer of the human germ-line immunoglobulin gene array in such germline mutant mice will result in the production of human antibodies upon antigen challenge. See, e.g., Jakobovits et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci USA, 90: 2551 (1993); Jakobovits et al., Nature, 362: 255 (1993); Bruggermann et al., Year in Immunol., 20 7: 33 (1993). Commercially accessible transgenic mice strains such as XenoMouse have been described; see, Green et al. Nature Genetics 7: 13-21 (1994). Recombinant methods for producing antibodies or antigen binding regions of the present invention begin with the isolated nucleic acid of desired regions of the immunoglobulin heavy and light chains such as those present in any of Ab-1 through Ab-8. Such regions can include, for example, all or part of the variable region of the heavy and light chains. Such regions can, in particular, include at least one of the CDRs of the heavy and/or light chains, and often, at least one CDR pair from from Ab-1 through Ab-8. A nucleic acid encoding an antibody or antigen binding region of the invention can be directly synthesized by methods of in vitro oligonucleotide synthesis known in the art. Alternatively, smaller fragments can be synthesized and joined to form a larger fragment using recombinant methods known in the art. Antibody binding regions, such as for Fab or F(ab')2, may be prepared by cleavage of the intact protein, e.g. by protease or chemical cleavage. Alternatively, a truncated gene can be designed. To express the antibodies or antigen binding regions thereof, DNAs encoding partial or full-length light and heavy chains, can be obtained by standard molecular biology techniques (e.g., PCR amplification, site directed mutagenesis) and can be inserted into expression vectors such that the genes are operatively linked to transcriptional and translational regulatory sequences. Nucleic acids encoding an antibody or antigen binding region of the invention can be cloned into a suitable expression vector and expressed in a suitable host. A suitable vector and host cell system can allow, for example, co-expression and assembly of the variable heavy and variable light chains of at least one of Ab-1 through Ab-8, or CDR containing polypeptides thereof. Suitable systems for expression can be determined by those skilled in the art. Nucleic acids comprising polynucleotides of the present invention can be used in transfection of a suitable mammalian or nonmammalian host cells. In some embodiments, for expression of the light and heavy chains, the expression vector(s) encoding the heavy and light chains is transfected into a host cell by standard techniques. The various forms of the term "transfection" are intended to encompass a wide variety of techniques commonly used for the introduction of exogenous DNA into a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cell, e.g., electroporation, calcium-phosphate precipitation, DEAE-dextran transfection and the like. Although it is theoretically possible to express the antibodies of the invention in either prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cells, expression of antibodies in eukaryotic cells, and most preferably mammalian host cells, is the most typical because such eukaryotic cells, and in particular mammalian cells, are more likely than prokaryotic cells to assemble and secrete a properly folded and immunologically active antibody or antigen binding region. Expression vectors include plasmids, retroviruses, cosmids, YACs, EBV derived episomes, and the like. A convenient vector is one that encodes a functionally complete human CH (constrant heavy) or CL (constant light) immunoglobulin sequence, with appropriate restriction sites engineered so that any VH or VL sequence can be easily inserted and expressed. In such vectors, splicing usually occurs between the splice donor site in the inserted J region and the splice acceptor site preceding the human C region, and also at the splice regions that occur within the human CH exons. Polyadenylation and transcription termination occur at native chromosomal sites downstream of the coding regions. The expression vector and expression control sequences are chosen to be compatible with the expression host cell used. The antibody variable heavy chain nucleic acid and the antibody variable light chain nucleic acids of the present invention can be inserted into separate vectors or, frequently, both genes are inserted into the same expression vector. The nucleic acids can be inserted into the expression vector by standard methods (e.g., ligation of complementary restriction sites on the antibody nucleic acid fragment and vector, or blunt end ligation if no restriction sites are present). The heavy and light chain variable regions of Ab-1 through Ab-8, described herein, can be used to create full-length antibody genes of any antibody isotype by inserting them into expression vectors already encoding heavy chain constant and light chain constant regions of the desired isotype (and subclass) such that the VH segment is operatively linked to the CH segment(s) within the vector and the VL segment is operatively linked to the CL segment within the vector. Additionally or alternatively, the expression vector can encode a signal peptide that facilitates secretion of the antibody or antigen binding region chain from a host cell. The antibody or antigen binding region chain gene can be cloned into the vector such that the signal peptide is linked in-frame to the amino terminus of the antibody/antigen binding region chain gene. The signal peptide can be an immunoglobulin signal peptide or a heterologous signal peptide (i.e., a signal peptide from a non-immunoglobulin protein). In addition to the CDR comprising sequence, the expression vectors of the invention carry regulatory sequences that control the expression of the sequence in a host cell. The term "regulatory sequence" is intended to includes promoters, enhancers and other expression control elements (e.g., polyadenylation signals) that control the transcription or translation of the antibody chain genes. Such regulatory sequences are described, for example, in Goeddel; Gene Expression Technology. Methods in Enzymology 185, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif. (1990). It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that the design of the expression vector, including the selection of regulatory sequences may depend on such factors as the choice of the host cell to be transformed, the level of expression of protein desired, and the like. Preferred regulatory sequences for mammalian host cell expression include viral elements that direct high levels of protein expression in mammalian cells, such as promoters and/or enhancers derived from cytomegalovirus (CMV), Simian Virus 40 (SV40), adenovirus, (e.g., the adenovirus major late promoter (AdMLP)) and polyoma. Alternatively, nonviral regulatory sequences may be used, such as the ubiquitin promoter or beta-globin promoter. In addition to the antibody or antigen binding region nucleic acids and regulatory sequences, the expression vectors of the invention may carry additional sequences, such as sequences that regulate replication of the vector in host cells (e.g., origins of replication) and selectable marker genes. The selectable marker gene facilitates selection of host cells into which the vector has been introduced (see e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,399,216, 4,634,665 and 5,179,017, all by Axel et al.). For example, typically the selectable marker gene confers resistance to drugs, such as G418, hygromycin or methotrexate, on a host cell into which the vector has been introduced. Preferred selectable marker genes include the dihydrofolate reductase (DHFR) gene (for use in dhfr-host cells with methotrexate selection/amplification) and the neo gene (for G418 selection). Preferred mammalian host cells for expressing the recombinant antibodies or antigen binding regions of the invention include Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO cells) (including dhfr-CHO cells, described in Urlaub and Chasin, (1980) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:4216-4220, used with a DHFR selectable marker, e.g., as described in R. J. Kaufman and P. A. Sharp (1982) Mol. Biol. 159:601-621), NS/0 myeloma cells, COS cells and SP2.0 cells. In particular for use with NS/0 myeloma cells, another preferred expression system is the GS gene expression system disclosed in WO 87/04462, WO 89/01036 and EP 338 841. When expression vectors of the invention are introduced into mammalian host cells, the antibodies or antigen binding regions are produced by culturing the host cells for a period of time sufficient to allow for expression of the antibody or antigen binding region in the host cells or, more preferably, secretion of the antibody or antigen binding region into the culture medium in which the host cells are grown. Once expressed, antibodies and antigen binding regions of the invention can be purified according to standard methods in the art, including HPLC purification, fraction column chromatography, gel electrophoresis and the like (see, e.g., Scopes, Protein Purification, Springer- Verlag, NY, 1982). In certain embodiments, polypeptides are purified using chromatographic and/or electrophoretic techniques. Exemplary purification methods include, but are not limited to, precipitation with ammonium sulphate; precipitation with PEG; immunoprecipitation; heat denaturation followed by centrifugation; chromatography, including, but not limited to, affinity chromatography (e.g., Protein-A-Sepharose), ion exchange chromatography, exclusion chromatography, and reverse phase chromatography; gel filtration; hydroxylapatite chromatography; isoelectric focusing; polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis; and combinations of such and other techniques. In certain embodiments, a polypeptide is purified by fast protein liquid chromatography or by high pressure liquid chromotography (HPLC).
Generation of Hybridomas Producing Human Monoclonal Antibodies to CD 148 Another aspect of the present invention includes a hybridoma cell that produces the antibody or antigen-binding region thereof of the present invention. A hybridoma cell may comprise a B cell obtained from a transgenic non-human animal having a genome comprising a human heavy chain transgene and a light chain transgene fused to an immortalized cell, wherein the hybridoma produces a detectable amount of the monoclonal antibody or antigen-binding region thereof of the present invention. Mouse splenocytes can be isolated and fused with PEG to a mouse myeloma cell line based upon standard protocols. The resulting hybridomas are then screened for the production of antigen-specific antibodies. For example, single cell suspensions of splenic lymphocytes from immunized mice are fused to one-sixth the number of P3X63-Ag8.653 nonsecreting mouse myeloma cells (ATCC, CRL 1580) with 50%) PEG. Cells are plated at approximately 2 x 105 in flat bottom microtiter plate, followed by a two week incubation in selective medium containing 20%) fetal Clone Serum, 18%) "653" conditioned media, 5% origen (IGEN), 4 mM L- glutamine, 1 mM L-glutamine, 1 mM sodium pyruvate, 5mM HEPES, 0.055 mM 2- mercaptoethanol, 50 units/ml penicillin, 50 mg/ml streptomycin, 50 mg/ml gentamycin and l HAT (Sigrna; the HAT is added 24 hours after the fusion). After two weeks, cells are cultured in medium in which the HAT is replaced with HT. Individual wells are then screened by ELISA for human anti-CD 148 monoclonal IgM and IgG antibodies. Once extensive hybridoma growth occurs, medium is observed usually after 10-14 days. The antibody secreting hybridomas are replated, screened again, and if still positive for human IgG, anti-CD 148 monoclonal antibodies, can be subcloned at least twice by limiting dilution. The stable subclones are then cultured in vitro to generate small amounts of antibody in tissue culture medium for characterization.
Generation of Transfectomas Producing Human Monoclonal Antibodies to CD148 Human antibodies of the invention can also be produced in a host cell transfectoma using, for example, a combination of recombinant DNA techniques and gene transfection methods as is well known in the art (Morrison, S. (1985) Science 229:1202). A transfectoma cell may comprise nucleic acids encoding a human heavy chain and a human light chain, wherein the transfectoma produces a detectable amount of the monoclonal antibody or antigen-binding region thereof of the present invention. For example, to express the antibodies, or antibody fragments thereof, DNAs encoding partial or full-length light and heavy chains, can be obtained by standard molecular biology techniques (e.g., PCR amplification, site directed mutagenesis) and can be inserted into expression vectors such that the genes are operatively linked to transcriptional and translational control sequences. In this context, the term "operatively linked" is intended to mean that an antibody gene is ligated into a vector such that transcriptional and translational control sequences within the vector serve their intended function of regulating the transcription and translation of the antibody gene. The expression vector and expression control sequences are chosen to be compatible with the expression host cell used. The antibody light chain gene and the antibody heavy chain gene can be inserted into separate vector or, more typically, both genes are inserted into the same expression vector. The antibody genes are inserted into the expression vector by standard methods (e.g., ligation of complementary restriction sites on the antibody gene fragment and vector, or blunt end ligation if no restriction sites are present). The light and heavy chain variable regions of the antibodies described herein can be used to create full-length antibody genes of any antibody isotype by inserting them into expression vectors already encoding heavy chain constant and light chain constant regions of the desired isotype such that the VH segment is operatively linked to the CH segment(s) within the vector and the VL segment is operatively linked to the CL segment within the vector. Additionally or alternatively, the recombinant expression vector can encode a signal peptide that facilitates secretion of the antibody chain from a host cell. The antibody chain gene can be cloned into the vector such that the signal peptide is linked in-frame to the amino terminus of the antibody chain gene. The signal peptide can be an immunoglobulin signal peptide or a heterologous signal peptide (i.e., a signal peptide from a non-immunoglobulin protein). In addition to the antibody chain genes, the recombinant expression vectors of the invention carry regulatory sequences that control the expression of the antibody chain genes in a host cell. The term "regulatory sequence" is intended to includes promoters, enhancers and other expression control elements (e.g., polyadenylation signals) that control the transcription or translation of the antibody chain genes. Such regulatory sequences are described, for example, in Goeddel; Gene Expression Technology. Methods in Enzymology 185, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif. (1990). It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that the design of the expression vector, including the selection of regulatory sequences may depend on such factors as the choice of the host cell to be transformed, the level of expression of protein desired, etc. Preferred regulatory sequences for mammalian host . cell expression include viral elements that direct high levels of protein expression in mammalian cells, such as promoters and/or enhancers derived from cytomegalovirus (CMV), Simian Virus 40 (SV40), adenovirus, (e.g., the adenovirus major late promoter (AdMLP)) and polyoma. Alternatively, nonviral regulatory sequences may be used, such as the ubiquitin promoter or beta-globin promoter. In addition to the antibody chain genes and regulatory sequences, the recombinant expression vectors of the invention may carry additional sequences, such as sequences that regulate replication of the vector in host cells (e.g., origins of replication) and selectable marker genes. The selectable marker gene facilitates selection of host cells into which the vector has been introduced (see e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,399,216, 4,634,665 and 5,179,017, all by Axel et al.). For example, typically the selectable marker gene confers resistance to drugs, such as G418, hygromycin or methotrexate, on a host cell into which the vector has been introduced. Preferred selectable marker genes include the dihydrofolate reductase (DHFR) gene (for use in dhfr-host cells with methotrexate selection/amplification) and the neo gene (for G418 selection). In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the antibody chain genes and regulatory sequences are expressed in "split dhfr vectors" PDC323 and PDC324, as disclosed by Bianchi, A.A. and McGrew, J.T. (2003) "High-level expression of full antibodies using trans-complementing expression vectors," Bioengineering and Biotechnology, 84 (4): 439-444; and McGrew, J.T. and Bianchi, AA. (2002) "Selection of cells expressing heteromeric proteins," U.S. Patent Application No. 20030082735, the contents of which are expressly incorporated herein by reference. For expression of the light and heavy chains, the expression vector(s) encoding the heavy and light chains is transfected into a host cell by standard techniques. The various forms of the term "transfection" are intended to encompass a wide variety of techniques commonly used for the introduction of exogenous DNA into a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cell, e.g., electroporation, calcium-phosphate precipitation, DEAE-dextran transfection and the like. Although it is theoretically possible to express the antibodies of the invention in either prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cells, expression of antibodies in eukaryotic cells, and most preferably mammalian host cells, is the most preferred because such eukaryotic cells, and in particular mammalian cells, are more likely than prokaryotic cells to assemble and secrete a properly folded and immunologically active antibody. Preferred mammalian host cells for expressing the recombinant antibodies of the invention include Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO cells) (including dhfr-CHO cells, described in Urlaub and Chasin, (1980) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:4216- 4220, used with a DHFR selectable marker, e.g., as described in R. J. Kaufman and P. A. Sharp (1982) Mol. Biol. 159:601-621), NS/0 myeloma cells, COS cells and SP2.0 cells. In particular for use with NS/0 myeloma cells, another preferred expression system is the GS gene expression system disclosed in WO 87/04462, WO 89/01036 and EP 338 841. When recombinant expression vectors encoding antibody genes are introduced into mammalian host cells, the antibodies are produced by culturing the host cells for a period of time sufficient to allow for expression of the antibody in the host cells or, more preferably, secretion of the antibody into the culture medium in which the host cells are grown. Antibodies can be recovered from the culture medium using standard protein purification methods.
Use of Partial Antibody Sequences to Express Intact Antibodies Antibodies interact with target antigens predominantly through amino acid residues that are located in the six heavy and light chain complementarity determining regions (CDRs). For this reason, the amino acid sequences within CDRs are more diverse between individual antibodies than sequences outside of CDRs. Because CDR sequences are responsible for most antibody-antigen interactions, it is possible to express recombinant antibodies that mimic the properties of specific naturally occurring antibodies by constructing expression vectors that include CDR sequences from the specific naturally occurring antibody grafted onto framework sequences from a different antibody with different properties (see, e.g., Riechmann, L. et al., 1998, Nature 332:323-327; Jones, P. et al., 1986, Nature 321:522-525; and Queen, C. et al., 1989, Proc. Natl. Acad. See. U.S.A. 86:10029-10033). Such framework sequences can be obtained from public DNA databases that include germline antibody gene sequences. These germline sequences will differ from mature antibody gene sequences because they will not include completely assembled variable genes, which are formed by V(D)J joining during B cell maturation. Germline gene sequences will also differ from the sequences of a high affinity secondary repertoire antibody at individual evenly across the variable region. For example, somatic mutations are relatively infrequent in the amino- terminal portion of framework region. For example, somatic mutations are relatively infrequent in the amino terminal portion of framework region 1 and in the carboxy- terminal portion of framework region 4. Furthermore, many somatic mutations do not significantly alter the binding properties of the antibody. For this reason, it is not necessary to obtain the entire DNA sequence of a particular antibody in order to recreate an intact recombinant antibody having binding properties similar to those of the original antibody (see PCT/US99/05535 filed on Mar. 12, 1999, which is herein incorporated by referenced for all purposes). Partial heavy and light chain sequence spanning the CDR regions is typically sufficient for this purpose. The partial sequence is used to determine which germline variable and joining gene segments contributed to the recombined antibody variable genes. The germline sequence is then used to fill in missing portions of the variable regions. Heavy and light chain leader sequences are cleaved during protein maturation and do not contribute to the properties of the final antibody. For this reason, it is necessary to use the corresponding germline leader sequence for expression constructs. To add missing sequences, cloned cDNA sequences cab be combined with synthetic oligonucleotides by ligation or PCR amplification. Alternatively, the entire variable region can be synthesized as a set of short, overlapping, oligonucleotides and combined by PCR amplification to create an entirely synthetic variable region clone. This process has certain advantages such as elimination or inclusion or particular restriction sites, or optimization of particular codons. The nucleotide sequences of heavy and light chain transcripts from a hybridomas are used to design an overlapping set of synthetic oligonucleotides to create synthetic V sequences with identical amino acid coding capacities as the natural sequences. The synthetic heavy and kappa chain sequences can differ from the natural sequences in three ways: strings of repeated nucleotide bases are interrupted to facilitate oligonucleotide synthesis and PCR amplification; optimal translation initiation sites are incorporated according to Kozak's rules (Kozak, 1991, J. Biol. Chem. 266:19867-19870); and, Hindlll sites are engineered upstream of the translation initiation sites. For both the heavy and light chain variable regions, the optimized coding, and corresponding non-coding, strand sequences are broken down into 30-50 nucleotide approximately the midpoint of the corresponding non-coding oligonucleotide. Thus, for each chain, the oligonucleotides can be assemble into overlapping double stranded sets that span segments of 150-400 nucleotides. The pools are then used as templates to produce PCR amplification products of 150-400 nucleotides. Typically, a single variable region oligonucleotide set will be broken down into two pools which are separately amplified to generate two overlapping PCV products. These overlapping products are then combined by PCT amplification to form the complete variable region. It may also be desirable to include an overlapping fragment of the heavy or light chain constant region (including the Bbsl site of the kappa light chain, or the Agel site if the gamma heavy chain) in the PCR amplification to generate fragments that can easily be cloned into the expression vector constructs. The reconstructed heavy and light chain variable regions are then combined with cloned promoter, translation initiation, constant region, 3' untranslated, polyadenylation, and transcription termination, sequences to form expression vector constructs. The heavy and light chain expression constructs can be combined into a single vector, co-transfected, serially transfected, or separately transfected into host cells which are then fused to form a host cell expressing both chains. Plasmids for use in construction of expression vectors for human IgGκ are described below. The plasmids were constructed so that PCR amplified V heavy and V kappa light chain cDNA sequences could be used to reconstruct complete heavy and light chain minigenes. These plasmids can be used to express completely human, or chimeric IgGlκ or IgG4κ antibodies. Similar plasmids can be constructed for expression of other heavy chain isotypes, or for expression of antibodies comprising lambda light chains. Thus, in another aspect of the invention, the structural features of an human anti-CD 148 antibodies of the invention are used to create structurally related human anti-CD 148 antibodies that retain at least one functional property of the antibodies of the invention, such as binding to CD148. More specifically, one or more CDR regions of anti-CD 148 antibodies can be combined recombinantly with known human framework regions and CDRs to create additional, recombinantly- engineered, human anti-CD 148 antibodies of the invention. Accordingly, anti-CD 148 antibodies of the present invention can be used to prepare an anti-CD 148 antibody by preparing an anti-CD 148 antibody comprising (1) human heavy chain framework regions and human heavy chain CDRs; and (2) human light chain framework regions and human light chain CDRs, wherein the antibody retains the ability to bind to CD 148. The ability of the antibody to bind CD 148 can be determined using standard binding assays (e.g., an ELISA). Since it is well known in the art that antibody heavy and light chain CDR3 domains play a particularly important role in the binding specificity/affinity of an antibody for an antigen, the recombinant antibodies of the invention prepared as set forth above preferably comprise the heavy and light chain CDR3s of anti-CD148 antibodies. The antibodies further can comprise the CDR2s of anti-CD148 antibodies. The antibodies further can comprise the CDRls of anti-CD148 antibodies. Accordingly, the invention further provides anti-CD148 antibodies comprising: (1) human heavy chain framework regions, a human heavy chain CDRl region, a human heavy chain CDR2 region, and a human heavy chain CDR3 region, wherein the human heavy chain CDR3 region is the CDR3 of anti- CD 148 antibodies; and (2) human light chain framework regions, a human light chain CDRl region, a human light chain CDR2 region, and a human light chain CDR3 region, wherein the human light chain CDR3 region is the CDR3 of anti- CD148 antibodies, wherein the antibody binds CD148. The antibody may further comprise the heavy chain CDR2 and/or the light chain CDR2 of anti-CD148 antibodies. The antibody may further comprise the heavy chain CDRl and/or the light chain CDRl of anti-CD148 antibodies. Preferably, the CDRl, 2, and/or 3 of the engineered antibodies described above comprise the exact amino acid sequence(s) as those of anti-CD148 antibodies disclosed herein. However, the ordinarily skilled artisan will appreciate that some deviation from the exact CDR sequences may be possible while still retaining the ability of the antibody to bind CD148 effectively (e.g., conservative substitutions). Accordingly, in another embodiment, the engineered antibody may be composed of one or more CDRs that are, for example, 90%, 95%, 98% or 99.5% identical to one or more CDRs of anti-CD148 antibodies.
Characterization of Binding of Human Monoclonal Antibodies to CD148 To characterize binding of anti-human CD 148 human monoclonal antibodies of the invention, sera from immunized mice can be tested, for example, by ELISA.
Briefly, microtiter plates are coated with purified CD148 at 0.25 μg/ml in PBS, and then blocked with 5%> bovine serum albumin in PBS. Dilutions of plasma from
CD148-immunized mice are added to each well and incubated for 1-2 hours at 37° C. The plates are washed with PBS/Tween and then incubated with a goat-anti- human IgG Fc-specific polyclonal reagent conjugated to alkaline phosphatase for 1 hour at 37° C. After washing, the plates are developed with pNPP substrate (1 mg/ml), and analyzed at OD of 405-650. Preferably, mice which develop the highest titers will be used for fusions. An ELISA assay as described above can also be used to screen for hybridomas that show positive reactivity with CD148 antigen. Hybridomas that bind with high affinity to CD 148 will be subcloned and further characterized. One clone from each hybridoma, which retains the reactivity of the parent cells (by ELISA), can be chosen for making a 5-10 vial cell bank stored at -140° C, and for antibody purification. To purify human anti-CD 148 antibodies, selected hybridomas can be grown in two-liter spinner-flasks for monoclonal antibody purification. Supernatants can be filtered and concentrated before affinity chromatography with protein A-sepharose (Pharmacia, Piscataway, N.J.). Eluted IgG can be checked by gel electrophoresis and high performance liquid chromatography to ensure purity. The buffer solution can be exchanged into PBS, and the concentration can be determined by OD280 using 1.43 extinction coefficient. The monoclonal antibodies can be aliquoted and stored at -80° C. To determine if the selected human anti-CD148 monoclonal antibodies bind to unique epitopes, each antibody can be biotinylated using commercially available reagents (Pierce, Rockford, 111.). Competition studies using unlabeled monoclonal antibodies and biotinylated monoclonal antibodies can be performed using CD 148 coated-ELISA plates as described above. Biotinylated MAb binding can be detected with a strep-avidin-alkaline phosphatase probe. To determine the isotype of purified antibodies, isotype ELISAs can be performed. Wells of microtiter plates can be coated with 10 g/ml of anti -human Ig overnight at 4° C. After blocking with 5% BSA, the plates are reacted with 10 g/ml of monoclonal antibodies or purified isotype controls, at ambient temperature for two hours. The wells can then be reacted with either human IgGl or human IgM- specific alkaline phosphatase-conjugated probes. Plates are developed and analyzed as described above. In order to demonstrate binding of monoclonal antibodies to live cells expressing the CD 148, flow cytometry can be used. Briefly, cell lines expressing CD 148 (grown under standard growth conditions) are mixed with various concentrations of monoclonal antibodies in PBS containing 0.1%> Tween 80 and 20% mouse serum, and incubated at 37° C. for 1 hour. After washing, the cells are reacted with Fluorescein-labeled anti-human IgG antibody under the same conditions as the primary antibody staining. The samples can be analyzed by FACScan instrument using light and side scatter properties to gate on single cells. An alternative assay using fluorescence microscopy may be used (in addition to or instead of) the flow cytometry assay. Cells can be stained exactly as described above and examined by fluorescence microscopy. This method allows visualization of individual cells, but may have diminished sensitivity depending on the density of the antigen. Anti-CD148 human IgGs can be further tested for reactivity with CD148 antigen by Western blotting. Briefly, cell extracts from cells expressing CD148 can be prepared and subjected to sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis. After electrophoresis, the separated antigens will be transferred to nitrocellulose membranes, blocked with 20%) mouse serum, and probed with the monoclonal antibodies to be tested. Human IgG binding can be detected using anti- human IgG alkaline phosphatase and developed with BCIP/NBT substrate tablets (Sigma Chem. Co., St. Louis, Mo.).
Transgenic Nonhuman Animals Which Generate Human Monoclonal Anti-CD 148 Antibodies Human monoclonal antibodies directed against CD148 polypeptides can be generated using transgenic mice carrying parts of the human immune system rather than the mouse system. These transgenic mice, referred to herein as "HuMAb" mice, contain a human immunoglobulin gene miniloci that encodes unrearranged human heavy (μ and γ) and K light chain immnunoglobulin sequences, together with targeted mutations that inactivate the endogenous μ and K chain loci (Lonberg, et al. (1994) Nature 368(6474): 856-859). Accordingly, the mice exhibit reduced expression of mouse IgM or K, and in response to immunization, the introduced human heavy and light chain transgenes undergo class switching and somatic mutation to generate high affinity human IgGκ monoclonal antibodies (Lonberg, N. et al. (1994), supra; reviewed in Lonberg, N. (1994) Handbook of Experimental Pharmacology 113:49-101; Lonberg, N. and Huszar, D. (1995) Intern. Rev. Immunol. Vol. 13: 65-93, and Harding, F. and Lonberg, N. (1995) Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci 764:536-546). The preparation of HuMAb mice is described in detail below and in Taylor, L. et al (1992) Nucleic Acids Research 20:6287-6295; Chen, J. et al. (1993) International Immunology 5: 647-656; Tuaillon et al. (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci USA 90:3720-3724; Choi et al. (1993) Nature Genetics 4:117-123; Chen, J. et al. (1993) EMBO J. 12: 821-830; Tuaillon et al. (1994) J. Immunol. 152:2912- 2920; Lonberg et al., (1994) Nature 368(6474): 856-859; Lonberg, N. (1994) Handbook of Experimental Pharmacology 113:49-101; Taylor, L. et al. (1994) International Immunology 6: 579-591; Lonberg, N. and Huszar, D. (1995) Intern. Rev. Immunol. Vol. 13: 65-93; Harding, F. and Lonberg, N. (1995) Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci 764:536-546; Fishwild, D. et al. (1996) Nature Biotechnology 14: 845-851, the contents of all of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. See further, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,545,806; 5,569,825; 5,625,126; 5,633,425; 5,789,650; 5,877,397; 5,661,016; 5,814,318; 5,874,299; and 5,770,429; all to Lonberg and Kay, and GenPharm International; U.S. Pat. No. 5,545,807 to Surani et al.; International Publication Nos. WO 98/24884, published on Jun. 11, 1998; WO 94/25585, published Nov. 10, 1994; WO 93/1227, published Jun. 24, 1993; WO 92/22645, published Dec. 23, 1992; WO 92/03918, published Mar. 19, 1992, the disclosures of all of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entity. Alternatively, transgenic mice can be used to generate human anti-CD 148 antibodies. To generate fully human monoclonal antibodies to CD148, HuMAb mice can be immunized with a purified or enriched preparation of CD 148 antigen and/or cells expressing CD148, as described by Lonberg, N. et al. (1994) Nature 368(6474): 856-859; Fishwild, D. et al. (1996) Nature Biotechnology 14: 845-851 and WO 98/24884. Preferably, the mice will be 6-16 weeks of age upon the first infusion. For example, a purified or enriched preparation (5-20 μg) of CD148 antigen (e.g., purified from CD148-expressing LNCaP cells) can be used to immunize the HuMAb mice intraperitoneally. In the event that immunizations using a purified or enriched preparation of CD148 antigen do not result in antibodies, mice can also be immunized with cells expressing CD 148, e.g., a tumor cell line, to promote immune responses. Cumulative experience with various antigens has shown that the HuMAb transgenic mice respond well when initially immunized intraperitoneally (IP) with antigen in complete Freund's adjuvant, followed by every other week i.p. immunizations (up to a total of 6) with antigen in incomplete Freund's adjuvant. The immune response can be monitored over the course of the immunization protocol with plasma samples being obtained by retroorbital bleeds. The plasma can be screened by ELISA (as described below), and mice with sufficient titers of anti- CD148 human immunoglobulin can be used for fusions. Mice can be boosted intravenously with antigen 3 days before sacrifice and removal of the spleen. It is expected that 2-3 fusions for each antigen may need to be performed. Several mice will be immunized for each antigen. For example, a total of twelve HuMAb mice of the HC07 and HC012 strains can be immunized. In yet another aspect, the invention provides transgenic non-human animals, e.g., a transgenic mice, which are capable of expressing human monoclonal antibodies that specifically bind to CD148 epitopes of the present invention. In a preferred embodiment, the transgenic non-human animals, e.g., the transgenic mice (HuMAb mice), have a genome comprising a human heavy chain transgene and a light chain transgene. In one embodiment, the transgenic non-human animals, e.g., the transgenic mice, have been immunized with a purified or enriched preparation of CD148 antigen and/or cells expressing CD148. Preferably, the transgenic non- human animals, e.g., the transgenic mice, are capable of producing multiple isotypes of human monoclonal antibodies to CD148 (e.g., IgG, IgA and/or IgE) by undergoing V-D-J recombination and isotype switching. Isotype switching may occur by, e.g., classical or non-classical isotype switching. The design of a transgenic non-human animal that responds to foreign antigen stimulation with a heterologous antibody repertoire, requires that the heterologous immunoglobulin transgenes contain within the transgenic animal function correctly throughout the pathway of B-cell development. In a preferred embodiment, correct function of a heterologous heavy chain transgene includes isotype switching. Accordingly, the transgenes of the invention are constructed so as to produce isotype switching and one or more of the following: (1) high level and cell-type specific expression, (2) functional gene rearrangement, (3) activation of and response to allelic exclusion, (4) expression of a sufficient primary repertoire, (5) signal transduction, (6) somatic hypermutation, and (7) domination of the transgene antibody locus during the immune response. Not all of the foregoing criteria need be met. For example, in those embodiments wherein the endogenous immunoglobulin loci of the transgenic animal are functionally disrupted, the transgene need not activate allelic exclusion. Further, in those embodiments wherein the transgene comprises a functionally rearranged heavy and/or light chain immunoglobulin gene, the second criteria of functional gene rearrangement is unnecessary, at least for that transgene which is already rearranged. For background on molecular immunology, see, Fundamental Immunology, 2nd edition (1989), Paul William E., ed. Raven Press, N.Y., which is incorporated herein by reference. In certain embodiments, the transgenic non-human animals used to generate the human monoclonal antibodies of the invention contain rearranged, unrearranged or a combination of rearranged and unrearranged heterologous immunoglobulin heavy and light chain transgenes in the germline of the transgenic animal. Each of the heavy chain transgenes comprises at least one CH gene. In addition, the heavy chain transgene may contain functional isotype switch sequences, which are capable of supporting isotype switching of a heterologous transgene encoding multiple CH genes in the B-cells of the transgenic animal. Such switch sequences may be those which occur naturally in the germline immunoglobulin locus from the species that serves as the source of the transgene CH genes, or such switch sequences may be derived from those which occur in the species that is to receive the transgene construct (the transgenic animal). For example, a human transgene construct that is used to produce a transgenic mouse may produce a higher frequency of isotype switching events if it incorporates switch sequences similar to those that occur naturally in the mouse heavy chain locus, as presumably the mouse switch sequences are optimized to function with the mouse switch recombinase enzyme system, whereas the human switch sequences are not. Switch sequences may be isolated and cloned by conventional cloning methods, or may be synthesized de novo from overlapping synthetic oligonucleotides designed on the basis of published sequence information relating to immunoglobulin switch region sequences (Mills et al., Nucl. Acids Res. 15:7305-7316 (1991); Sideras et al., Intl. Immunol. 1:631-642 (1989), which are incorporated herein by reference). For each of the foregoing transgenic animals, functionally rearranged heterologous heavy and light chain immunoglobulin transgenes are found in a significant fraction of the B-cells of the transgenic animal (at least 10 percent). The transgenes used to generate the transgenic animals of the invention include a heavy chain transgene comprising DNA encoding at least one variable gene segment, one diversity gene segment, one joining gene segment and at least one constant region gene segment. The immunoglobulin light chain transgene comprises DNA encoding at least one variable gene segment, one joining gene segment and at least one constant region gene segment. The gene segments encoding the light and heavy chain gene segments are heterologous to the transgenic non- human animal in that they are derived from, or correspond to, DNA encoding immunoglobulin heavy and light chain gene segments from a species not consisting of the transgenic non-human animal. The transgene may, for example, be constructed such that the individual gene segments are unrearranged, i.e., not rearranged so as to encode a functional immunoglobulin light or heavy chain. Such unrearranged transgenes support recombination of the V, D, and J gene segments (functional rearrangement) and preferably support incorporation of all or a portion of a D region gene segment in the resultant rearranged immunoglobulin heavy chain within the transgenic non-human animal when exposed to CD148 antigen. Transgenes may also comprise an unrearranged "mini-locus." Such transgenes typically comprise a substantial portion of the C, D, and J segments as well as a subset of the V gene segments. In such transgene constructs, the various regulatory sequences, e.g., promoters, enhancers, class switch regions, splice-donor and splice-acceptor sequences for RNA processing, recombination signals and the like, comprise corresponding sequences derived from the heterologous DNA. Such regulatory sequences may be incorporated into the transgene from the same or a related species of the non-human animal used in the invention. For example, human immunoglobulin gene segments may be combined in a transgene with a rodent immunoglobulin enhancer sequence for use in a transgenic mouse. Alternatively, synthetic regulatory sequences may be incorporated into the transgene, wherein such synthetic regulatory sequences are not homologous to a functional DNA sequence that is known to occur naturally in the genomes of mammals. Synthetic regulatory sequences are designed according to consensus rules, such as, for example, those specifying the permissible sequences of a splice-acceptor site or a promoter/enhancer motif. For example, a minilocus comprises a portion of the genomic immunoglobulin locus having at least one internal (i.e., not at a terminus of the portion) deletion of a non-essential DNA portion (e.g., intervening sequence; intron or portion thereof) as compared to the naturally-occurring germline Ig locus. Transgenic animals may also be used to generate human antibodies to CD148 containing at least one, typically 2-10, and sometimes 25-50 or more copies of the transgene described in Example 12 of WO 98/24884 (e.g., pHCl or pHC2) bred with an animal containing a single copy of a light chain transgene described in Examples 5, 6, 8, or 14 of WO 98/24884, and the offspring bred with the JH deleted animal described in Example 10 of WO 98/24884, the contents of which are hereby expressly incorporated by reference. Animals are bred to homozygosity for each of these three traits. Such animals have the following genotype: a single copy (per haploid set of chromosomes) of a human heavy chain unrearranged mini-locus (described in Example 12 of WO 98/24884), a single copy (per haploid set of chromosomes) of a rearranged human kappa light chain construct (described in Example 14 of WO 98/24884), and a deletion at each endogenous mouse heavy chain locus that removes all of the functional JH segments (described in Example 10 of WO 98/24884). Such animals are bred with mice that are homozygous for the deletion of the JH segments (Examples 10 of WO 98/24884) to produce offspring that are homozygous for the JH deletion and hemizygous for the human heavy and light chain constructs. The resultant animals are injected with antigens and used for production of human monoclonal antibodies against these antigens. B cells isolated from such an animal are monospecific with regard to the human heavy and light chains because they contain only a single copy of each gene. Furthermore, they will be monospecific with regards to human or mouse heavy chains because both endogenous mouse heavy chain gene copies are nonfunctional by virtue of the deletion spanning the JH region introduced as described in Example 9 and 12 of WO 98/24884. Furthermore, a substantial fraction of the B cells will be monospecific with regards to the human or mouse light chains because expression of the single copy of the rearranged human kappa light chain gene will allelically and isotypically exclude the rearrangement of the endogenous mouse kappa and lambda chain genes in a significant fraction of B-cells. The transgenic mouse of the preferred embodiment will exhibit immunoglobulin production with a significant repertoire, ideally substantially similar to that of a native mouse. Thus, for example, in embodiments where the endogenous Ig genes have been inactivated, the total immunoglobulin levels will range from about 0.1 to 10 mg/ml of serum, preferably 0.5 to 5 mg/ml, ideally at least about 1.0 mg/ml. When a transgene capable of effecting a switch to IgG from IgM has been introduced into the transgenic mouse, the adult mouse ratio of serum IgG to IgM is preferably about 10:1. The IgG to IgM ratio will be much lower in the immature mouse. In general, greater than about 10%>, preferably 40 to 80%) of the spleen and lymph node B cells express exclusively human IgG protein. The repertoire will ideally approximate that shown in a non-transgenic mouse, usually at least about 10% as high, preferably 25 to 50%> or more. Generally, at least about a thousand different immunoglobulins (ideally IgG), preferably 104 to 106 or more, will be produced, depending primarily on the number of different V, J and D regions introduced into the mouse genome. These immunoglobulins will typically recognize about one-half or more of highly antigenic proteins, e.g., staphylococcus protein A. Typically, the immunoglobulins will exhibit an affinity for preselected antigens of at least about 107 M"1, preferably at least about 109 M"1, more preferably at least about 1010 M1, 1011 M"1, 1012 M1, or greater, e.g., up to 1013 M"1 or greater. In some embodiments, it may be preferable to generate mice with predetermined repertoires to limit the selection of V genes represented in the antibody response to a predetermined antigen type. A heavy chain transgene having a predetermined repertoire may comprise, for example, human VH genes which are preferentially used in antibody responses to the predetermined antigen type in humans. Alternatively, some VH genes may be excluded from a defined repertoire for various reasons (e.g., have a low likelihood of encoding high affinity V regions for the predetermined antigen; have a low propensity to undergo somatic mutation and affinity sharpening; or are immunogenic to certain humans). Thus, prior to rearrangement of a transgene containing various heavy or light chain gene segments, such gene segments may be readily identified, e.g., by hybridization or DNA sequencing, as being from a species of organism other than the transgenic animal. The transgenic mice of the present invention can be immunized with a purified or enriched preparation of CD148 antigen and/or cells expressing CD148 as described previously. The mice will produce B cells which undergo class-switching via intratransgene switch recombination (cis-switching) and express immunoglobulins reactive with CD 148. The immunoglobulins can be human sequence antibodies, wherein the heavy and light chain polypeptides are encoded by human transgene sequences, which may include sequences derived by somatic mutation and V region recombinatorial joints, as well as germline-encoded sequences; these human sequence immunoglobulins can be referred to as being substantially identical to a polypeptide sequence encoded by a human V or VH gene segment and a human J or J segment, even though other non-germline sequences may be present as a result of somatic mutation and differential V-J and V-D-J recombination joints. With respect to such human sequence antibodies, the variable regions of each chain are typically at least 80 percent encoded by human germline V, J, and, in the case of heavy chains, D, gene segments; frequently at least 85 percent of the variable regions are encoded by human germline sequences present on the transgene; often 90 or 95 percent or more of the variable region sequences are encoded by human germline sequences present on the transgene. However, since non-germline sequences are introduced by somatic mutation and VJ and VDJ joining, the human sequence antibodies will frequently have some variable region sequences (and less frequently constant region sequences) which are not encoded by human V, D, or J gene segments as found in the human transgene(s) in the germline of the mice. Typically, such non-germline sequences (or individual nucleotide positions) will cluster in or near CDRs, or in regions where somatic mutations are known to cluster. The human sequence antibodies which bind to the predetermined antigen can result from isotype switching, such that human antibodies comprising a human sequence γ chain (such as γl, γ2a, γ2B, or γ3) and a human sequence light chain (such as the kappa light chain) are produced. Such isotype-switched human sequence antibodies often contain one or more somatic mutation(s), typically in the variable region and often in or within about 10 residues of a CDR) as a result of affinity maturation and selection of B cells by antigen, particularly subsequent to secondary (or subsequent) antigen challenge. Once the mouse germline has been engineered to contain a functional YAC having an expanded V segment repertoire, substantially not present in the human Ig transgene containing the J and C gene segments, the trait can be propagated and bred into other genetic backgrounds, including backgrounds where the functional YAC having an expanded V segment repertoire is bred into a mouse germline having a different human Ig transgene. Multiple functional YACs having an expanded V segment repertoire may be bred into a germline to work with a human Ig transgene (or multiple human Ig transgenes). Although referred to herein as YAC transgenes, such transgenes when integrated into the genome may substantially lack yeast sequences, such as sequences required for autonomous replication in yeast; such sequences may optionally be removed by genetic engineering (e.g., restriction digestion and pulsed-field gel electrophoresis or other suitable method) after replication in yeast in no longer necessary (i.e., prior to introduction into a mouse ES cell or mouse prozygote). Methods of propagating the trait of human sequence immunoglobulin expression, include breeding a transgenic mouse having the human Ig transgene(s), and optionally also having a functional YAC having an expanded V segment repertoire. Both VH and V gene segments may be present on the YAC. The transgenic mouse may be bred into any background desired by the practitioner, including backgrounds harboring other human transgenes, including human Ig transgenes and/or transgenes encoding other human lymphocyte proteins. The invention also provides a high affinity human sequence immunoglobulin produced by a transgenic mouse having an expanded V region repertoire YAC transgene. Although the foregoing describes a preferred embodiment of the transgenic animal of the invention, other embodiments are contemplated which include (1) transgenic animals containing an unrearranged heavy and rearranged light immunoglobulin transgene; (2) transgenic animals containing an unrearranged heavy and unrearranged light immunoglobulin transgene; (3) transgenic animals containing rearranged heavy and an unrearranged light immunoglobulin transgene; and (4) transgenic animals containing rearranged heavy and rearranged light immunoglobulin transgenes.
Bispecific/ Multispecific Molecules Which Bind to CD148 In yet another embodiment of the invention, human monoclonal antibodies to CD148, or antigen-binding regions thereof, can be derivatized or linked to another functional molecule, e.g., another peptide or protein (e.g., an Fab' fragment) to generate a bispecific or multispecific molecule which binds to multiple binding sites or target epitopes. For example, an antibody or antigen-binding region of the invention can be functionally linked (e.g., by chemical coupling, genetic fusion, noncovalent association or otherwise) to one or more other binding molecules, such as another antibody, antibody fragment, peptide or binding mimetic. Accordingly, the present invention includes bispecific and multispecific molecules comprising at least one first binding specificity for CD 148 and a second binding specificity for a second target epitope. In a particular embodiment of the invention, the second target epitope is an Fc receptor, e.g., human FcγRI (CD64) or a human Fcα receptor (CD89). Therefore, the invention includes bispecific and multispecific molecules capable of binding both to FcγR, FcαR or FcεCR expressing effector cells (e.g., monocytes, macrophages or polymorphonuclear cells (PMNs)), and to target cells expressing CD 148. These bispecific and multispecific molecules target CD 148 expressing cells to effector cell and, like the human monoclonal antibodies of the invention, trigger Fc receptor-mediated effector cell activities, such as phagocytosis of a CD 148 expressing cells, antibody dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC), cytokine release, or generation of superoxide anion. Bispecific and multispecific molecules of the invention can further include a third binding specificity, in addition to an anti-Fc binding specificity and an anti- CD148 binding specificity. In one embodiment, the third binding specificity is an anti-enhancement factor (EF) portion, e.g., a molecule which binds to a surface protein involved in cytotoxic activity and thereby increases the immune response against the target cell. The "anti-enhancement factor portion" can be an antibody, functional antibody fragment or a ligand that binds to a given molecule, e.g., an antigen or a receptor, and thereby results in an enhancement of the effect of the binding determinants for the Fc receptor or target cell antigen. The "anti- enhancement factor portion" can bind an Fc receptor or a target cell antigen. Alternatively, the anti-enhancement factor portion can bind to an entity that is different from the entity to which the first and second binding specificities bind. For example, the anti-enhancement factor portion can bind a cytotoxic T-cell (e.g., via CD2, CD3, CD8, CD28, CD4, CD40, ICAM-1 or other immune cell that results in an increased immune response against the target cell). In one embodiment, the bispecific and multispecific molecules of the invention comprise as a binding specificity at least one antibody, or an antibody fragment thereof, including, e.g., an Fab, Fab', F(ab')2, Fv, or a single chain Fv. The antibody may also be a light chain or heavy chain dimer, or any minimal fragment thereof such as a Fv or a single chain construct as described in Ladner et al. U.S. Pat. No. 4,946,778, the contents of which is expressly incorporated by reference. In another embodiment, bispecific and multispecific molecules of the invention comprise a binding specificity for an FcαR or an FcγR present on the surface of an effector cell, and a second binding specificity for a target cell antigen, e.g., CD148. In another embodiment, the binding specificity for an Fc receptor is provided by a human monoclonal antibody, the binding of which is not blocked by human immunoglobulin G (IgG). As used herein, the term "IgG receptor" refers to any of the eight γ-chain genes located on chromosome 1. These genes encode a total of twelve transmembrane or soluble receptor isoforms which are grouped into three Fcγ receptor classes: FcγRI (CD64), FcγRII(CD32), and FcγRIII (CD16). In one preferred embodiment, the Fcγ receptor a human high affinity FcγRI. The human FcγRI is a 72 kDa molecule, which shows high affinity for monomeric IgG (108-109 M"1). The production and characterization of these preferred monoclonal antibodies are described by Fanger et al. in PCT application WO 88/00052 and in U.S. Pat. No. 4,954,617, the teachings of which are fully incorporated by reference herein. These antibodies bind to an epitope of FcγRI, FcγRII or FcγRIII at a site which is distinct from the Fcγ binding site of the receptor and, thus, their binding is not blocked substantially by physiological levels of IgG. Specific anti-FcγRI antibodies useful in this invention are MAb 22, MAb 32, MAb 44, MAb 62 and MAb 197. The hybridoma producing MAb 32 is available from the American Type Culture Collection, ATCC Accession No. HB9469. Anti-FcγRI MAb 22, F(ab')2 fragments of MAb 22, and can be obtained from Medarex, Inc. (Annandale, N.J.). In other embodiments, the anti-Fcγ receptor antibody is a humanized form of monoclonal antibody 22 (H22). The production and characterization of the H22 antibody is described in Graziano, R. F. et al. (1995) J. Immunol 155 (10): 4996- 5002 and PCT/US93/10384. The H22 antibody producing cell line was deposited at the American Type Culture Collection on Nov. 4, 1992 under the designation HA022CL1 and has the accession no. CRL 11177. In still other preferred embodiments, the binding specificity for an Fc receptor is provided by an antibody that binds to a human IgA receptor, e.g., an Fc- alpha receptor (FcαRI (CD89)), the binding of which is preferably not blocked by human immunoglobulin A (IgA). The term "IgA receptor" is intended to include the gene product of one α-gene (FcαRI) located on chromosome 19. This gene is known to encode several alternatively spliced transmembrane isoforms of 55 to 110 kDa. FcαRI (CD89) is constitutively expressed on monocytes/macrophages, eosinophilic and neutrophilic granulocytes, but not on non-effector cell populations. FcαRI has medium affinity (approximately equal to 5 <107 M"1) for both IgAl and IgA2, which is increased upon exposure to cytokines such as G-CSF or GM-CSF (Morton et al., Critical Reviews in Immunology 16:423-440 (1996)). Four FcαRI-specific monoclonal antibodies, identified as A3, A59, A62 and A77, which bind FcαRI outside the IgA ligand binding domain, have been described, for example, by Monteiro et al., J. Immunol. 148:1764 (1992). In another embodiment, the antibodies of the present invention may take the form of a scFv fragment fused directly to the Fc portion (CH2 & CH3) of the human IgGl isotpye (referred to herein as a scFv-Fc construct). Construction of scFv-Fc fusions are disclosed, for example, by Fredericks et al., Protein Engineering Design and Selection 17:95-106 (2003), Powers et al., J. Imunological Methods 251:123- 135 (2001), Shu et al., PNAS 90:7995-7999 (1993), and Hayden et al., Therapeutic Immunology 1:3-15 (1994). FcαRI and FcγRI are preferred trigger receptors for use in the invention because they are (1) expressed primarily on immune effector cells, e.g., monocytes, PMNs, macrophages and dendritic cells; (2) expressed at high levels (e.g., 5,000- 100,000 per cell); (3) mediators of cytotoxic activities (e.g., ADCC, phagocytosis); (4) mediate enhanced antigen presentation of antigens, including self-antigens, targeted to them. In other embodiments, bispecific and multispecific molecules of the invention further comprise a binding specificity which recognizes, e.g., binds to, a target cell antigen, e.g., CD148. In one particular embodiment, the binding specificity is provided by a human monoclonal antibody of the present invention. While human monoclonal antibodies are preferred, other antibodies which can be employed in the bispecific or multispecific molecules of the invention are murine, chimeric and humanized monoclonal antibodies. Chimeric mouse-human monoclonal antibodies (i.e., chimeric antibodies) can be produced by recombinant DNA techniques known in the art. For example, a gene encoding the Fc constant region of a murine (or other species) monoclonal antibody molecule is digested with restriction enzymes to remove the region encoding the murine Fc, and the equivalent portion of a gene encoding a human Fc constant region is substituted, (see Robinson et al., International Patent Publication PCT/US86/02269; Akira, et al., European Patent Application 184,187; Taniguchi, M., European Patent Application 171,496; Morrison et al., European Patent Application 173,494; Neuberger et al., International Application WO 86/01533; Cabilly et al. U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567; Cabilly et al., European Patent Application 125,023; Better et al., Science 240:1041-1043 (1988); Liu et al., PNAS 84:3439- 3443 (1987); Liu et al., 1987, J. Immunol. 139:3521-3526; Sun et al. (1987) PNAS 84:214-218; Nishimura et al., Cane. Res. 47:999-1005 (1987); Wood et al., Nature 314:446-449 (1985); and Shaw et al., J. Natl Cancer Inst. 80:1553-1559 (1988). The chimeric antibody can be further humanized by replacing sequences of the Fv variable region which are not directly involved in antigen binding with equivalent sequences from human Fv variable regions. General reviews of humanized chimeric antibodies are provided by Morrison, Science 229:1202-1207 (1985) and by Oi et al., BioTechniques 4:214 (1986). Those methods include isolating, manipulating, and expressing the nucleic acid sequences that encode all or part of immunoglobulin Fv variable regions from at least one of a heavy or light chain. Sources of such nucleic acid are well known to those skilled in the art and, for example, may be obtained from 7E3, an anti-GPIIbIIIa antibody producing hybridoma. The recombinant DNA encoding the chimeric antibody, or fragment thereof, can then be cloned into an appropriate expression vector. Suitable humanized antibodies can alternatively be produced by CDR substitution U.S. Pat. No. 5,225,539; Jones et al., Nature 321:552-525 (1986); Verhoeyan et al., Science 239:1534 (1988); and Beidler et al., J. Immunol. 141:4053-4060 (1988). The CDRs of a particular human antibody may be replaced with at least a portion of a non-human CDR or only some of the CDRs may be replaced with non- human CDRs. It is only necessary to replace the number of CDRs required for binding of the humanized antibody to the Fc receptor. An antibody can be humanized by any method, which is capable of replacing at least a portion of a CDR of a human antibody with a CDR derived from a non- human antibody. Winter describes a method which may be used to prepare the humanized antibodies of the present invention (UK Patent Application GB 2188638A, filed on Mar. 26, 1987), the contents of which is expressly incorporated by reference. The human CDRs may be replaced with non-human CDRs using oligonucleotide site-directed mutagenesis as described in International Application WO 94/10332 entitled, Humanized Antibodies to Fc Receptors for Immunoglobulin G on Human Mononuclear Phagocytes. Also within the scope of the invention are chimeric and humanized antibodies in which specific amino acids have been substituted, deleted or added. In particular, preferred humanized antibodies have amino acid substitutions in the framework region, such as to improve binding to the antigen. For example, in a humanized antibody having mouse CDRs, amino acids located in the human framework region can be replaced with the amino acids located at the corresponding positions in the mouse antibody. Such substitutions are known to improve binding of humanized antibodies to the antigen in some instances. Antibodies in which amino acids have been added, deleted, or substituted are referred to herein as modified antibodies or altered antibodies. The term modified antibody is also intended to include antibodies, such as monoclonal antibodies, chimeric antibodies, and humanized antibodies which have been modified by, e.g., deleting, adding, or substituting portions of the antibody. For example, an antibody can be modified by deleting the constant region and replacing it with a constant region meant to increase half-life, e.g., serum half-life, stability or affinity of the antibody. Any modification is within the scope of the invention so long as the bispecific and multispecific molecule has at least one antigen binding region specific for an FcγR and triggers at least one effector function. Bispecific and multispecific molecules of the present invention can be made using chemical techniques (see e.g., D. M. Kranz et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 78:5807 (1981), "polydoma" techniques (See U.S. Pat. No. 4,474,893, to Reading), or recombinant DNA techniques. In particular, bispecific and multispecific molecules of the present invention can be prepared by conjugating the constituent binding specificities, e.g., the anti- FcR and anti-CD 148 binding specificities, using methods known in the art and described in the examples provided herein. For example, each binding specificity of the bispecific and multispecific molecule can be generated separately and then conjugated to one another. When the binding specificities are proteins or peptides, a variety of coupling or cross-linking agents can be used for covalent conjugation. Examples of cross-linking agents include protein A, carbodiimide, N-succinimidyl- S-acetyl-thioacetate (SATA), 5,5'-dithiobis(2-nitrobenzoic acid) (DTNB), o- phenylenedimaleimide (oPDM), N-succinimidyl-3-(2-pyridyldithio)propionate (SPDP), and sulfosuccinimidyl 4-(N-maleimidomethyl) cyclohaxane-1 -carboxylate (sulfo-SMCC) (see e.g., Karpovsky et al. (1984) J. Exp. Med. 160:1686; Liu, M A et al. (1985) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 82:8648). Other methods include those described by Paulus (Behring Ins. Mitt. (1985) No. 78, 118-132); Brennan et al. (Science (1985) 229:81-83), and Glennie et al. (J. Immunol. (1987) 139: 2367- 2375). Preferred conjugating agents are SATA and sulfo-SMCC, both available from Pierce Chemical Co. (Rockford, 111.). Any "linker" group is optional. When present, its chemical structure is not critical, since it serves primarily as a spacer. The linker is preferably made up of amino acids linked together by peptide bonds. Thus, in preferred embodiments, the linker is made up of from 1 to 20 amino acids linked by peptide bonds, wherein the amino acids are selected from the 20 naturally occurring amino acids. One or more of these amino acids may be glycosylated, as is well understood by those in the art. In a more preferred embodiment, the 1 to 20 amino acids are selected from glycine, alanine, proline, asparagine, glutamine, and lysine. Even more preferably, a linker is made up of a majority of amino acids that are sterically unhindered, such as glycine and alanine. Thus, preferred linkers are poly gly cines (particularly (Gly). sub.5, (Gly). sub.8), poly(Gly-Ala), and polyalanines. Combinations of Gly and Ala are also preferred. Non-peptide linkers are also possible. For example, alkyl linkers such as ~ NH~(CH.sub.2)s-C(O)~, wherein s=2-20 can be used. These alkyl linkers may further be substituted by any non-sterically hindering group such as lower alkyl (e.g., C1-C6) lower acyl, halogen (e.g., Cl, Br), CN, NH2, phenyl, etc. An exemplary non-peptide linker is a PEG linker, and has a molecular weight of 100 to 5000 kDa, preferably 100 to 500 kDa. The peptide linkers may be altered to form derivatives in the same manner as described above. When the binding specificities are antibodies (e.g., two humanized antibodies), they can be conjugated via sulfhydryl bonding of the C-teπninus hinge regions of the two heavy chains. In a particularly preferred embodiment, the hinge region is modified to contain an odd number of sulfhydryl residues, preferably one, prior to conjugation. Alternatively, both binding specificities can be encoded in the same vector and expressed and assembled in the same host cell. This method is particularly useful where the bispecific and multispecific molecule is a MabxMAb, MabxFab, FabxF(ab')2 or ligandxFab fusion protein. A bispecific and multispecific molecule of the invention, e.g., a bispecific molecule can be a single chain molecule, such as a single chain bispecific antibody, a single chain bispecific molecule comprising one single chain antibody and a binding determinant, or a single chain bispecific molecule comprising two binding determinants. Bispecific and multispecific molecules can also be single chain molecules or may comprise at least two single chain molecules. Methods for preparing bi- and multspecific molecules are described for example in U.S. Pat. No. 5,260,203; U.S. Pat. No. 5,455,030; U.S. Pat. No. 4,881,175; U.S. Pat. No. 5,132,405; U.S. Pat. No. 5,091,513; U.S. Pat. No. 5,476,786; U.S. Pat. No. 5,013,653; U.S. Pat. No. 5,258,498; and U.S. Pat. No. 5,482,858. Binding of the bispecific and multispecific molecules to their specific targets can be confirmed by enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), a radioimmunoassay (RIA), FACS analysis, a bioassay (e.g., growth inhibition), or a Western Blot Assay. Each of these assays generally detects the presence of protein- antibody complexes of particular interest by employing a labeled reagent (e.g., an antibody) specific for the complex of interest. For example, the FcR-antibody complexes can be detected using e.g., an enzyme-linked antibody or antibody fragment which recognizes and specifically binds to the antibody-FcR complexes. Alternatively, the complexes can be detected using any of a variety of other immunoassays. For example, the antibody can be radioactively labeled and used in a radioimmunoassay (RIA) (see, for example, Weintraub, B., Principles of Radioimmunoassays, Seventh Training Course on Radioligand Assay Techniques, The Endocrine Society, March, 1986, which is incorporated by reference herein). The radioactive isotope can be detected by such means as the use of a γ counter or a scintillation counter or by autoradiography. In the antibodies and antigen-binding regions thereof may also be combined with a vehicle for targeted delivery to a specified location. In one embodiment, this invention provides antibodies, or antigen-binding regions thereof, that are attached to at least one vehicle (Fl, F2) through the N- terminus, C-terminus or a side chain of one of the amino acid residues of the peptide(s). Multiple vehicles may also be used; e.g., Fc's at each terminus or an Fc at a terminus and a PEG group at the other terminus or a side chain. An Fc domain is one preferred vehicle. The Fc domain may be fused to the N or C termini of the peptides or at both the N and C termini. As noted above, Fc variants are suitable vehicles within the scope of this invention. A native Fc may be extensively modified to form an Fc variant in accordance with this invention, provided binding to the salvage receptor is maintained. See, for example WO 97/34631 and WO 96/32478. In such Fc variants, one may remove one or more sites of a native Fe that provide structural features or functional activity not required by the fusion molecules of this invention. One may remove these sites by, for example, substituting or deleting residues, inserting residues into the site, or truncating portions containing the site. The inserted or substituted residues may also be altered amino acids, such as peptidomimetics or D- amino acids. Fc variants may be desirable for a number of reasons, several of which are described below. Exemplary Fc variants include molecules and sequences in which: 1. Sites involved in disulfide bond formation are removed. Such removal may avoid reaction with other cysteine-containing proteins present in the host cell used to produce the molecules of the invention. For this purpose, the cysteine-containing segment at the N-terminus may be truncated or cysteine residues may be deleted or substituted with other amino acids (e.g., alanyl, seryl). Even when cysteine residues are removed, the single chain Fc domains can still form a dimeric Fc domain that is held together non-covalently. 2. A native Fc is modified to make it more compatible with a selected host cell. For example, one may remove the PA sequence near the N- terminus of a typical native Fc, which may be recognized by a digestive enzyme in E. coli such as proline iminopeptidase. One may also add an N- terminal methionyl residue, especially when the molecule is expressed recombinantly in a bacterial cell such as E. coli. 3. A portion of the N-terminus of a native Fc is removed to prevent N-terminal heterogeneity when expressed in a selected host cell. For this purpose, one may delete any of the first 20 amino acid residues at the N- terminus, particularly those at positions 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5. 4. One or more glycosylation sites are removed. Residues that are typically glycosylated (e.g., asparagine) may confer cytolytic response. Such residues may be deleted or substituted with unglycosylated residues (e.g., alanine). 5. Sites involved in interaction with complement, such as the Clq binding site, are removed. For example, one may delete or substitute the EKK sequence of human IgGl. Complement recruitment may not be advantageous for the molecules of this invention and so may be avoided with such an Fc variant. 6. Sites are removed that affect binding to Fc receptors other than a salvage receptor. A native Fc may have sites for interaction with certain white blood cells that are not required for the fusion molecules of the present invention and so may be removed. 7. The ADCC site is removed. ADCC sites are known in the art. See, for example, Molec. Immunol. 29 (5):633-9 (1992) with regard to ADCC sites in IgGl. These sites, as well, are not required for the fusion molecules of the present invention and so may be removed. 8. When the native Fc is derived from a non-human antibody, the native Fc may be humanized. Typically, to humanize a native Fc, one will substitute selected residues in the non-human native Fc with residues that are normally found in human native Fc. Techniques for antibody humanization are well known in the art. An alternative vehicle would be a protein, polypeptide, peptide, antibody, antibody fragment, or small molecule (e.g., a peptidomimetic compound) capable of binding to a salvage receptor. For example, one could use as a vehicle a polypeptide as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,739,277, issued Apr. 14, 1998 to Presta et al. Peptides could also be selected by phage display for binding to the FcRn salvage receptor. Such salvage receptor-binding compounds are also included within the meaning of "vehicle" and are within the scope of this invention. Such vehicles should be selected for increased half-life (e.g., by avoiding sequences recognized by proteases) and decreased immunogenicity (e.g., by favoring non-immunogenic sequences, as discovered in antibody humanization). As noted above, polymer vehicles may also be used for Fl and F2. Various means for attaching chemical moieties useful as vehicles are currently available, see, e.g., Patent Cooperation Treaty ("PCT") International Publication No. WO 96/11953, entitled "N-Terminally Chemically Modified Protein Compositions and Methods," herein incorporated by reference in its entirety. This PCT publication discloses, among other things, the selective attachment of water soluble polymers to the N-terminus of proteins. A preferred polymer vehicle is polyethylene glycol (PEG). The PEG group may be of any convenient molecular weight and may be linear or branched. The average molecular weight of the PEG will preferably range from about 2 kiloDalton ("kDa") to about 100 kDa, more preferably from about 5 kDa to about 50 kDa, most preferably from about 5 kDa to about 10 kDa. The PEG groups will generally be attached to the compounds of the invention via acylation or reductive alkylation through a reactive group on the PEG moiety (e.g., an aldehyde, amino, thiol, or ester group) to a reactive group on the inventive compound (e.g., an aldehyde, amino, or ester group). A useful strategy for the PEGylation of synthetic peptides consists of combining, through forming a conjugate linkage in solution, a peptide and a PEG moiety, each bearing a special functionality that is mutually reactive toward the other. The peptides can be easily prepared with conventional solid phase synthesis as known in the art. The peptides are "preactivated" with an appropriate functional group at a specific site. The precursors are purified and fully characterized prior to reacting with the PEG moiety. Ligation of the peptide with PEG usually takes place in aqueous phase and can be easily monitored by reverse phase analytical HPLC. The PEGylated peptides can be easily purified by preparative HPLC and characterized by analytical HPLC, amino acid analysis and laser desorption mass spectrometry. Polysaccharide polymers are another type of water soluble polymer which may be used for protein modification. Dextrans are polysaccharide polymers comprised of individual subunits of glucose predominantly linked by al-6 linkages. The dextran itself is available in many molecular weight ranges, and is readily available in molecular weights from about 1 kDa to about 70 kDa. Dextran is a suitable water-soluble polymer for use in the present invention as a vehicle by itself or in combination with another vehicle (e.g., Fc). See, for example, WO 96/11953 and WO 96/05309. The use of dextran conjugated to therapeutic or diagnostic immunoglobulins has been reported; see, for example, European Patent Publication No. 0 315 456, which is hereby incorporated by reference. Dextran of about 1 kDa to about 20 kDa is preferred when dextran is used as a vehicle in accordance with the present invention.
Antibody Coniugates/Immunotoxins In another aspect, the present invention features a human anti-CD 148 monoclonal antibody, or a fragment thereof, conjugated to a therapeutic moiety, such as a cytotoxin, a drug or a radioisotope. When conjugated to a cytotoxin, these antibody conjugates are referred to as "immunotoxins." A cytotoxin or cytotoxic agent includes any agent that is detrimental to (e.g., kills) cells. Examples include taxol, cytochalasin B, gramicidin D, ethidium bromide, emetine, mitomycin, etoposide, tenoposide, vincristine, vinblastine, colchicin, doxorubicin, daunorubicin, dihydroxy anthracin dione, mitoxantrone, mithramycin, actinomycin D, 1- dehydrotestosterone, glucocorticoids, procaine, tetracaine, lidocaine, propranolol, and puromycin and analogs or homologs thereof. Therapeutic agents include, but are not limited to, antimetabolites (e.g., methotrexate, 6-mercaptopurine, 6-thioguanine, cytarabine, 5 -fluorouracil decarbazine), alkylating agents (e.g., mechlorethamine, thioepa chlorambucil, melphalan, carmustine (BSNU) and lomustine (CCNU), cyclothosphamide, busulfan, dibromomannitol, streptozotocin, mitomycin C, and cis-dichlorodiamine platinum (II) (DDP) cisplatin), anthracyclines (e.g., daunorubicin (formerly daunomycin) and doxorubicin), antibiotics (e.g., dactinomycin (formerly actinomycin), bleomycin, mithramycin, and anthramycin (AMC)), and anti-mitotic agents (e.g., vincristine and vinblastine). Other examples of therapeutic cytotoxins that can be conjugated to an antibody of the invention include calicheamicin and duocarmycin. An antibody of the present invention can be conjugated to a radioisotope, e.g., radioactive iodine, to generate cytotoxic radiopharnaceuticals for treating a CD148-related disorder, such as a cancer. The antibody conjugates of the invention can be used to modify a given biological response, and the drug moiety is not to be construed as limited to classical chemical therapeutic agents. For example, the drug moiety may be a protein or polypeptide possessing a desired biological activity. Such proteins may include, for example, an enzymatically active toxin, or active fragment thereof, such as abrin, ricin A, pseudomonas exotoxin, or diphtheria toxin; a protein such as tumor necrosis factor or interferon-.gamma.; or, biological response modifiers such as, for example, lymphokines, interleukin-1 ("IL-1"), interleukin-2 ("IL-2"), interleukin-6 ("IL-6"), granulocyte macrophage colony stimulating factor ("GM-CSF"), granulocyte colony stimulating factor ("G-CSF"), or other growth factors. Techniques for conjugating such therapeutic moiety to antibodies are well known, see, e.g., Arnon et al., "Monoclonal Antibodies For Immunotargeting Of Drugs In Cancer Therapy", in Monoclonal Antibodies And Cancer Therapy, Reisfeld et al. (eds.), pp. 243-56 (Alan R. Liss, Inc. 1985); Hellstrom et al., "Antibodies For Drug Delivery", in Controlled Drug Delivery (2nd Ed.), Robinson et al. (eds.), pp. 623-53 (Marcel Dekker, Inc. 1987); Thorpe, "Antibody Carriers Of Cytotoxic Agents In Cancer Therapy: A Review", in Monoclonal Antibodies '84: Biological And Clinical Applications, Pinchera et al. (eds.), pp. 475-506 (1985); "Analysis, Results, And Future Prospective Of The Therapeutic Use Of Radiolabeled Antibody In Cancer Therapy", in Monoclonal Antibodies For Cancer Detection And Therapy, Baldwin et al. (eds.), pp. 303-16 (Academic Press 1985), and Thorpe et al., "The Preparation And Cytotoxic Properties Of Antibody-Toxin Conjugates", Immunol. Rev., 62:119-58 (1982). Pharmaceutical Compositions Pharmaceutical compositions of anti-CD 148 antibodies are within the scope of the present invention. Pharmaceutical compositions comprising antibodies are described in detail in, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 6,171,586, to Lam et al., issued Jan. 9, 2001. Such compositions comprise a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of an antibody, or a fragment, variant, derivative or fusion thereof as described herein, in admixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and/or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt. In a preferred embodiment, pharmaceutical compositions comprise antibodies that bind CD148 epitopes that activate CD148 actrivity in admixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and/or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt. Typically, the specific binding agents will be sufficiently purified for administration to an animal.
Pharmaceutically Acceptable Carriers As used herein, "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" includes any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like that are physiologically compatible. In particular embodiments, the carrier is suitable for intravenous, intramuscular, subcutaneous, parenteral, spinal or epidermal administration (e.g., by injection or infusion). Depending on the route of administration, the active compound, i.e., antibody, bispecific and multispecific molecule, may be coated in a material to protect the compound from the action of acids and other natural conditions that may inactivate the compound. In another particular embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions are formulated with a carrier that is pharmaceutically acceptable in humans. Examples of suitable aqueous and nonaqueous carriers which may be employed in the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention include water, ethanol, polyols (such as glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils, such as olive oil, and injectable organic esters, such as ethyl oleate. Proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of coating materials, such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersions, and by the use of surfactants. These compositions may also contain adjuvants such as preservatives, wetting agents, emulsifying agents and dispersing agents. Prevention of presence of microorganisms may be ensured both by sterilization procedures, supra, and by the inclusion of various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, paraben, chlorobutanol, phenol sorbic acid, and the like. It may also be desirable to include isotonic agents, such as sugars, sodium chloride, and the like into the compositions. In addition, prolonged absorption of the injectable pharmaceutical form may be brought about by the inclusion of agents which delay absorption such as aluminum monostearate and gelatin. A "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" refers to a salt that retains the desired biological activity of the parent compound and does not impart any undesired toxicological effects (see e.g., Berge, S. M., et al. (1977) J. Pharm. Sci. 66:1-19). Examples of such salts include acid addition salts and base addition salts. Acid addition salts include those derived from nontoxic inorganic acids, such as hydrochloric, nitric, phosphoric, sulfuric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, phosphorous and the like, as well as from nontoxic organic acids such as aliphatic mono- and dicarboxylic acids, phenyl-substituted alkanoic acids, hydroxy alkanoic acids, aromatic acids, aliphatic and aromatic sulfonic acids and the like. Base addition salts include those derived from alkaline earth metals, such as sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium and the like, as well as from nontoxic organic amines, such as N,N'-dibenzylethylenediamin- e, N-methylglucamine, chloroprocaine, choline, diethanolamine, ethylenediamine, procaine and the like. The pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may contain formulation materials for modifying, maintaining or preserving, for example, the pH, osmolarity, viscosity, clarity, color, isotonicity, odor, sterility, stability, rate of dissolution or release, adsorption or penetration of the composition. Suitable formulation materials include, but are not limited to, amino acids (such as glycine, glutamine, asparagine, arginine or lysine); antimicrobials; antioxidants (such as ascorbic acid, sodium sulfite or sodium hydrogen-sulfite); buffers (such as borate, bicarbonate, Tris-HCl, citrates, phosphates, other organic acids); bulking agents (such as mannitol or glycine), chelating agents [such as ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid (EDTA)]; complexing agents (such as caffeine, polyvinylpyrrolidone, beta- cyclodextrin or hydroxypropyl-beta-cyclodextrin); fillers; monosaccharides; disaccharides and other carbohydrates (such as glucose, mannose, or dextrins); proteins (such as serum albumin, gelatin or immunoglobulins); coloring; flavoring and diluting agents; emulsifying agents; hydrophilic polymers (such as polyvinylpyrrolidone); low molecular weight polypeptides; salt-forming counterions (such as sodium); preservatives (such as benzalkonium chloride, benzoic acid, salicylic acid, thimerosal, phenethyl alcohol, methylparaben, propylparaben, chlorhexidine, sorbic acid or hydrogen peroxide); solvents (such as glycerin, propylene glycol or polyethylene glycol); sugar alcohols (such as mannitol or sorbitol); suspending agents; surfactants or wetting agents (such as pluronics, PEG, sorbitan esters, polysorbates such as polysorbate 20, polysorbate 80, triton, tromethamine, lecithin, cholesterol, tyloxapal); stability enhancing agents (sucrose or sorbitol); tonicity enhancing agents (such as alkali metal halides (preferably sodium or potassium chloride, mannitol sorbitol); delivery vehicles; diluents; excipients and/or pharmaceutical adjuvants. (Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th Edition, A. R. Gennaro, ed., Mack Publishing Company, 1990). The optimal pharmaceutical composition will be determined by one skilled in the art depending upon, for example, the intended route of administration, delivery format, and desired dosage. See for example, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, supra. Such compositions may influence the physical state, stability, rate of in vivo release, and rate of in vivo clearance of the specific antibody. The primary vehicle or carrier in a pharmaceutical composition may be either aqueous or non-aqueous in nature. For example, a suitable vehicle or carrier may be water for injection, physiological saline solution or artificial cerebrospinal fluid, possibly supplemented with other materials common in compositions for parenteral administration. Neutral buffered saline or saline mixed with serum albumin are further exemplary vehicles. Other exemplary pharmaceutical compositions comprise Tris buffer of about pH 7.0-8.5, or acetate buffer of about pH 4.0-5.5, which may further include sorbitol or a suitable substitute therefore. In one embodiment of the present invention, binding agent compositions may be prepared for storage by mixing the selected composition having the desired degree of purity with optional formulation agents (Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, supra) in the form of a lyophilized cake or an aqueous solution. Further, the binding agent product may be formulated as a lyophilizate using appropriate excipients such as sucrose. The pharmaceutical compositions can be selected for parenteral delivery. Alternatively, the compositions may be selected for inhalation or for enteral delivery such as orally, aurally, opthalmically, rectally, or vaginally. The preparation of such pharmaceutically acceptable compositions is within the skill of the art. The formulation components are present in concentrations that are acceptable to the site of administration. For example, buffers are used to maintain the composition at physiological pH or at slightly lower pH, typically within a pH range of from about 5 to about 8. When the compounds of the present invention are administered as pharmaceuticals, to humans and animals, they can be given alone or as a phaπnaceutical composition containing, for example, 0.01 to 99.5%> (more preferably, 0.1 to 90%) of active ingredient in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. By way of example, the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may contain an anti-CD 148 antibody or antigen-binding region thereof in a concentration of from about 1 mg/ml to about 30 mg/ml, or alternatively from about 5 mg/ml to about 30 mg/ml. In certain embodiments, the human monoclonal antibodies of the invention can be formulated to ensure proper distribution in vivo. For example, the blood- brain barrier (BBB) excludes many highly hydrophilic compounds. To ensure that the therapeutic compounds of the invention cross the BBB (if desired), they can be formulated, for example, in liposomes. For methods of manufacturing liposomes, see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,522,811; 5,374,548; and 5,399,331. The liposomes may comprise one or more moieties which are selectively transported into specific cells or organs, thus enhance targeted drug delivery (see, e.g., V. V. Ranade (1989) J. Clin. Pharmacol. 29:685). Exemplary targeting moieties include folate or biotin (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,416,016 to Low et al.); mannosides (Umezawa et al., (1988) Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 153:1038); antibodies (P. G. Bloeman et al. (1995) FEBS Lett. 357:140; M. Owais et al. (1995) Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 39:180); surfactant protein A receptor (Briscoe et al. (1995) Am. J. Physiol, 1233:134), different species of which may comprise the formulations of the inventions, as well as components of the invented molecules; pi 20 (Schreier et al. (1994) J. Biol. Chem. 269:9090); see also K. Keinanen; M. L. Laukkanen (1994) FEBS Lett. 346:123; J. J. Killion; I. J. Fidler (1994) Immunomethods 4:273. In one embodiment of the invention, the therapeutic compounds of the invention are formulated in liposomes; in a more preferred embodiment, the liposomes include a targeting moiety. In a most preferred embodiment, the therapeutic compounds in the liposomes are delivered by bolus injection to a site proximal to the tumor or infection. The composition must be fluid to the extent that easy syringability exists. It must be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi.
Therapeutically Effective Dosages Regardless of the route of administration selected, the compounds of the present invention, which may be used in a suitable hydrated form, and/or the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention, are formulated into pharmaceutically acceptable dosage forms by conventional methods known to those of skill in the art. A "therapeutically effective dosage" preferably inhibits tumor growth by at least about 20%>, more preferably by at least about 40%», even more preferably by at least about 60%, and still more preferably by at least about 80%> relative to untreated subjects. The ability of a compound to inhibit cancer can be evaluated in an animal model system predictive of efficacy in human tumors. Alternatively, this property of a composition can be evaluated by examining the ability of the compound to inhibit, such inhibition in vitro by assays known to the skilled practitioner. A therapeutically effective amount of a therapeutic compound can decrease tumor size, or otherwise ameliorate symptoms in a subject. One of ordinary skill in the art would be able to determine such amounts based on such factors as the subject's size, the severity of the subject's symptoms, and the particular composition or route of administration selected. An effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition to be employed therapeutically will depend, for example, upon the therapeutic context and objectives. One skilled in the art will appreciate that the appropriate dosage levels for treatment will thus vary depending, in part, upon the molecule delivered, the indication for which the antibody or antigen-binding region is being used, the route of administration, and the size (body weight, body surface or organ size) and condition (the age and general health) of the patient. Accordingly, the clinician may titer the dosage and modify the route of administration to obtain the optimal therapeutic effect. A preferred anti-CD 148 antibody or antigen-binding region thereof has the ability to substantially bind to CD148 in solution at concentrations of less than 1 uM, preferably less than 0.1 uM, and more preferably less than 0.01 uM. By "substantially" is meant that at least a 50 percent reduction in endothelial cell proliferation and migration is observed by modulation in the presence of the an anti- CD 148 antibody or antigen-binding region thereof, and at 50%> reduction is referred to herein as an IC50 value. A therapeutically effective amount of an anti-CD 148 antibody or antigen- binding region thereof of this invention is typically an amount such that when administered in a physiologically tolerable composition is sufficient to achieve a plasma concentration (based on cmax data after a single dose of antibody) of, for example, from about 0.01 ug/ml to about 300 ug/ml. In another embodiment, the concentration may be from about lug/ml to about 300ug/ml. In yet another embodiment, the concentration may be from about 1 ug/ml to about 75 ug/ml. In yet another embodiment, the concentration may be from about 15 ug/ml to about 50 ug/ml. Dosasges may, of course, vary according to frequency and duration of administration. A therapeutically effective amount of an anti-CD 148 antibody or antigen- binding region thereof of this invention in the form of a polypeptide is typically an amount of polypeptide such that when administered in a physiologically tolerable composition is sufficient to achieve a plasma concentration of from about 0.001 ug/ml to about 10 ug/ml, or from about 0.05 ug/ml to about 1.0 ug/ml. Based on a polypeptide having a mass of about 15,000 grains per mole (i.e. 15,000 Da), the plasma concentration in molarity may be, for example, from about 0.0001 uM to about 1 mM. Stated differently, the dosage per body weight can vary from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 30 mg/kg, or from about 0.05 mg/kg to about 20 mg/kg, in one or more dose administrations daily, for one or several days. A typical dosage may range from about 0.1 mg/kg to up to about 100 mg/kg or more, depending on the factors mentioned above. In other embodiments, the dosage may range from 1 mg/kg up to about 100 mg/kg; or 5 mg/kg up to about 100 mg/kg. For any compound, the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially either in cell culture assays or in animal models such as mice, rats, rabbits, dogs, pigs, or monkeys. An animal model may also be used to determine the appropriate concentration range and route of administration. Such information can then be used to determine useful doses and routes for administration in humans. The exact dosage will be determined in light of factors related to the subject requiring treatment. Dosage and administration are adjusted to provide sufficient levels of the active compound or to maintain the desired effect. Factors that may be taken into account include the severity of the disease state, the general health of the subject, the age, weight, and gender of the subject, time and frequency of administration, drug combination(s), reaction sensitivities, and response to therapy. Long-acting pharmaceutical compositions may be administered every 3 to 4 days, every week, or biweekly depending on the half-life and clearance rate of the particular formulation. The frequency of dosing will depend upon the pharmacokinetic parameters of the binding agent molecule in the formulation used. Typically, a composition is administered until a dosage is reached that achieves the desired effect. The composition may therefore be administered as a single dose, or as multiple doses (at the same or different concentrations/dosages) over time, or as a continuous infusion. Further refinement of the appropriate dosage is routinely made. Appropriate dosages may be ascertained through use of appropriate dose-response data. Actual dosage levels of the active ingredients in the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may be varied so as to obtain an amount of the active ingredient which is effective to achieve the desired therapeutic response for a particular patient, composition, and mode of administration, without being toxic to the patient. The selected dosage level will depend upon a variety of pharmacokinetic factors including the activity of the particular compositions of the present invention employed, or the ester, salt or amide thereof, the route of administration, the time of administration, the rate of excretion of the particular compound being employed, the duration of the treatment, other drugs, compounds and/or materials used in combination with the particular compositions employed, the age, sex, weight, condition, general health and prior medical history of the patient being treated, and like factors well known in the medical arts. A physician or veterinarian having ordinary skill in the art can readily determine and prescribe the effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition required. For example, the physician or veterinarian could start doses of the compounds of the invention employed in the pharmaceutical composition at levels lower than that required in order to achieve the desired therapeutic effect and gradually increase the dosage until the desired effect is achieved. In general, a suitable daily dose of a compositions of the invention will be that amount of the compound which is the lowest dose effective to produce a therapeutic effect. Such an effective dose will generally depend upon the factors described above. It is preferred that administration be intravenous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, or subcutaneous, preferably administered proximal to the site of the target. If desired, the effective daily dose of a therapeutic compositions may be administered as two, three, four, five, six or more sub-doses administered separately at appropriate intervals throughout the day, optionally, in unit dosage forms. While it is possible for a compound of the present invention to be administered alone, it is preferable to administer the compound as a pharmaceutical formulation (composition). The composition must be sterile and fluid to the extent that the composition is deliverable by syringe. In addition to water, the carrier can be an isotonic buffered saline solution, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyetheylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof. Proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by use of coating such as lecithin, by maintenance of required particle size in the case of dispersion and by use of surfactants. In many cases, it is preferable to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as mannitol or sorbitol, and sodium chloride in the composition. Long-term absorption of the injectable compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate or gelatin. When the active compound is suitably protected, as described above, the compound may be orally administered, for example, with an inert diluent or an assimilable edible carrier. Methods of administering the compositions (e.g., human antibodies, multispecific and bispecific molecules) of the invention are known in the art. Suitable dosages of the molecules used will depend on the age and weight of the subject and the particular drug used. The molecules can be coupled to radionuclides, such as 1311, 90Y, 105Rh, indium-Ill, etc., as described in Goldenberg, D. M. et al. (1981) Cancer Res. 41: 4354-4360, and in EP 0365 997. In another aspect the invention relates to an immunoconjugate comprising an antibody according to the invention linked to a radioisotope, cytotoxic agent (e.g., calicheamicin and duocarmycin), a cytostatic agent, or a chemotherapeutic drug. The compositions (e.g., human antibodies, multispecific and bispecific molecules) of the invention can also be coupled to anti-infectious agents.
Routes of Administration The route of administration of the pharmaceutical composition is in accord with known methods, e.g. orally, through injection by intravenous, intraperitoneal, intracerebral (intra-parenchymal), intracerebroventricular, intramuscular, intraocular, intraarterial, intraportal, intralesional routes, intramedullary, intrathecal, intraventricular, transdermal, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intranasal, enteral, topical, sublingual, urethral, vaginal, or rectal means, by sustained release systems or by implantation devices. Where desired, the compositions may be administered by bolus injection or continuously by infusion, or by implantation device. Alternatively or additionally, the composition may be administered locally via implantation of a membrane, sponge, or another appropriate material on to which the desired molecule has been absorbed or encapsulated. Where an implantation device is used, the device may be implanted into any suitable tissue or organ, and delivery of the desired molecule may be via diffusion, timed-release bolus, or continuous administration. In some cases, it may be desirable to use pharmaceutical compositions in an ex vivo manner. In such instances, cells, tissues, or organs that have been removed from the patient are exposed to the pharmaceutical compositions after which the cells, tissues and/or organs are subsequently implanted back into the patient. In other cases, a binding agent of the present invention such as an antibody or antigen-binding region thereof can be delivered by implanting certain cells that have been genetically engineered, using methods such as those described herein, to express and secrete the polypeptide. Such cells may be animal or human cells, and may be autologous, heterologous, or xenogeneic. Optionally, the cells may be immortalized. In order to decrease the chance of an immunological response, the cells may be encapsulated to avoid infiltration of surrounding tissues. The encapsulation materials are typically biocompatible, semi-permeable polymeric enclosures or membranes that allow the release of the protein product(s) but prevent the destruction of the cells by the patient's immune system or by other detrimental factors from the surrounding tissues. Therapeutic compositions can be administered with medical devices known in the art. For example, in a preferred embodiment, a therapeutic composition of the invention can be administered with a needleless hypodermic injection device, such as the devices disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,399,163; 5,383,851; 5,312,335; 5,064,413; 4,941,880; 4,790,824; or 4,596,556. Examples of well-known implants and modules useful in the present invention include: U.S. Pat. No. 4,487,603, which discloses an implantable micro-infusion pump for dispensing medication at a controlled rate; U.S. Pat. No. 4,486,194, which discloses a therapeutic device for administering medicants through the skin; U.S. Pat. No. 4,447,233, which discloses a medication infusion pump for delivering medication at a precise infusion rate; U.S. Pat. No. 4,447,224, which discloses a variable flow implantable infusion apparatus for continuous drug delivery; U.S. Pat. No. 4,439,196, which discloses an osmotic drug delivery system having multi-chamber compartments; and U.S. Pat. No. 4,475,196, which discloses an osmotic drug delivery system. These patents are incorporated herein by reference. Many other such implants, delivery systems, and modules are known to those skilled in the art. When parenteral administration is contemplated, the therapeutic compositions for use in this invention may be in the form of a pyrogen-free, parenterally acceptable aqueous solution comprising the desired specific binding agent in a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle. A particularly suitable vehicle for parenteral injection is sterile distilled water in which a binding agent is formulated as a sterile, isotonic solution, properly preserved. Yet another preparation can involve the formulation of the desired molecule with an agent, such as injectable microspheres, bio-erodible particles, polymeric compounds (poly lactic acid, polyglycolic acid), beads, or liposomes, that provides for the controlled or sustained release of the product which may then be delivered via a depot injection. Hyaluronic acid may also be used, and this may have the effect of promoting sustained duration in the circulation. Other suitable means for the introduction of the desired molecule include implantable drug delivery devices. In another aspect, pharmaceutical formulations suitable for parenteral administration may be formulated in aqueous solutions, preferably in physiologically compatible buffers such as Hanks' solution, ringer's solution, or physiologically buffered saline. Aqueous injection suspensions may contain substances that increase the viscosity of the suspension, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sorbitol, or dextran. Additionally, suspensions of the active compounds may be prepared as appropriate oily injection suspensions. Suitable lipophilic solvents or vehicles include fatty oils, such as sesame oil, or synthetic fatty acid esters, such as ethyl oleate, triglycerides, or liposomes. Non-lipid polycationic amino polymers may also be used for delivery. Optionally, the suspension may also contain suitable stabilizers or agents to increase the solubility of the compounds and allow for the preparation of highly concentrated solutions. In another embodiment, a pharmaceutical composition may be formulated for inhalation. For example, a binding agent may be formulated as a dry powder for inhalation. Polypeptide or nucleic acid molecule inhalation solutions may also be formulated with a propellant for aerosol delivery. In yet another embodiment, solutions may be nebulized. Pulmonary administration is further described in PCT Application No. PCT/US94/001875, which describes pulmonary delivery of chemically modified proteins. Pharmaceutical compositions for oral administration can also be formulated using pharmaceutically acceptable carriers well known in the art in dosages suitable for oral administration. Such carriers enable the pharmaceutical compositions to be formulated as tablets, pills, dragees, capsules, liquids, gels, syrups, slurries, suspensions, and the like, for ingestion by the patient. In one embodiment of the present invention, binding agent molecules that are administered in this fashion can be formulated with or without those carriers customarily used in the compounding of solid dosage forms such as tablets and capsules. For example, a capsule may be designed to release the active portion of the formulation at the point in the gastrointestinal tract when bioavailability is maximized and pre-systemic degradation is minimized. Additional agents can be included to facilitate absorption of the binding agent molecule. Diluents, flavorings, low melting point waxes, vegetable oils, lubricants, suspending agents, tablet disintegrating agents, and binders may also be employed. Pharmaceutical preparations for oral use can be obtained through combining active compounds with solid excipient and processing the resultant mixture of granules (optionally, after grinding) to obtain tablets or dragee cores. Suitable auxiliaries can be added, if desired. Suitable excipients include carbohydrate or protein fillers, such as sugars, including lactose, sucrose, mannitol, and sorbitol; starch from corn, wheat, rice, potato, or other plants; cellulose, such as methyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, or sodium carboxymethylceUulose; gums, including arabic and tragacanth; and proteins, such as gelatin and collagen. If desired, disintegrating or solubilizing agents may be added, such as the cross-linked polyvinyl pyrrolidone, agar, and alginic acid or a salt thereof, such as sodium alginate. Dragee cores may be used in conjunction with suitable coatings, such as concentrated sugar solutions, which may also contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinylpyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol, and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures. Dyestuffs or pigments may be added to the tablets or dragee coatings for product identification or to characterize the quantity of active compound, i.e., dosage. Pharmaceutical preparations that can be used orally also include push-fit capsules made of gelatin, as well as soft, sealed capsules made of gelatin and a coating, such as glycerol or sorbitol. Push-fit capsules can contain active ingredients mixed with fillers or binders, such as lactose or starches, lubricants, such as talc or magnesium stearate, and, optionally, stabilizers. In soft capsules, the active compounds may be dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils, liquid, or liquid polyethylene glycol with or without stabilizers. Another pharmaceutical composition may involve an effective quantity of binding agent in a mixture with non-toxic excipients that are suitable for the manufacture of tablets. By dissolving the tablets in sterile water, or other appropriate vehicle, solutions can be prepared in unit dose form. Suitable excipients include, but are not limited to, inert diluents, such as calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate or bicarbonate, lactose, or calcium phosphate; or binding agents, such as starch, gelatin, or acacia; or lubricating agents such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid, or talc. Additional pharmaceutical compositions will be evident to those skilled in the art, including formulations involving binding agent molecules in sustained- or controlled-delivery formulations. Techniques for formulating a variety of other sustained- or controlled-delivery means, such as liposome carriers, bio-erodible microparticles or porous beads and depot injections, are also known to those skilled in the art. See for example, PCT/US93/00829 that describes controlled release of porous polymeric microparticles for the delivery of pharmaceutical compositions. Additional examples of sustained-release preparations include semipermeable polymer matrices in the form of shaped articles, e.g. films, or microcapsules. Sustained release matrices may include polyesters, hydrogels, polylactides (U.S. Pat. No. 3,773,919, EP 58,481), copolymers of L-glutamic acid and gamma ethyl-L- glutamate [Sidman et al., Biopolymers, 22:547-556 (1983)], poly (2-hydroxyethyl- methacrylate) [Langer et al., J. Biomed. Mater. Res., 15:167-277, (1981)] and [Langer et al., Chem. Tech., 12:98-105(1982)], ethylene vinyl acetate (Langer et al., supra) or poly-D(-)-3-hydroxybutyric acid (EP 133,988). Sustained-release compositions also include liposomes, which can be prepared by any of several methods known in the art. See e.g., Eppstein et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. (USA), 82:3688-3692 (1985); EP 36,676; EP 88,046; EP 143,949. The pharmaceutical composition to be used for in vivo administration typically must be sterile. This may be accomplished by filtration through sterile filtration membranes. Where the composition is lyophilized, sterilization using this method may be conducted either prior to or following lyophilization and reconstitution. The composition for parenteral administration may be stored in lyophilized form or in solution. In addition, parenteral compositions generally are placed into a container having a sterile access port, for example, an intravenous solution bag or vial having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle. Once the pharmaceutical composition has been formulated, it may be stored in sterile vials as a solution, suspension, gel, emulsion, solid, or a dehydrated or lyophilized powder. Such formulations may be stored either in a ready-to-use form or in a form (e.g., lyophilized) requiring reconstitution prior to administration. In a specific embodiment, the present invention is directed to kits for producing a single-dose administration unit. The kits may each contain both a first container having a dried protein and a second container having an aqueous formulation. Also included within the scope of this invention are kits containing single and multi-chambered pre-filled syringes (e.g., liquid syringes and lyosyringes).
Combination Therapies In another aspect, the present invention provides a composition, e.g., a pharmaceutical composition, containing one or a combination of human antibodies, or antigen-binding region(s) thereof, of the present invention, formulated together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In another embodiment, the compositions include a combination of multiple (e.g., two or more) isolated human antibodies or antigen-binding regions thereof of the invention. In a more particular embodiment, each of the antibodies or antigen-binding regions thereof of the composition binds to a distinct, pre-selected epitope of CD148. In one embodiment, human anti-CD148 monoclonal antibodies having complementary activities are used in combination, e.g., as a pharmaceutical composition, comprising two or more human anti-CD 148 monoclonal antibodies. For example, a human monoclonal antibody that inhibits angiogenesis or the growth of cells expressing CD 148, may also be combined with another human antibody that mediates highly effective killing of target cells in the presence of effector cells. In another embodiment, the composition comprises one or a combination of bispecific or multispecific molecules of the invention (e.g., which contains at least one binding specificity for an Fc receptor and at least one binding specificity for CD148). The invention thus includes administration of the antibodies or antigen- binding regions thereof of the present invention administered to the same patient in combination with one or more additionally suitable agent(s), each being administered according to a regimen suitable for that medicament. This includes concurrent administration of a specific binding agent of the invention and one or more suitable agents. As used herein, the terms "concurrently administered" and "concurrent administration" encompass substantially simultaneous administration of one or more antibody according to the invention and one or more additionally suitable agents(s). As used herein, the term, "non-concurrent" administration encompasses administering one or more antibodies or antigen-binding regions thereof according to the invention and one or more additionally suitable agent(s), at different times, in any order, whether overlapping or not. This includes, but is not limited to, sequential treatment (such as pretreatment, post-treatment, or overlapping treatment) with the components of the combination, as well as regimens in which the drugs are alternated, or wherein one component is administered long-term and the other(s) are administered intermittently. Components may be administered in the same or in separate compositions, and by the same or different routes of administration. Combination therapy with growth factors can include cytokines, lymphokines, growth factors, or other hematopoietic factors such as M-CSF, GM- CSF, TNF, IL-1, IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-7, IL-8, IL-9, IL-10, IL-11, IL-12, IL-13, IL-14, IL-15, IL-16, IL-17, IL-18, IFN, TNFO, TNF1, TNF2, G-CSF, Meg- CSF, GM-CSF, thrombopoietin, stem cell factor, and erythropoietin. Other are compositions can include known angiopoietins, for example Ang-1, -2, -4, — Y, and/or the human Ang-like polypeptide, and/or vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF). Growth factors include angiogenin, bone morphogenic protein- 1, bone morphogenic protein-2, bone morphogenic protein-3, bone morphogenic protein-4, bone morphogenic protein-5, bone morphogenic protein-6, bone morphogenic protein-7, bone morphogenic protein-8, bone moφhogenic protein-9, bone morphogenic protein- 1O, bone morphogenic protein-11, bone morphogenic protein- 12, bone morphogenic protein-13, bone morphogenic protein-14, bone morphogenic protein- 15, bone morphogenic protein receptor IA, bone moφhogenic protein receptor IB, brain derived neurotrophic factor, ciliary neutrophic factor, ciliary neutrophic factor receptor, cytokine-induced neutrophil chemotactic factor 1, cytokine-induced neutrophil, chemotactic factor 2, cytokine-induced neutrophil chemotactic factor 2, endothelial cell growth factor, endothelin 1, epidermal growth factor, epithelial-derived neutrophil attractant, fibroblast growth factor 4, fibroblast growth factor 5, fibroblast growth factor 6, fibroblast growth factor 7, fibroblast growth factor 8, fibroblast growth factor 8b, fibroblast growth factor 8c, fibroblast growth factor 9, fibroblast growth factor 10, fibroblast growth factor acidic, fibroblast growth factor basic, glial cell line-derived neutrophic factor receptor- 1, glial cell line-derived neutrophic factor receptor-2, growth related protein, growth related protein-1, growth related protein-2, growth related protein-3, heparin binding epidermal growth factor, hepatocyte growth factor, hepatocyte growth factor receptor, insulin-like growth factor I, insulin-like growth factor receptor, insulin-like growth factor II, insulin-like growth factor binding protein, keratinocyte growth factor, leukemia inhibitory factor, leukemia inhibitory factor receptor- 1, nerve growth factor nerve growth factor receptor, neurotrophin-3, neurotrophin-4, placenta growth factor, placenta growth factor 2, platelet-derived endothelial cell growth factor, platelet derived growth factor, platelet derived growth factor A chain, platelet derived growth factor AA, platelet derived growth factor AB, platelet derived growth factor B chain, platelet derived growth factor BB, platelet derived growth factor receptor- 1, platelet derived growth factor receptor-2, pre-B cell growth stimulating factor, stem cell factor, stem cell factor receptor, transforming growth factor- 1, transforming growth factor-2, transforming growth factor- 1, transforming growth factor-1.2, transforming growth factor-2, transforming growth factor-3, transforming growth factor-5, latent transforming growth factor-1, transforming growth factor-1 binding protein I, transforming growth factor-I binding protein II, transforming growth factor-I binding protein III, tumor necrosis factor receptor type I (TNF--R1), tumor necrosis factor receptor type II (TNF--R2), urokinase-type plasminogen activator receptor, vascular endothelial growth factor, and chimeric proteins and biologically or immunologically active fragments thereof. It will be appreciated that the antibodies or antigen-binding regions thereof of the invention may be administered with one or more anti-inflammatory agents. As used herein, the term "anti-inflammatory agent" refers generally to any agent that reduces inflammation or swelling in a patient. A number of exemplary anti- inflammatory agents are recited herein, but it will be appreciated that there may be additional suitable anti-inflammatory agents not specifically recited herein, but which are encompassed by the present invention. The anti-inflammatory agent can be, for example, a compound that inhibits the interaction of inflammatory cytokines with their receptors. Examples of cytokine inhibitors useful in combination with the specific binding agents of the invention include, for example, antagonists (such as antibodies) of TGF-beta, as well as antagonists (such as antibodies) directed against interleukins involved in inflammation. Such interleukins are described herein and preferably include, but are not limited to, IL-1, IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-8, IL-9, IL-1 1, IL-12, IL-13, IL- 17, and IL-18. See Feghali, et al., Frontiers in Biosci., 2:12-26 (1997). Exemplary antibody antagonists also include antibodies directed against the 21-28 kD cell surface glycoprotein CD52 (such as CamPath®, Berlex Laboratories), IL-8 (and anti- IL8-RB antibodies), B-FGF (and anti-B-FGF receptor antibodies), anti-TWEAK antibodies (and anti-TWEAK receptor (i.e., TWEAKR) antibodies), anti- Adam/Disintegrin antibodies, anti-eph receptor, anti-ephrin antibodies, and anti- PDGF-BB antibodies. Specific antibodies or antigen-binding regions thereof of the invention also may be administered in combination with inhibitors of Protein Kinase A Type 1 to enhance T cell proliferation in HIV-infected patients who are receiving anti- retroviral therapy. Nerve growth factors (NGFs) also can be combined with the antibodies or antigen-binding regions thereof of the invention to treat certain conditions. Such conditions include neurodegenerative diseases, spinal cord injury and multiple sclerosis. Other conditions treatable with this combination are glaucoma and diabetes. A preferred combination therapy relates to antibodies or antigen-binding regions thereof of the invention administered to a patient in combination with one or more suitable IL-1 inhibitor. Inhibitors of IL-1 include, but are not limited to, receptor-binding peptide fragments of IL-1, antibodies directed against IL-1 or IL-1 beta or IL-1 receptor type I, and recombinant proteins comprising all or portions of receptors for IL-1 or modified variants thereof, including genetically-modified muteins, multimeric forms and sustained-release formulations. Specific antagonists include IL-Ira polypeptides, IL-1 beta converting enzyme (ICE) inhibitors, antagonistic type I IL-1 receptor antibodies, IL-1 binding forms of type I IL-1 receptor and type II IL-1 receptor, antibodies to IL-1, including IL-1 alpha and IL-1 beta and other IL-1 family members, and a therapeutic known as IL-1 Trap (Regeneron). IL-Ira polypeptides include the forms of IL-Ira described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,075,222 and modified forms and variants including those described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,922,573, WO 91/17184, WO 92 16221, and WO 96 09323. IL-1 beta converting enzyme (ICE) inhibitors include peptidyl and small molecule ICE inhibitors including those described in PCT patent applications WO 91/15577; WO 93/05071; WO 93/09135; WO 93/14777 and WO 93/16710; and European patent application 0 547 699. Non-peptidyl compounds include those described in PCT patent application WO 95/26958, U.S. Pat. No. 5,552,400, U.S. Pat. No. 6,121,266, and Dolle et al., J. Med. Chem., 39, pp. 2438-2440 (1996). Additional ICE inhibitors are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,162,790, 6,204,261, 6,136,787, 6,103,711, 6,025,147, 6,008,217, 5,973,111, 5,874,424, 5,847,135, 5,843,904, 5,756,466, 5,656,627, 5,716,929. IL-1 binding forms of Type I IL-1 receptor and type II IL-1 receptor are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,968,607, 4,968,607, 5,081,228, Re 35,450, 5,319,071, and 5,350,683. Other suitable IL-1 antagonists include, but are not limited to, peptides derived from IL-1 that are capable of binding competitively to the IL-1 signaling receptor, IL-1 R type I. Additional guidance regarding certain IL- 1 (and other cytokine) antagonists can be found in U.S. Pat. No. 6,472,179. Additionally, TNF inhibitors are suitable, and include, but are not limited to, receptor-binding peptide fragments of TNF-alpha, antisense oligonucleotides or ribozymes that inhibit TNF.alpha. production, antibodies directed against TNF- alpha, and recombinant proteins comprising all or portions of receptors for TNF- alpha or modified variants thereof, including genetically-modified muteins, multimeric forms and sustained-release fonnulations. Also suitable are TACE (Tumor Necrosis Factor-alpha Converting Enzyme) inhibitors, such as TAPI (Immunex Corp.) and GW-3333X (Glaxo Wellcome Inc.). Also suitable are molecules that inhibit the formation of the IgA-alpha-lAT complex, such as the peptides disclosed in EP 0 614 464 B, or antibodies against this complex. Additionally suitable molecules include, bμt are not limited to, TNF-alpha-inhibiting disaccharides, sulfated derivatives of glucosamine, or other similar carbohydrates described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,020,323. Further suitable molecules include peptide TNF-alpha inhibitors disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,641,751 and 5,519,000, and the D-amino acid-containing peptides described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,753,628. In addition, inhibitors of TNF-alpha converting enzyme are also suitable. WO 01/03719 describes further additional agents which can be used in combination in accordance with the invention. Still Further suitable compounds include, but are not limited to, small molecules such as thalidomide or thalidomide analogs, pentoxifylline, or matrix metalloproteinase (MMP) inhibitors or other small molecules. Suitable MMP inhibitors for this puφose include, for example, those described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,883,131, 5,863,949 and 5,861,510 as well as mercapto alkyl peptidyl compounds as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,872,146. Other small molecules capable of reducing TNF-alpha production, include, for example, the molecules described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,508,300, 5,596,013, and 5,563,143. Additional suitable small molecules include, but are not limited to, MMP inhibitors as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,747,514, and 5,691,382, as well as hydroxamic acid derivatives such as those described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,821,262. Further suitable molecules include, for example, small molecules that inhibit phosphodiesterase IV and TNF-alpha production, such as substituted oxime derivatives (WO 96/00215), quinoline sulfonamides (U.S. Pat. No. 5,834,485), aryl furan derivatives (WO 99/18095) and heterobicyclic derivatives (WO 96/01825; GB 2 291 422 A). Also useful are thiazole derivatives that suppress TNF-alpha and IFN-gamma (WO 99/15524), as well as xanthine derivatives that suppress TNF-alpha and other proinflammatory cytokines (see, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,118,500, 5,096,906 and 5,196,430). Additional small molecules useful for treating the hereindescribed conditions include those disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,547,979. Further examples of drugs and drug types which can be administered by combination therapy include, but are not limited to, antivirals, antibiotics, analgesics (e.g., acetaminophen, codeine, propoxyphene napsylate, oxycodone hydrochloride, hydrocodone bitartrate, tramadol), corticosteroids, antagonists of inflammatory cytokines, Disease-Modifying Anti-Rheumatic Drugs (DMARDs), Non-Steroidal Anti-Inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), and Slow-Acting Anti-Rheumatic Drugs (SAARDs). Exemplary Disease-Modifying Anti-Rheumatic Drugs (DMARDs) include, but are not limited to: Rheumatrex™ (methotrexate); Enbrel® (etanercept); Remicade® (infliximab); Humira™ (adalimumab); Segard® (afelimomab); Arava™ (leflunomide); Kineret™ (anakinra); Arava™ (leflunomide); D-penicillamine; Myochrysine; Plaquenil; Ridaura™ (auranofin); Solganal; lenercept (Hoffman-La Roche); CDP870 (Celltech); CDP571 (Celltech), as well as the antibodies described in EP 0 516 785 BI, U.S. Pat. No. 5,656,272, EP 0 492 448 Al; onercept (Serono; CAS reg. no. 199685-57-9); MRA (Chugai); Imuran™ (azathioprine); NFKB inhibitors; Cytoxan™ (cyclophosphamide); cyclosporine; hydroxychloroquine sulfate; minocycline; sulfasalazine; and gold compounds such as oral gold, gold sodium thiomalate and aurothioglucose. Further suitable molecules include, for example, soluble TNFRs derived from the extracellular regions of TNF-alpha receptor molecules other than the p55 and p75 TNFRs, such as for example the TNFR described in WO 99/04001, including TNFR-Ig's derived from this TNFR. Additional suitable TNF-alpha inhibitors are suitable for use as described herein. These include the use not only of an antibody against TNF-alpha or TNFR as described herein, but also a TNF-alpha derived peptide that can act as a competitive inhibitor of TNF-alpha (such as those described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,795,859 or U.S. Pat. No. 6,107,273), TNFR-IgG fusion proteins, such as one containing the extracellular portion of the p55 TNF-alpha receptor, a soluble TNFR other than an IgG fusion protein, or other molecules that reduce endogenous TNF-alpha levels, such as inhibitors of the TNF-alpha converting enzyme (see e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,594,106), or small molecules or TNF- alpha inhibitors, a number of which are described herein. With respect to antibodies to TNF, although dose will optimally be determined by an experienced healthcare provider in accordance with the specific needs of the patient in mind, one exemplary preferred dose range for an antibody against TNF-alpha is 0.1 to 20 mg/kg, and more preferably is 1-10 mg/kg. Another preferred dose range for anti-TNF-alpha antibody is 0.75 to 7.5 mg/kg of body weight. The present invention can also utilize a specific binding agent and any of one or more Non-Steroidal Anti-Inflammatory Drugs (NSAIDs). NSAIDs owe their anti- inflammatory action, at least in part, to the inhibition of prostaglandin synthesis. Goodman and Gilman, The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, MacMillan 7th Edition (1985). NSAIDs can be characterized into nine groups: (1) salicylic acid derivatives; (2) propionic acid derivatives; (3) acetic acid derivatives; (4) fenamic acid derivatives; (5) carboxylic acid derivatives; (6) butyric acid derivatives; (7) oxicams; (8) pyrazoles and (9) pyrazolones. Examples of NSAIDs include, but are not limited to: Anaprox™, Anaprox DS™ (naproxen sodium); Ansaid™ (flurbiprofen); Arthrotec™ (diclofenac sodium+misoprostil);
Cataflam.TM./Voltaren™ (diclofenac potassium); Clinoril™ (sulindac); Daypro™ (oxaprozin); Disalcid™ (salsalate); Dolobid™ (diflunisal); EC Naprosyn™ (naproxen sodium); Feldene™ (piroxicam); Indocin™, Indocin SR™ (indomethacin); Lodine™, Lodine XL™ (etodolac); Motrin™ (ibuprofen); Naprelan™ (naproxen); Naprosyn™ (naproxen); Orudis™, (ketoprofen); Oruvail™ (ketoprofen); Relafen™ (nabumetone); Tolectin™, (tolmetin sodium); Trilisate™ (choline magnesium trisalicylate); Cox-1 inhibitors; Cox-2 Inhibitors such as Vioxx™ (rofecoxib); Arcoxia™ (etoricoxib), Celebrex™ (celecoxib); Mobic™ (meloxicam); Bextra.TM. (valdecoxib), Dynastat™ paracoxib sodium; Prexige™ (lumiracoxib), and nambumetone. Additional suitable NSAIDs, include, but are not limited to, the following: .epsilon.-acetamidocaproic acid, S-adenosylmethionine, 3- amino-4-hydroxybutyric acid, amixetrine, anitrazafen, antrafenine, bendazac, bendazac lysinate, benzydamine, beprozin, broperamole, bucolome, bufezolac, ciproquazone, cloximate, dazidamine, deboxamet, detomidine, difenpiramide, difenpyramide, difisalamine, ditazol, emorfazone, fanetizole mesylate, fenflumizole, floctafenine, flumizole, flunixin, fluproquazone, fopirtoline, fosfosal, guaimesal, guaiazolene, isonixim, lefetamine HCl, leflunomide, lofemizole, lotifazole, lysin clonixinate, meseclazone, nabumetone, nictindole, nimesulide, orgotein, orpanoxin, oxaceprolm, oxapadol, paranyline, perisoxal, perisoxal citrate, pifoxime, piproxen, pirazolac, pirfenidone, proquazone, proxazole, thielavin B, tiflamizole, timegadine, tolectin, tolpadol, tryptamid and those designated by company code number such as 480156S, AA861, AD1590, AFP802, AFP860, A177B, AP504, AU8001, BPPC, BW540C, CHINOIN 127, CN100, EB382, EL508, F1044, FK-506, GV3658, ITF182, KCNTEI6090, KME4, LA2851, MR714, MR897, MY309, ONO.sub.3144, PR823, PV102, PV108, R830, RS2131, SCR152, SH440, SIR133, SPAS510, SQ27239, ST281, SY6001, TA60, TAI-901 (4-benzoyl-l-indancarboxylic acid), TVX2706, U60257, UR2301 and WY41770. Structurally related NSAIDs having similar analgesic and anti-inflammatory properties to the NSAIDs are also encompassed by this group. Suitable SAARDs or DMARDS include, but are not limited to: allocupreide sodium, auranofin, aurothioglucose, aurothioglycamide, azathioprine, brequinar sodium, bucillamine, calcium 3-aurothio-2-propanol-l-sulfonate, chlorambucil, chloroquine, clobuzarit, cuproxoline, cyclophosphamide, cyclosporin, dapsone, 15- deoxyspergualin, diacerein, glucosamine, gold salts (e.g., cycloquine gold salt, gold sodium thiomalate, gold sodium thiosulfate), hydroxychloroquine, hydroxyurea, kebuzone, levamisole, lobenzarit, melittin, 6-mercaptopurine, methotrexate, mizoribine, mycophenolate mofetil, myoral, nitrogen mustard, D-penicillamine, pyridinol imidazoles such as SKNF86002 and SB203580, rapamycin, thiols, thymopoietin and vincristine. Structurally related SAARDs or DMARDs having similar analgesic and anti-inflammatory properties are also intended to be encompassed by this group. Inhibitors of kinases in signaling cascades are also suitable agents for combination with the specific binding agents of the invention. These include, but are not limited to, agents which are capable of inhibiting P-38 (a.k.a., "RK" or "SAPK- 2", Lee et al., Nature, 372:739 (1994). P-38 is described as a serine/threonine kinase (see Han et al., Biochimica Biophysica Acta, 1265:224-227 (1995). Inhibitors of P- 38 have been shown to intervene between the extracellular stimulus and the secretion of IL-1 and TNF-alpha from the cell involves blocking signal transduction through inhibition of a kinase which lies on the signal pathway. Additionally suitable are MK2 inhibitors, and tpl-2 inhibitors. Additionally,
T-cell inhibitors are also suitable, including, for example, ctla-4, CsA, Fk-506, OX40, OX40R-FC, OX40 antibody, OX40 ligand, OX40 ligand antibody, lck, and ZAP70. Also suitable are retinoids, including oral retinoids, as well as antagonists of TGF-beta. Further suitable agents for combination with the specific binding agents of the invention include, for example, any of one or more salicylic acid derivatives, prodrug esters or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. Such salicylic acid derivatives, prodrug esters and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof comprise: acetaminosalol, aloxiprin, aspirin, benorylate, bromosaligenin, calcium acetylsalicylate, choline magnesium trisalicylate diflusinal, etersalate, fendosal, gentisic acid, glycol salicylate, imidazole salicylate, lysine acetylsalicylate, mesalamine, morpholine salicylate, 1 -naphthyl salicylate, olsalazine, parsalmide, phenyl acetylsalicylate, phenyl salicylate, salacetamide, salicylamide O-acetic acid, salsalate and sulfasalazine. Structurally related salicylic acid derivatives having similar analgesic and anti-inflammatory properties are also intended to be encompassed by this group. Additionally suitable agents include, for example propionic acid derivatives, prodrug esters or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. The propionic acid derivatives, prodrug esters and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof comprise: alminoprofen, benoxaprofen, bucloxic acid, caφrofen, dexindoprofen, fenoprofen, flunoxaprofen, fluprofen, flurbiprofen, furcloprofen, ibuprofen, ibuprofen aluminum, ibuproxam, indoprofen, isoprofen, ketoprofen, loxoprofen, miroprofen, naproxen, oxaprozin, piketoprofen, pimeprofen, pirprofen, pranoprofen, protizinic acid, pyridoxiprofen, suprofen, tiaprofenic acid and tioxaprofen. Structurally related propionic acid derivatives having similar analgesic and anti-inflammatory properties are also intended to be encompassed by this group. Also suitable for use are acetic acid derivatives, prodrug esters or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. The acetic acid derivatives, prodrug esters and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof comprise: acemetacin, alclofenac, amfenac, bufexamac, cinmetacin, clopirac, delmetacin, diclofenac sodium, etodolac, felbinac, fenclofenac, fenclorac, fenclozic acid, fentiazac, fiirofenac, glucametacin, ibufenac, indomethacin, isofezolac, isoxepac, lonazolac, metiazinic acid, oxametacin, oxpinac, pimetacin, proglumetacin, sulindac, talmetacin, tiaramide, tiopinac, tolmetin, zidometacin and zomepirac. Structurally related acetic acid derivatives having similar analgesic and anti-inflammatory properties are also intended to be encompassed by this group. Further suitable for use as described herein are fenamic acid derivatives, prodrug esters or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. The fenamic acid derivatives, prodrug esters and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof comprise: enfenamic acid, etofenamate, flufenamic acid, isonixin, meclofenamic acid, meclofenamate sodium, medofenamic acid, mefanamic acid, niflumic acid, talniflumate, terofenamate, tolfenamic acid and ufenamate. Structurally related fenamic acid derivatives having similar analgesic and anti- inflammatory properties are also intended to be encompassed by this group. Also suitable are carboxylic acid derivatives, prodrug esters and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof which can be used comprise: clidanac, diflunisal, flufenisal, inoridine, ketorolac and tinoridine. Structurally related carboxylic acid derivatives having similar analgesic and anti-inflammatory properties are also intended to be encompassed by this group. Additionally suitable are butyric acid derivatives, prodrug esters or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. The butyric acid derivatives, prodrug esters and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof comprise: bumadizon, butibufen, fenbufen and xenbucin. Structurally related butyric acid derivatives having similar analgesic and anti-inflammatory properties are also intended to be encompassed by this group. Oxicams, prodrug esters or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are also suitable. Oxicams, prodrug esters and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof comprise: droxicam, enolicam, isoxicam, piroxicam, sudoxicam, tenoxicam and 4-hydroxyl-l,2- benzothiazine 1,1 -dioxide 4-(N-phenyl)-carboxamide. Structurally related oxicams having similar analgesic and anti-inflammatory properties are also intended to be encompassed by this group. Pyrazoles, prodrug esters or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are also suitable. The pyrazoles, prodrug esters and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof which may be used comprise: difenamizole and epirizole. Structurally related pyrazoles having similar analgesic and anti-inflammatory properties are also intended to be encompassed by this group. Furthermore, pyrazolones, prodrug esters or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are suitable. The pyrazolones, prodrug esters and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof which may be used comprise: apazone, azapropazone, benzpiperylon, feprazone, mofebutazone, morazone, oxyphenbutazone, phenylbutazone, pipebuzone, propylphenazone, ramifenazone, suxibuzone and thiazolinobutazone. Structurally related pyrazalones having similar analgesic and anti-inflammatory properties are also intended to be encompassed by this group. Also suitable are prodrug esters or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof for the treatment of TNF-mediated diseases. Corticosteroids, prodrug esters and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof include hydrocortisone and compounds which are derived from hydrocortisone, such as 21-acetoxy-pregnenolone, alclomerasone, algestone, amcinonide, beclomethasone, beta-methasone, betamethasone valerate, budesonide, chloroprednisone, clobetasol, clobetasol propionate, clobetasone, clobetasone butyrate, clocortolone, cloprednol, corticosterone, cortisone, cortivazol, deflazacon, desonide, desoximerasone, dexamethasone, diflorasone, diflucortolone, difluprednate, enoxolone, fluazacort, flucloronide, flumethasone, flumethasone pivalate, flunisolide, flucinolone acetonide, fluocinonide, fluorocinolone acetonide, fluocortin butyl, fluocortolone, fluorocortolone hexanoate, diflucortolone valerate, fluorometholone, fluperolone acetate, fluprednidene acetate, fluprednisolone, flurandenolide, formocortal, halcinonide, halometasone, halopredone acetate, hydrocortamate, hydrocortisone, hydrocortisone acetate, hydro-cortisone butyrate, hydrocortisone phosphate, hydrocortisone 21 -sodium succinate, hydrocortisone tebutate, mazipredone, medrysone, meprednisone, methylprednicolone, mometasone fiiroate, paramethasone, prednicarbate, prednisolone, prednisolone 21-diedryaminoacetate, prednisolone sodium phosphate, prednisolone sodium succinate, prednisolone sodium 21-m-sulfobenzoate, prednisolone sodium 21-stearoglycolate, prednisolone tebutate, prednisolone 21-trimethylacetate, prednisone, prednival, prednylidene, prednylidene 21-diethylaminoacetate, tixocortol, triamcinolone, triamcinolone acetonide, triamcinolone benetonide and triamcinolone hexacetonide. Structurally related corticosteroids having similar analgesic and anti-inflammatory properties are also intended to be encompassed by this group. Antimicrobials (and prodrug esters or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof) are also suitable for combination use as described herein. Suitable antimicrobials include, for example, ampicillin, amoxycillin, aureomicin, bacitracin, ceftazidime, ceftriaxone, cefotaxime, cephachlor, cephalexin, cephradine, ciprofioxacin, clavulanic acid, cloxacillin, dicloxacillan, erythromycin, flucloxacillan, gentamicin, gramicidin, methicillan, neomycin, oxacillan, penicillin and vancomycin. Structurally related antimicrobials having similar analgesic and anti-inflammatory properties are also intended to be encompassed by this group. Additional suitable compounds include, but are not limited to: BN 50730; tenidap; E 5531; tiapafant PCA 4248; nimesulide; panavir; rolipram; RP 73401; peptide T; MDL 201,449A; (lR,3S)-Cis-l-[9-(2,6-diamin- opurinyl)]-3-hydroxy-4- cyclopentene hydrochloride; (lR,3R)-trans-l-[9-(2,6- -diamino)purine]-3- acetoxycyclopentane; (lR,3R)-trans-l-[9-adenyl)-3-azido- cyclopentane hydrochloride and (lR,3R)-trans-l-[6-hydroxy-purin-9-yl)-3-az- idocyclopentane. It has been found that IL-4 can induce an inflammatory effect in some instances, such as in asthma, in which over-expression of IL-4 in the lungs causes epithelial cell hypertrophy and an accumulation of lymphocytes, eosinophils, and neutrophils. This response is representative of the main features of the proinflammatory response induced by other Th2 cytokines. As noted above, therefore, inhibitors of IL-4 are also useful in accordance with the invention. Additionally, it will be appreciated that certain immunosuppressant drugs can also be used in the treatment of arthritis, including, but not limited to, iNOS inhibitors, and 5-lipoxygenase inhibitors. Ginger has been shown to have certain anti-inflammatory properties, and is therefore suitable for use as an anti-inflammatory agent in accordance with the invention, as is chondroitin. Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention also can be administered in combination therapy, i.e., in combination with other agents and therapies, in the treatment of diseases associated with CD148 activation. The antibodies and antigen- binding regions of the present invention can also be utilized in combination with other agents and therapies to treat cancers or tumors. Such agents include, but not limited to, in vitro synthetically prepared chemical compositions, antibodies, antigen binding regions, radionuclides, and combinations and conjugates thereof. An agent can be an agonist, antagonist, allosteric modulator, toxin or, more generally, may act to inhibit or stimulate its target (e.g., receptor or enzyme activation or inhibition), and thereby promote cell death or arrest cell growth. Other therapies also include, for example radiation treatment, chemotherapy, and targeted therapies with anti- tumor agents, and the like. In a particular embodiment, the human anti-CD 148 antibodies, or antigen binding fragments thereof, can be administered in combination with one or more therapeutic agent, e.g., an anti-angiogenic agent, an anti-neoplastic agent, a chemotherapeutic agent, an immunosuppressive agent, an anti-inflammatory agent, or an anti-psoriasis agent. The human anti-CD 148 antibodies, or antigen binding fragments thereof, can also be administered in combination with other known therapies, such as physical therapies, e.g., radiation therapy, hyperthermia, transplantation (e.g., bone marrow transplantation), surgery, sunlight, or phototherapy. Additional combination therapies not specifically listed herein are also within the scope of the present invention. Exemplary anti-neoplastic agents include, for example, doxorubicin
(adriamycin), cisplatin bleomycin sulfate, carmustine, chlorambucil, and cyclophosphamide hydroxyurea which, by themselves, are only effective at levels which are toxic or subtoxic to a patient. Cisplatin is intravenously administered as a 100 mg/m2 dose once every four weeks and adriamycin is intravenously administered as a 60-75 mg/m2 dose once every 21 days. Other exemplary anti- tumor agents include HERCEPT1N™ (trastuzumab), which may be used to treat breast cancer and other forms of cancer, and RITUXAN™ (rituximab), ZEVALIN™ (ibritumomab tiuxetan), and LYMPHOCIDE™ (epratuzumab), which may be used to treat non-Hodgkin's lymphoma and other forms of cancer, GLEEVAC™ which may be used to treat chronic myeloid leukemia and gastrointestinal stromal tumors, and BEXXAR™ (iodine 131 tositumomab) which may be used for treatment of non-Hodgkins's lymphoma. Other anti-neoplastic agents that can be employed in combination chemotherapy treatment include, for example, alkylating agents including: nitrogen mustards, such as mechlorethamine, cyclophosphamide, ifosfamide, melphalan and chlorambucil; nitrosoureas, such as carmustine (BCNU), lomustine (CCNU), and semustine (methyl-CCNU); ethylenimines/methylmelamine such as thriethylenemelamine (TEM), triethylene, thiophosphoramide (thiotepa), hexamethylmelamine (HMM, altretamine); alkyl sulfonates such as busulfan; triazines such as dacarbazine (DTIC); antimetabolites including folic acid analogs such as methotrexate and trimetrexate, pyrimidine analogs such as 5 -fluorouracil, fluorodeoxyuridine, gemcitabine, cytosine arabinoside (AraC, cytarabine), 5- azacytidine, 2,2'-difluorodeoxycytidine- , purine analogs such as 6-mercaptopurine, 6-thioguanine, azathioprine, 2'-deoxycoformycin (pentostatin), erythrohydroxynonyladenine (EHNA), fludarabine phosphate, and 2- chlorodeoxyadenosine (cladribine, 2-CdA); natural products including antimitotic drugs such as paclitaxel, vinca alkaloids including vinblastine (VLB), vincristine, and vinorelbine, taxotere, estramustine, and estramustine phosphate; ppipodophylotoxins such as etoposide and teniposide; antibiotics such as actimomycin D, daunomycin (rubidomycin), doxorubicin, mitoxantrone, idarubicin, bleomycins, plicamycin (mithramycin), mitomycinC, and actinomycin; enzymes such as L-asparaginase; biological response modifiers such as interferon-alpha, IL-2, G-CSF and GM-CSF; miscellaneous agents including platinium coordination complexes such as cisplatin and carboplatin, anthracenediones such as mitoxantrone, substituted urea such as hydroxyurea, methylhydrazine derivatives including N- methylhydrazine (M1H) and procarbazine, adrenocortical suppressants such as mitotane (o,p'-DDD) and aminoglutethimide; hormones and antagonists including adrenocorticosteroid antagonists such as prednisone and equivalents, dexamethasone and aminoglutethimide; progestin such as hydroxyprogesterone caproate, medroxyprogesterone acetate and megestrol acetate; estrogen such as diethylstilbestrol and ethinyl estradiol equivalents; antiestrogen such as tamoxifen; androgens including testosterone propionate and fluoxymesterone/equivalents; antiandrogens such as flutamide, gonadotropin-releasing hormone analogs and leuprolide; and non-steroidal antiandrogens such as flutamide. Exemplary anti-angiogenic agents include ERBITUX™ (IMC-C225), KDR (kinase domain receptor) inhibitory agents (e.g., antibodies and antigen binding regions that specifically bind to the kinase domain receptor), anti-VEGF agents (e.g., antibodies or antigen binding regions that specifically bind VEGF, or soluble VEGF receptors or a ligand binding region thereof) such as AVASTIN™ or VEGF- TRAP™, and anti-VEGF receptor agents (e.g., antibodies or antigen binding regions that specifically bind thereto), EGFR inhibitory agents (e.g., antibodies or antigen binding regions that specifically bind thereto) such as ABX-EGF (panitumumab), IRESSA™ (gefitinib), TARCEVA™ (erlotinib), anti-Angl and anti-Ang2 agents (e.g., antibodies or antigen binding regions specifically binding thereto or to their receptors, e.g., Tie2/Tek), and anti-Tie-2 kinase inhibitory agents (e.g., antibodies or antigen binding regions that specifically bind thereto). The pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention can also include one or more agents (e.g., antibodies, antigen binding regions, or soluble receptors) that specifically bind and inhibit the activity of growth factors, such as antagonists of hepatocyte growth factor (HGF, also known as Scatter Factor), and antibodies or antigen binding regions that specifically bind its receptor "c-met". Other anti-angiogenic agents include Campath, IL-8, B-FGF, Tek antagonists (Ceretti et al., U.S. Publication No. 2003/0162712; U.S. Pat. No. 6,413,932), anti- TWEAK agents (e.g., specifically binding antibodies or antigen binding regions, or soluble TWEAK receptor antagonists; see, Wiley, U.S. Pat. No. 6,727,225), ADAM distintegrin domain to antagonize the binding of integrin to its ligands (Fanslow et al., U.S. Publication No. 2002/0042368), specifically binding anti-eph receptor and/or anti-ephrin antibodies or antigen binding regions (U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,981,245; 5,728,813; 5,969,110; 6,596,852; 6,232,447; 6,057,124 and patent family members thereof), and anti-PDGF-BB antagonists (e.g., specifically binding antibodies or antigen binding regions) as well as antibodies or antigen binding regions specifically binding to PDGF-BB ligands, and PDGFR kinase inhibitory agents (e.g., antibodies or antigen binding regions that specifically bind thereto). Other exemplary anti- angiogenic agents include antagonists of Ang-1 and CD 148 (and their receptors), VEGF (Avastin, VEGF-TRAP, etc.), VEGF receptors, and IL-8, B-FGF, and small molecule inhibitors of KDR and other mediators of angiogenesis. Additional anti-angiogenic/anti-tumor agents include: SD-7784 (Pfizer, USA); cilengitide (Merck KGaA, Germany, EPO 770622); pegaptanib octasodium (Gilead Sciences, USA); Alphastatin (BioActa, UK); M-PGA (Celgene, USA, US 5712291); ilomastat, (Arriva, USA, US 5892112); emaxanib (Pfizer, USA, US 5792783); vatalanib (Novartis, Switzerland); 2-methoxyestradiol (EntreMed, USA); TLC ELL-12 (Elan, Ireland); anecortave acetate (Alcon, USA); alpha-D148 Mab (Amgen, USA); CEP-7055 (Cephalon, USA); anti-Vn Mab (Crucell, Netherlands) DAC:antiangiogenic (ConjuChem, Canada); Angiocidin (InKine Pharmaceutical, USA); KM-2550 (Kyowa Hakko, Japan); SU-0879 (Pfizer, USA); CGP-79787 (Novartis, Switzerland, EP 970070); ARGENT technology (Ariad, USA); YIGSR- Stealth (Johnson & Johnson, USA); fibrinogen-E fragment (BioActa, UK); angiogenesis inhibitor (Trigen, UK); TBC-1635 (Encysive Pharmaceuticals, USA); SC-236 (Pfizer, USA); ABT-567 (Abbott, USA); Metastatin (EntreMed, USA); angiogenesis inhibitor, (Tripep, Sweden); maspin (Sosei, Japan); 2-methoxyestradiol (Oncology Sciences Corporation, USA); ER-68203-00 (IVAX, USA); Benefin (Lane Labs, USA); Tz-93 (Tsumura, Japan); TAN-1120 (Takeda, Japan); FR- 111142 (Fujisawa, Japan, JP 02233610); platelet factor 4 (RepliGen, USA, EP 407122); vascular endothelial growth factor antagonist (Borean, Denmark); cancer therapy (University of South Carolina, USA); bevacizumab (pINN) (Genentech, USA); angiogenesis inhibitors (SUGEN, USA); XL 784 (Exelixis, USA); XL 647 (Exelixis, USA); MAb, alpha5beta3 integrin, second generation (Applied Molecular Evolution, USA and Medlmmune, USA); gene therapy, retinopathy (Oxford BioMedica, UK); enzastaurin hydrochloride (USAN) (Lilly, USA); CEP 7055 (Cephalon, USA and Sanofi-Synthelabo, France); BC 1 (Genoa Institute of Cancer Research, Italy); angiogenesis inhibitor (Alchemia, Australia); VEGF antagonist (Regeneron, USA); rBPI 21 and BPI-derived antiangiogenic (XOMA, USA); PI 88 (Progen, Australia); cilengitide (pINN) (Merck KGaA, German; Munich Technical University, Germany, Scripps Clinic and Research Foundation, USA); cetuximab (INN) (Aventis, France); AVE 8062 (Ajinomoto, Japan); AS 1404 (Cancer Research Laboratory, New Zealand); SG 292 (Telios, USA); Endostatin (Boston Childrens Hospital, USA); ATN 161 (Attenuon, USA); ANGIOSTATIN (Boston Childrens Hospital, USA); 2-methoxyestradiol (Boston Childrens Hospital, USA); ZD 6474 (AstraZeneca, UK); ZD 6126 (Angiogene Pharmaceuticals, UK); PPI 2458 (Praecis, USA); AZD 9935 (AstraZeneca, UK); AZD 2171 (AstraZeneca, UK); vatalanib (pENN), (Novartis, Switzerland and Schering AG, Germany); tissue factor pathway inhibitors (EntreMed, USA); pegaptanib (Pinn) (Gilead Sciences, USA); xanthorrhizol (Yonsei University, South Korea); vaccine, gene-based, VEGF-2 (Scripps Clinic and Research Foundation, USA); SPV5.2 (Supratek, Canada); SDX 103 (University of California at San Diego, USA); PX 478 (ProlX, USA); METASTATIN (EntreMed, USA); troponin I (Harvard University, USA); SU 6668 (SUGEN, USA); OXI 4503 (OXiGENE, USA); o-guanidines ( Dimensional Pharmaceuticals, USA); motuporamine C (British Columbia University, Canada); CDP 791 (Celltech Group, UK); atiprimod (pINN) (GlaxoSmithKline, UK); E 7820 (Eisai, Japan); CYC 381 (Harvard University, USA); AE 941 (Aeterna, Canada); vaccine, angiogenesis (EntreMed, USA); urokinase plasminogen activator inhibitor (Dendreon, USA); oglufanide (pENN) (Melmotte, USA); HIF-lalfa inhibitors (Xenova, UK); CEP 5214 (Cephalon, USA); BAY RES 2622 (Bayer, Germany); Angiocidin (InKine, USA); A6 (Angstrom, USA); KR 31372 (Korea Research Institute of Chemical Technology, South Korea); GW 2286 (GlaxoSmithKline, UK); EHT 0101 (ExonHit, France); CP 868596 (Pfizer, USA); CP 564959 (OSI, USA); CP 547632 (Pfizer, USA); 786034 (GlaxoSmithKline, UK); KRN 633 (Kirin Brewery, Japan); drug delivery system, intraocular, 2-methoxyestradiol (EntreMed, USA); anginex (Maastricht University, Netherlands, and Minnesota University, USA); ABT 510 (Abbott, USA); AAL 993 (Novartis, Switzerland); VEGI (ProteomTech, USA); tumor necrosis factor-alpha inhibitors (National Institute on Aging, USA); SU 11248 (Pfizer, USA and SUGEN USA); ABT 518 (Abbott, USA); YH16 (Yantai Rongchang, China); S-3APG (Boston Childrens Hospital, USA and EntreMed, USA); MAb KDR, (ImClone Systems, USA); MAb alpha5 betal (Protein Design, USA); KDR kinase inhibitor (Celltech Group, UK, and Johnson & Johnson, USA); GFB 116 (South Florida University, USA and Yale University, USA); CS 706 (Sankyo, Japan); combretastatin A4 prodrug (Arizona State University, USA); chondroitinase AC (IBEX, Canada); BAY RES 2690 (Bayer, Germany); AGM 1470 (Harvard University, USA, Takeda, Japan, and TAP, USA); AG 13925 (Agouron, USA); Tetrathiomolybdate (University of Michigan, USA); GCS 100 (Wayne State University, USA) CV 247 (Ivy Medical, UK); CKD 732 (Chong Kun Dang, South Korea); MAb vascular endothelium growth factor (Xenova, UK); irsogladine (INN) (Nippon Shinyaku, Japan); RG 13577 (Aventis, France); WX 360 (Wilex, Germany); squalamine (pINN) (Genaera, USA); RPI 4610 (Sima, USA); cancer therapy (Marinova, Australia); heparanase inhibitors (InSight, Israel); KL 3106 (Kolon, South Korea); Honokiol (Emory University, USA); ZK CDK (Schering AG, Germany); ZK Angio (Schering AG, Germany); ZK 229561 (Novartis, Switzerland, and Schering AG, Germany); XMP 300 (XOMA, USA); VGA 1102 (Taisho, Japan); VEGF receptor modulators (Pharmacopeia, USA); VE- cadherin-2 antagonists (ImClone Systems, USA); Vasostatin (National Institutes of Health, USA);vaccine, Flk-1 (ImClone Systems, USA); TZ 93 (Tsumura, Japan); TumStatin (Beth Israel Hospital, USA); truncated soluble FLT 1 (vascular endothelial growth factor receptor 1) (Merck & Co, USA); Tie-2 ligands (Regeneron, USA); thrombospondin 1 inhibitor (Allegheny Health, Education and Research Foundation, USA) . The pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention can also include one or more inhibitors of growth factor agents, such as antagonists of hepatocyte growth factor (HGF, also known as Scatter Factor, and its receptor "c-met"). Target-specific effector cells, e.g., effector cells linked to compositions (e.g., human antibodies, multispecific and bispecific molecules) of the invention can also be used as therapeutic agents. Effector cells for targeting can be human leukocytes such as macrophages, neutrophils or monocytes. Other cells include eosinophils, natural killer cells and other IgG- or IgA-receptor bearing cells. If desired, effector cells can be obtained from the subject to be treated. The target-specific effector cells, can be administered as a suspension of cells in a physiologically acceptable solution. The number of cells administered can be in the order of 108-109 but will vary depending on the therapeutic purpose. In general, the amount will be sufficient to obtain localization at the target cell, e.g., a tumor cell expressing CD148, and to effect cell killing by, e.g., phagocytosis. Routes of administration can also vary. Therapy with target-specific effector cells can be performed in conjunction with other techniques for removal of targeted cells. For example, anti-tumor therapy using the compositions (e.g., human antibodies, multispecific and bispecific molecules) of the invention and/or effector cells armed with these compositions can be used in conjunction with chemotherapy. Additionally, combination immunotherapy may be used to direct two distinct cytotoxic effector populations toward tumor cell rejection. For example, anti-CD148 antibodies linked to anti- FcγRi or anti-CD3 may be used in conjunction with IgG- or IgA-receptor specific binding agents. Bispecific and multispecific molecules of the invention can also be used to modulate FcαR or FcγR levels on effector cells, such as by capping and elimination of receptors on the cell surface. Mixtures of anti-Fc receptors can also be used for this purpose. The compositions (e.g., human antibodies, multispecific and bispecific molecules) of the invention which have complement binding sites, such as portions from IgGl, IgG2, IgG3 or IgM which bind complement, can also be used in the presence of complement. In one embodiment, ex vivo treatment of a population of cells comprising target cells with a binding agent of the invention and appropriate effector cells can be supplemented by the addition of complement or serum containing complement. Phagocytosis of target cells coated with a binding agent of the invention can be improved by binding of complement proteins. In another embodiment target cells coated with the compositions (e.g., human antibodies, multispecific and bispecific molecules) of the invention can also be lysed by complement. In yet another embodiment, the compositions of the invention do not activate complement. The compositions (e.g., human antibodies, multispecific and bispecific molecules) of the invention can also be administered together with complement. Accordingly, within the scope of the invention are compositions comprising human antibodies, multispecific or bispecific molecules and serum or complement. These compositions are advantageous in that the complement is located in close proximity to the human antibodies, multispecific or bispecific molecules. Alternatively, the human antibodies, multispecific or bispecific molecules of the invention and the complement or serum can be administered separately. Also within the scope of the invention are kits comprising the compositions
(e.g., human antibodies, multispecific and bispecific molecules) of the invention and instructions for use. The kit can further contain a least one additional reagent, such as complement, or one or more additional human antibodies of the invention (e.g., a human antibody having a complementary activity which binds to an epitope in CD 148 antigen distinct from the first human antibody). In other embodiments, the subject can be additionally treated with an agent that modulates, e.g., enhances or inhibits, the expression or activity of Fcα or Fcγ receptors by, for example, treating the subject with a cytokine. Preferred cytokines for administration during treatment with the multispecific molecule include of granulocyte colony-stimulating factor (G-CSF), granulocyte-macrophage colony- stimulating factor (GM-CSF), interferon-γ (IFN-γ), and tumor necrosis factor (TNF). In another embodiment, the subject can be additionally treated with a lymphokine preparation. Cancer cells which do not highly express CD 148 can be induced to do so using lymphokine preparations. Lymphokine preparations can cause a more homogeneous expression of CD148s among cells of a tumor which can lead to a more effective therapy. Lymphokine preparations suitable for administration include interferon-gamma, tumor necrosis factor, and combinations thereof. These can be administered intravenously. Suitable dosages of lymphokine are 10,000 to 1,000,000 units/patient. The compositions (e.g., human antibodies, multispecific and bispecific molecules) of the invention can also be used to target cells expressing FcγR or CD148, for example for labeling such cells. For such use, the binding agent can be linked to a molecule that can be detected. Thus, the invention provides methods for localizing ex vivo or in vitro cells expressing Fc receptors, such as FcγR, or CD 148. The detectable label can be, e.g., a radioisotope, a fluorescent compound, an enzyme, or an enzyme co-factor. In one embodiment, the invention provides methods for detecting the presence of CD148 antigen in a sample, or measuring the amount of CD148 antigen, comprising contacting the sample, and a control sample, with a human monoclonal antibody, or an antigen-binding region thereof, which specifically binds to CD148, under conditions that allow for formation of a complex between the antibody or portion thereof and CD 148. The formation of a complex is then detected, wherein a difference complex formation between the sample compared to the control sample is indicative the presence of CD148 antigen in the sample. In still another embodiment, the invention provides a method for detecting the presence or quantifying the amount of Fc-expressing cells in vivo or in vitro. The method comprises (i) administering to a subject a composition (e.g., a multi- or bispecific molecule) of the invention or a fragment thereof, conjugated to a detectable marker; (ii) exposing the subject to a means for detecting said detectable marker to identify areas containing Fc-expressing cells.
Uses and Methods of the Invention The present invention provides antibodies or antigen-binding regions thereof that bind to CD148 epitopes that are useful for the treatment of human diseases and pathological conditions. Agents that activate CD 148 activity, or other cellular activity, may be used in combination with other therapeutic agents to enhance their therapeutic effects or decrease potential side effects. In one aspect, the present invention provides reagents and methods useful for treating diseases and conditions characterized by undesirable or aberrant levels of CD 148 activity in a cell. These diseases include cancers, and other hypeφroliferative conditions, such as hyperplasia, psoriasis, contact deπnatitis, immunological disorders, and infertility. The compositions (e.g., human antibodies, multispecific and bispecific molecules) of the invention can be initially tested for binding activity associated with therapeutic or diagnostic use in vitro. For example, compositions of the invention can be tested using the ELISA and flow cytometric assays described herein. Moreover, the activity of these molecules in triggering at least one effector- mediated effector cell activity, including cytolysis of cells expressing CD 148 can be assayed. Protocols for assaying for effector cell-mediated phagocytosis are described herein. The compositions (e.g., human antibodies, multispecific and bispecific molecules) of the invention have additional utility in therapy and diagnosis of CD148-related diseases. For example, the human monoclonal antibodies, the multispecific or bispecific molecules can be used to promote CD 148 inducted dephosphorylation in a cell expressing CD 148, to inhibit the growth of a cell expressing CD148, or to inhibit angiogenesis of a cell expressing CD148. The anti- CD148 antibodies of the present invention may be useful in treating any angiogenesis-dependant disease, including, but not limited to, ocular neovascularisation, such as retinopathies (including diabetic retinopathy), age- related macular degeneration, psoriasis, hemangioblastoma, hemangioma, arteriosclerosis, inflammatory disease, such as a rheumatoid or rheumatic inflammatory disease, especially arthritis (including rheumatoid arthritis), or other chronic inflammatory disorders, such as chronic asthma, arterial or post- transplantational atherosclerosis, endometriosis, and neoplastic diseases, for example, so-called solid tumors and liquid (or hematopoietic) tumors (such as leukemias and lymphomas). Other diseases associated with undesired angiogenesis will be apparent to those skilled in the art. In a particular embodiment, the human antibodies and derivatives thereof are used in vivo to treat, prevent or diagnose a variety of CD148-related neoplastic diseases. Examples of CD148-related diseases include a variety of cancers, such as bladder, breast, uterine/cervical, colon, pancreatic, colorectal, kidney, stomach, ovarian, prostate, renal cell, squamous cell, lung (non-small cell), esophageal, and head and neck cancer. The present invention also provides methods of treating cancer in an animal, including humans, comprising administering to the animal an effective amount of an antibody or antigen-binding region thereof that activates CD148 activity. The invention is further directed to methods of inhibiting cancer cell growth, including processes of cellular proliferation, invasiveness, and metastasis in biological systems. Methods include use of a compound of the invention as an inhibitor of cancer cell growth. Preferably, the methods are employed to inhibit or reduce cancer cell growth, invasiveness, metastasis, or tumor incidence in living animals, such as mammals. Methods of the invention are also readily adaptable for use in assay systems, e.g., assaying cancer cell growth and properties thereof, as well as identifying compounds that affect cancer cell growth. The cancers treatable by methods of the present invention preferably occur in mammals. Mammals include, for example, humans and other primates, as well as pet or companion animals such as dogs and cats, laboratory animals such as rats, mice and rabbits, and farm animals such as horses, pigs, sheep, and cattle. Tumors or neoplasms include growths of tissue cells in which the multiplication of the cells is uncontrolled and progressive. Some such growths are benign, but others are termed malignant and may lead to death of the organism. Malignant neoplasms or cancers are distinguished from benign growths in that, in addition to exhibiting aggressive cellular proliferation, they may invade surrounding tissues and metastasize. Moreover, malignant neoplasms are characterized in that they show a greater loss of differentiation (greater dedifferentiation), and of their organization relative to one another and their surrounding tissues. This property is also called "anaplasia." Neoplasms treatable by the present invention also include solid tumors, i.e., carcinomas and sarcomas. Carcinomas include those malignant neoplasms derived from epithelial cells that infiltrate (invade) the surrounding tissues and give rise to metastases. Adenocarcinomas are carcinomas derived from glandular tissue, or which form recognizable glandular structures. Another broad category or cancers includes sarcomas, which are tumors whose cells are embedded in a fibrillar or homogeneous substance like embryonic connective tissue. The invention also enables treatment of cancers of the myeloid or lymphoid systems, including leukemias, lymphomas and other cancers that typically do not present as a tumor mass, but are distributed in the vascular or lymphoreticular systems. The type of cancer or tumor cells amenable to treatment according to the invention include, for example, ACTH-producing tumor, acute lymphocytic leukemia, acute nonlymphocytic leukemia, cancer of the adrenal cortex, bladder cancer, brain cancer, breast cancer, cervical cancer, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, chronic myelocytic leukemia, colorectal cancer, cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, endometrial cancer, esophageal cancer, Ewing's sarcoma, gallbladder cancer, hairy cell leukemia, head and neck cancer, Hodgkin's lymphoma, Kaposi's sarcoma, kidney cancer, liver cancer, lung cancer (small and non-small cell), malignant peritoneal effusion, malignant pleural effusion, melanoma, mesothelioma, multiple myeloma, neuroblastoma, glioma, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, osteosarcoma, ovarian cancer, ovarian (germ cell) cancer, pancreatic cancer, penile cancer, prostate cancer, retinoblastoma, skin cancer, soft tissue sarcoma, squamous cell carcinomas, stomach cancer, testicular cancer, thyroid cancer, trophoblastic neoplasms, uterine cancer, vaginal cancer, cancer of the vulva, and Wilms' tumor. The invention is particularly illustrated herein in reference to treatment of certain types of experimentally defined cancers. In these illustrative treatments, standard state-of-the-art in vitro and in vivo models have been used. These methods can be used to identify agents that can be expected to be efficacious in in vivo treatment regimens. However, it will be understood that the method of the invention is not limited to the treatment of these tumor types, but extends to any solid tumor derived from any organ system. Cancers whose invasiveness or metastasis is associated with CD 148 activity are especially susceptible to being inhibited or even induced to regress by means of the invention. The invention can also be practiced by including with a compound of the invention such as a peptibody in combination with another anti-cancer chemotherapeutic agent, such as any conventional chemotherapeutic agent. The combination of a specific binding agent with such other agents can potentiate the chemotherapeutic protocol. Numerous chemotherapeutic protocols will present themselves in the mind of the skilled practitioner as being capable of incorporation into the method of the invention. Any chemotherapeutic agent can be used, including alkylating agents, antimetabolites, hormones and antagonists, radioisotopes, as well as natural products. For example, the compound of the invention can be administered with antibiotics such as doxorubicin and other anthracycline analogs, nitrogen mustards such as cyclophosphamide, pyrimidine analogs such as 5-fluorouracil, cisplatin, hydroxyurea, taxol and its natural and synthetic derivatives, and the like. As another example, in the case of mixed tumors, such as adenocarcinoma of the breast, where the tumors include gonadotropin- dependent and gonadotropin-independent cells, the compound can be administered in conjunction with leuprolide or goserelin (synthetic peptide analogs of LH-RH). Other antineoplastic protocols include the use of a tetracycline compound with another treatment modality, e.g., surgery, radiation, etc., also referred to herein as "adjunct antineoplastic modalities." Thus, the method of the invention can be employed with such conventional regimens with the benefit of reducing side effects and enhancing efficacy. The present invention thus provides compositions and methods useful for the treatment of a wide variety of cancers, including solid tumors and leukemias. Types of cancer that may be treated include, but are not limited to: adenocarcinoma of the breast, prostate, and colon; all forms of bronchogenic carcinoma of the lung; myeloid; melanoma; hepatoma; neuroblastoma; papilloma; apudoma; choristoma; branchioma; malignant carcinoid syndrome; carcinoid heart disease; carcinoma (e.g., Walker, basal cell, basosquamous, Brown-Pearce, ductal, Ehrlich tumor, Krebs 2, merkel cell, mucinous, non-small cell lung, oat cell, papillary, scirrhous, bronchiolar, bronchogenic, squamous cell, and transitional cell); histiocytic disorders; leukemia; histiocytosis malignant; Hodgkin's disease; immunoproliferative small lung cell carcinoma; non-Hodgkin's lymphoma; plasmacytoma; reticuloendotheliosis; melanoma; chondroblastoma; chondroma; chondrosarcoma; fibroma; fibrosarcoma; giant cell tumors; histiocytoma; lipoma; liposarcoma; mesothelioma; myxoma; myxosarcoma; osteoma; osteosarcoma; chordoma; craniopharyngioma; dysgerminoma; hamartoma; mesenchymoma; mesonephroma; myosarcoma; ameloblastoma; cementoma; odontoma; teratoma; thymoma; tophoblastic tumor. Further, the following types of cancers may also be treated: adenoma; cholangioma; cholesteatoma; cyclindroma; cystadenocarcinoma; cystadenoma; granulosa cell tumor; gynandroblastoma; hepatoma; hidradenoma; islet cell tumor; Leydig cell tumor; papilloma; Sertoli cell tumor; theca cell tumor; leiomyoma; leiomyosarcoma; myoblastoma; myoma; myosarcoma; rhabdomyoma; rhabdomyosarcoma; ependymoma; ganglioneuroma; glioma; medulloblastoma; meningioma; neurilemmoma; neuroblastoma; neuroepithelioma; neurofibroma; neuroma; paraganglioma; paraganglioma nonchromaffin; angiokeratoma; angiolymphoid hyperplasia with eosinophilia; angioma sclerosing; angiomatosis; glomangioma; hemangioendothelioma; hemangioma; hemangiopericytoma; hemangiosarcoma; lymphangioma; lymphangiomyoma; lymphangiosarcoma; pinealoma; carcinosarcoma; chondrosarcoma; cystosarcoma phyllodes; fibrosarcoma; hemangiosarcoma; leiomyosarcoma; leukosarcoma; liposarcoma; lymphangiosarcoma; myosarcoma; myxosarcoma; ovarian carcinoma; rhabdomyosarcoma; sarcoma; neoplasms; nerofibromatosis; and cervical dysplasia. Another aspect of the present invention is using the materials and methods of the present invention to prevent and/or treat any hyperproliferative condition of the skin including psoriasis and contact dermatitis or other hyperproliferative diseases.
Preferably, specific binding agents specific for CD 148 will be used in combination with other pharmaceutical agents to treat humans that express these clinical symptoms. The specific binding agents can be delivered using any of the various carriers through routes of administration described herein and others that are well known to those of skill in the art. Other aspects of the present invention include treating various retinopathies (including diabetic retinopathy and age-related macular degeneration) in which angiogenesis is involved, as well as disorders/diseases of the female reproductive tract such as endometriosis, uterine fibroids, and other such conditions associated with dysfunctional vascular proliferation (including endometrial microvascular growth) during the female reproductive cycle. Still another aspect of the present invention relates to treating abnormal vascular growth including cerebral arterioyenous malformations (AVMs) gastrointestinal mucosal injury and repair, ulceration of the gastroduodenal mucosa in patients with a history of peptic ulcer disease, including ischemia resulting from stroke, a wide spectrum of pulmonary vascular disorders in liver disease and portal hypertension in patients with nonhepatic portal hypertension. Another aspect of present invention is the prevention of cancers utilizing the compositions and methods provided by the present invention. Such reagents will include specific binding agents such as antibodies, or antigen-binding regions thereof, against CD148.
Identification of CD148 Epitope Binding Molecules The CD 148 epitopes and antibodies of the present invention may be used to identify agents that activate CD148 activity, which may be useful in treating certain physiological disorders, including, but not-limited to inhibiting angiogenesis. In one aspect of the present invention there is provided a method for identifying a compound that specifically binds to a human CD148 epitope defined by one or more of the polypeptide sequences selected from the group consisting of amino acids 447- 725, 533-725, 715-973, 324-335, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33, comprising: contacting a test compound with a human CD 148 epitope defined by one or more of the polypeptide sequences selected from the group consisting of amino acids 447-725, 533-725, 715-973, 324-335, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33 for a time sufficient to form a complex and detecting for the formation of a complex by detecting the CD 148 epitope or the compound in the complex, so that if a complex is detected, a compound that binds to the CD 148 epitope is identified. For example, cells transfected with DNAs coding for proteins of interest can be treated with various drugs, and co-immunoprecipitations can be performed. Because CD148 is involved in transducing physiologicals signals asssociated with inhibition of such physiological disorders as angiogenesis, the identification of agents which are capable of activating CD 148 activity will provide agents which can be used to treat physiological disorder or to use lead compounds for development of therapeutic agents. An agent may activate CD148 by binding to the CD 148 epitopes defined herein in such a manner that the agent initiates CD 148 dephosphorylation. Agents which may be used to active CD 148 include peptides, antibodies, nucleic acids, antisense compounds or ribozymes. The nucleic acid may encode the antibody or the antisense compound. The peptide may be at least 4 amino acids of the sequence of the binding protein. Alternatively, the peptide may be from 4 to 30 amino acids (or from 8 to 20 amino acids) that is at least 75%> identical to a contiguous span of amino acids of the binding protein. Agents can be tested using transfected host cells, cell lines, cell models or animals, such as described herein, by techniques well known to those of ordinary skill in the art, such as disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,622,852 and 5,773,218, and PCT published application Nos. WO 97/27296 and WO 99/65939, each of which are incorporated herein by reference. The modulating effect of the agent can be tested in vivo or in vitro. Agents can be provided for testing in a phage display library or a combinatorial library. Exemplary of a method to screen agents is to measure the effect that the agent has on the formation of the protein complex. The CD148 epitopes of the present invention may also be used to produce structural analogs of biologically active polypeptides of interest or of small molecules with which they interact (e.g., agonists, antagonists, inhibitors) in order to fashion drugs which are, for example, more active or stable forms of the polypeptide, or which, e.g., enhance or interfere with the function of a polypeptide in vivo. One aspect of the present invention provides a method for identifying a compound that specifically binds to a human CD 148 epitope defined by one or more of the polypeptide sequences selected from the group consisting of amino acids 447- 725, 533-725, 715-973, 324-335, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33 comprising: providing atomic coordinates defining a three-dimensional structure of a CD148 epitope defined by one or more of the polypeptide sequences selected from the group consisting of amino acids 447-725, 533-725, 715-973, 324-335, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33, and designing or selecting compounds capable of binding the CD148 epitope based on said atomic coordinates. Several approaches for use in rational drug design include analysis of three-dimensional structure, alanine scans, molecular modeling and use of anti-id antibodies. These techniques are well known to those skilled in the art. Such techniques may include providing atomic coordinates defining a three-dimensional structure of a protein complex formed by said first polypeptide and said second polypeptide, and designing or selecting compounds capable of interfering with the interaction between a first polypeptide and a second polypeptide based on said atomic coordinates. Following identification of a substance which modulates or affects polypeptide activity, the substance may be further investigated. Furthermore, it may be manufactured and/or used in preparation, i.e., manufacture or formulation, or a composition such as a medicament, pharmaceutical composition or drug. These may be administered to individuals. A substance identified as a modulator of polypeptide function may be peptide or non-peptide in nature. Non-peptide "small molecules" are often preferred for many in vivo pharmaceutical uses. Accordingly, a mimetic or mimic of the substance (particularly if a peptide) may be designed for pharmaceutical use. The designing of mimetic to a known pharmaceutically active compound is a known approach to the development of pharmaceuticals based on a "lead" compound. This approach might be desirable where the active compound is difficult or expensive to synthesize or where it is unsuitable for a particular method of administration, e.g., pure peptides are unsuitable active agents for oral compositions as they tend to be quickly degraded by proteases in the alimentary canal. Mimetic design, synthesis and testing is generally used to avoid randomly screening large numbers of molecules for a target property. Once the pharmacophore has been found, its structure is modeled according to its physical properties, e.g., stereochemistry, bonding, size and/or charge, using data from a range of sources, e.g., spectroscopic techniques, x-ray diffraction data and NMR. Computational analysis, similarity mapping (which models the charge and/or volume of a pharmacophore, rather than the bonding between atoms) and other techniques can be used in this modeling process. A template molecule is then selected, onto which chemical groups that mimic the pharmacophore can be grafted. The template molecule and the chemical groups grafted thereon can be conveniently selected so that the mimetic is easy to synthesize, is likely to be pharmacologically acceptable, and does not degrade in vivo, while retaining the biological activity of the lead compound. Alternatively, where the mimetic is peptide-based, further stability can be achieved by cyclizing the peptide, increasing its rigidity. The mimetic or mimetics found by this approach can then be screened to see whether they have the target property, or to what extent it is exhibited. Further optimization or modification can then be carried out to arrive at one or more final mimetics for in vivo or clinical testing.
Binding Assays Immunological binding assays typically utilize a capture agent to bind specifically to and often immobilize the analyte target antigen. The capture agent is a moiety that specifically binds to the analyte. In one embodiment of the present invention, the capture agent is an antibody or antigen-binding region thereof that specifically binds the CD 148 epitopes of the invention. These immunological binding assays are well known in the art [Asai, ed., Methods in Cell Biology, Vol. 37, Antibodies in Cell Biology, Academic Press, Inc., New York (1993)]. Immunological binding assays frequently utilize a labeling agent that will signal the existence of the bound complex formed by the capture agent and antigen. The labeling agent can be one of the molecules comprising the bound complex; i.e. it can be a labeled specific binding agent or a labeled anti-specific binding agent antibody. Alternatively, the labeling agent can be a third molecule, commonly another antibody, which binds to the bound complex. The labeling agent can be, for example, an anti-specific binding agent antibody bearing a label. The second antibody, specific for the bound complex, may lack a label, but can be bound by a fourth molecule specific to the species of antibodies which the second antibody is a member of. For example, the second antibody can be modified with a detectable moiety, such as biotin, which can then be bound by a fourth molecule, such as enzyme-labeled streptavidin. Other proteins capable of specifically binding immunoglobulin constant regions, such as protein A or protein G may also be used as the labeling agent. These binding proteins are normal constituents of the cell walls of streptococcal bacteria and exhibit a strong non-immunogenic reactivity with immunoglobulin constant regions from a variety of species. Akerstrom, J. Immunol., 135:2589-2542 (1985); Chaubert, Mod. Pathol., 10:585-591 (1997). Throughout the assays, incubation and/or washing steps may be required after each combination of reagents. Incubation steps can vary from about 5 seconds to several hours, preferably from about 5 minutes to about 24 hours. However, the incubation time will depend upon the assay format, analyte, volume of solution, concentrations, and the like. Usually, the assays will be carried out at ambient temperature, although they can be conducted over a range of temperatures.
A. Non-Competitive Binding Assays: Immunological binding assays can be of the non-competitive type. These assays have an amount of captured analyte that is directly measured. For example, in one preferred "sandwich" assay, the capture agent (antibody) can be bound directly to a solid substrate where it is immobilized. These immobilized capture agents then capture (bind to) antigen present in the test sample. The protein thus immobilized is then bound to a labeling agent, such as a second antibody having a label. In another preferred "sandwich" assay, the second antibody lacks a label, but can be bound by a labeled antibody specific for antibodies of the species from which the second antibody is derived. The second antibody also can be modified with a detectable moiety, such as biotin, to which a third labeled molecule can specifically bind, such as streptavidin. See Harlow and Lane, Antibodies, A Laboratory Manual, Ch 14, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, NY (1988), incoφorated herein by reference.
B . Competitive B inding Assays : Immunological binding assays can be of the competitive type. The amount of analyte present in the sample is measure indirectly by measuring the amount of an added analyte displaced, or competed away, from a capture agent (antibody) by the analyte present in the sample. In one preferred competitive binding assay, a known amount of analyte, usually labeled, is added to the sample and the sample is then contacted with the capture agent. The amount of labeled analyze bound to the antibody is inversely proportional to the concentration of analyte present in the sample (See, Harlow and Lane, Antibodies, A Laboratory Manual, Ch 14, pp. 579- 583, supra). In another preferred competitive binding assay, the capture agent is immobilized on a solid substrate. The amount of protein bound to the capture agent may be determined either by measuring the amount of protein present in a protein/antibody complex, or alternatively by measuring the amount of remaining uncomplexed protein. The amount of protein may be detected by providing a labeled protein. Harlow and Lane (supra). Yet another preferred competitive binding assay, hapten inhibition is utilized. Here, a known analyte is immobilized on a solid substrate. A known amount of antibody is added to the sample, and the sample is contacted with the immobilized analyte. The amount of antibody bound to the immobilized analyte is inversely proportional to the amount of analyte present in the sample. The amount of immobilized antibody may be detected by detecting either the immobilized fraction of antibody or the fraction that remains in solution. Detection may be direct where the antibody is labeled or indirect by the subsequent addition of a labeled moiety that specifically binds to the antibody as described above.
C. Utilization of Competitive Binding Assays: The competitive binding assays can be used for cross-reactivity determinations to permit a skilled artisan to determine if a protein or enzyme complex which is recognized by a peptibody of the invention is the desired protein and not a cross-reacting molecule or to determine whether the peptibody is specific for the antigen and does not bind unrelated antigens. In assays of this type, antigen can be immobilized to a solid support and an unknown protein mixture is added to the assay, which will compete with the binding of the peptibodies to the immobilized protein. The competing molecule also binds one or more antigens unrelated to the antigen. The ability of the proteins to compete with the binding of the peptibodies to the immobilized antigen is compared to the binding by the same protein that was immobilized to the solid support to determine the cross-reactivity of the protein mix. D. Other Binding Assays The present invention also provides Western blot methods to detect or quantify the presence of a CD148 epitope or fragment thereof in a sample. The technique generally comprises separating sample proteins by gel electrophoresis on the basis of molecular weight and transferring the proteins to a suitable solid support, such as nitrocellulose filter, a nylon filter, or derivatized nylon filter. The sample is incubated with antibodies or antigen-binding regions thereof that specifically bind a CD 148 epitope and the resulting complex is detected. These peptibodies may be directly labeled or alternatively may be subsequently detected using labeled antibodies that specifically bind to the peptibody.
E. Diagnostic Assays The derivative binding agents, such as peptides and peptibodies or fragments thereof, of the present invention are useful for the diagnosis of conditions or diseases characterized by expression of CD 148 or subunits, or in assays to monitor patients being treated with activators of CD148, its fragments, agonists or inhibitors of CD 148 activity. Diagnostic assays for CD 148 include methods utilizing an antibody and a label to detect CD148 in human body fluids or extracts of cells or tissues. The antibodies of the present invention can be used with or without modification. In a preferred diagnostic assay, the antibodies will be labeled by attaching, e.g., a label or a reporter molecule. A wide variety of labels and reporter molecules are known, some of which have been already described herein. In particular, the present invention is useful for diagnosis of human disease. A variety of protocols for measuring CD 148 proteins using antibodies specific for the respective protein are known in the art. Examples include enzyme- linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), radioimmunoassay (RIA) and fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS). A two-site, monoclonal-based immunoassay utilizing monoclonal antibodies reactive to two non-interfering epitopes on CD148 is preferred, but a competitive binding assay can be employed. These assays are described, for example, in Maddox et al., J. Exp. Med., 158:1211 (1983). In order to provide a basis for diagnosis, normal or standard values for human CD 148 expression are usually established. This determination can be accomplished by combining body fluids or cell extracts from normal subjects, preferably human, with an antibody to CD 148, under conditions suitable for complex formation that are well known in the art. The amount of standard complex formation can be quantified by comparing the binding of the antibodies to known quantities of CD148 protein, with both control and disease samples. Then, standard values obtained from normal samples can be compared with values obtained from samples from subjects potentially affected by disease. Deviation between standard and subject values suggests a role for CD148 in the disease state. For diagnostic applications, in certain embodiments antibodies, or antigen- binding regions thereof, of the present invention typically will be labeled with a detectable moiety. The detectable moiety can be any one that is capable of producing, either directly or indirectly, a detectable signal. For example, the detectable moiety may be a radioisotope, such as 3H, 4C, 32P, 35S, or 125I, a fluorescent or chemiluminescent compound, such as fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, or luciferin; or an enzyme, such as alkaline phosphatase, beta- galactosidase, or horseradish peroxidase. Bayer et al., Meth. Enz., 184: 138-163, (1990).
The present invention is further illustrated by the following examples which should not be construed as further limiting. The contents of all figures and all references, patents and published patent applications cited throughout this application are expressly incorporated herein by reference.
Example 1 - Generation of Antibodies Against CD 148 Epitopes Parental versions of the heavy and light chains regions of the antibodies of the present invention were identified using the following screening procedure. Recombinant scFv (single chain variable fragment) phage display libraries from Cambridge Antibody Technologies (CAT) were interrogated in vitro against huCD148 protein targets. Over 10,000 clones were screened, recovered by phage display (2nd and 3rd round outputs) and greater than 250 unique scFv antibodies were identified that specifically bind huCD148. Of these reagents, 83 were consolidated for further study, based upon their predicted therapeutic potential. For example, several antibodies were isolated that compete for binding to the same epitope as that of N24 as measured by competitive ELISA or TRF (time-resolved fluorescence) report. Other antibodies were consolidated based upon their relatively high signal- to-noise ratio as indicated by ELISA or TRF (e.g., target binding compared to streptavidin binding) or because they cross-reacted to the murine CD 148 ortholog. All anti-CD148 antibodies were tested for their ability to cross-react with muCD148 (for in vivo mouse studies) and to bind cell-expressed huCD148. Eight scFv human N24 analog antibodies exhibiting the relatively highest degree of competition with N24 as either IgG4s, maxibodies (bivalent scFv-Fcs) or both, as well as 7 other clones, were expressed and binding activity and specificity was confirmed. The original mouse N24 antibody was cloned, and the VH and VL genes were subcloned into various antibody "platforms" to serve as positive controls in comparative binding (i.e., ELISA or FACS) and functional in vitro and in vivo assays. Primary functional screening of the initial "top 14" leading candidate antibodies was completed. Eight of these clones agonize huCD148 in an in vitro planar migration assay. Moreover, 4 of these lead clones that cross-react to muCD148 inhibit FGF-2 induced angiogenesis in an in vivo mouse corneal pocket assay. The eight antibodies described in Figures 1-8 were capable of inhibiting angiogenesis in both a human endothelial cell migration assay and in a corneal pocket assay, with at least
20%) capability as compared with controls in vitro at a concentration of 20 μg / ml. The antibodies generated in accordance with the above procedure are described in the Figures 1-8. Figure 1A and IB show a nucleotide and encoded amino acid sequence overlap for variable heavy (VH) and variable light (VL) chains for an antibody of the present invention, Antibody No. 1 (Ab-1). Shaded regions on the figure highlight CDRl, 2, and 3 (from amino to carboxy terminus, respectively). Query and Framel designations indicate the nucleotide and amino acid sequences, respectively. Figure 2A and 2B show a nucleotide and encoded amino acid sequence overlap for variable heavy (VH) and variable light (VL) chains for Antibody No. 2 (Ab-2). Shaded regions on the figure highlight CDRl, 2, and 3 (from amino to carboxy terminus, respectively). Figure 3A and 3B show a nucleotide and encoded amino acid sequence overlap for variable heavy (VH) and variable light (VL) chains for Antibody No. 3 (Ab-3). Shaded regions on the figure highlight CDRl, 2, and 3 (from amino to carboxy terminus, respectively). Figure 4A and 4B show a nucleotide and encoded amino acid sequence overlap for variable heavy (VH) and variable light (VL) chains for Antibody No. 4 (Ab-4). Shaded regions on the figure highlight CDRl, 2, and 3 (from amino to carboxy terminus, respectively). Figure 5A and 5B show a nucleotide and encoded amino acid sequence overlap for variable heavy (VH) and variable light (VL) chains for Antibody No. 5 (Ab-5). Shaded regions on the figure highlight CDRl, 2, and 3 (from amino to carboxy terminus, respectively). Figure 6A and 6B show a nucleotide and encoded amino acid sequence overlap for variable heavy (VH) and variable light (VL) chains for Antibody No. 6 (Ab-6). Shaded regions on the figure highlight CDRl, 2, and 3 (from amino to carboxy terminus, respectively). Figure 7A and 7B show a nucleotide and encoded amino acid sequence overlap for variable heavy (VH) and variable light (VL) chains for Antibody No. 7 (Ab-7). Shaded regions on the figure highlight CDRl, 2, and 3 (from amino to carboxy terminus, respectively). Figure 8A and 8B show a nucleotide and encoded amino acid sequence overlap for variable heavy (VH) and variable light (VL) chains for Antibody No. 8 (Ab-8). Shaded regions on the figure highlight CDRl, 2, and 3 (from amino to carboxy terminus, respectively).
Example 2 - Mapping of CD148 Binding Epitopes Synthetic peptide 15-mers corresponding to the ectodomain of human
CD 148 primary protein sequence were synthesized and covalently N-linked to sectors on PVDF membranes. The composition of the various peptide sequences overlapped by 3 amino acids. Peptide-containing membranes were preincubated with MeOH for 10 min, washed 3 times with PBST and incubated overnight with 4% milk in PBST. After 3 washes with PBST the membrane was incubated for 3 hours with lμM anti-CD 148 antibody diluted in 4%> milk. The membrane was washed again 3 times and then incubated for 1 hr with either anti-human Fc-HRP or anti-mouse Fc-HRP (Jackson).
After 3 washes with PBST binding was detected using the Super Signal kit from
Pierce.
I l l Peptide-containing membranes were regenerated for new experiments by immediately washing them twice with water (after one use) and then incubating them overnight with DMF. After 2 washes with water the membrane was washed with regeneration buffer A (1%> SDS, 0.1%> b-mercaptoethanol, 8M Urea) for several hours, then it was washed 2 times with regeneration buffer B (50%> EtOH, 10%> Acetic Acid). The efficiency of the regeneration step was verified by staining the membrane using secondary antibody alone and developing. After completing the regeneration process, membranes were rinsed with MeOH, dried and stored in - 20°C. Binding of Ab-1, Ab-2, Ab-3, and Ab-5, a murine anti-CD148 antibody, and anti-CD 148 antibody 143-41 (Biosource) to the peptide containing membranes was tested in accordance with the procedure described above, with the following results: The murine antibody bound to peptides 114-117 in membrane #1 and 90-93 in membrane # 2 (114 & 90: GPVDPSSGQQSRDTE (residues 315-329), 115 & 91: DPSSGQQSRDTEVLL (residues 318-332), 116 & 92: SGQQSRDTEVLLVGL (residues 321-335), 117 & 93: QSRDTEVLLVGLEPG (residues 324-338)), which have the common epitope QSRDTE (residues 324-329). The murine antibody also bound the octapeptide QSRDTEVLL (residues 324-332). Ab-1 bound peptides 116 and 117 in membrane # 1 and peptides 92 and 93 in membrane # 2 (116 & 92: SGQQSRDTEVLLVGL (residues 321-335), 117 & 93: QSRDTEVLLVGLEPG (residues 324-338)), which have the common epitope QSRDTEVLLVGL (residues 324-335), but did not bind the octapeptide QSRDTEVL (residues 324-331). No other anti-CD148 antibodies that were tested showed evidence of binding to these peptide-containing membranes. Thus, Ab-1 antibody binds to a peptide having the sequence of amino acid residues 324-338 and 321-335, but does not bind to an octapeptide having the sequence of amino acid residues 324-331 of human CD148. Based on the peptide mapping results the minimal required epitope of the murine anti-CD 148 antibody was narrowed to the 6 amino acids QSRDTE (residues 324-329). The minimal required epitope of Ab-1 was also determined to be the 12 amino acids QSRDTEVLLVGL (residues 324-335). Because no other anti-CD148 antibodies tested showed binding to the peptide-containing membranes, it was determined that epitopes for those antibodies are structurally dependent. Example 3 - Construction and Assay of FLAG. Poly-Histidine and Fc fusion Proteins The following constructs were subcloned into the p412 mammalian expression vector flanked N-terminally by both an IgK leader sequence and Flag poly-Histidine tag fusions; huCD148-ECTO (residues 36-973); huCD148-NFnIII (residues 36-210); huCD148-FnIII2_3 (residues 175-536); huCD148-FnIII4_5 (residues 533-725); huCD148-Cterm: (residues 715-973). These clones were transiently transfected into COS PKB (E5) cells and purified using an IMAC column. The binding of different anti-CD 148 antibodies was tested using 2 different ELISA methods. The first method is a direct ELISA on Ni-NTA plates. Ni-NTA plates (Invitrogen) were coated with 4 dilutions (1:10-1:10.000) of the 5 proteins in 3% BSA in PBS and were incubating overnight at 4°C. The plates were washed with PBST and incubated with 1 μg/ml of Ab-2-huIgG4, Ab-5-huIgG4, the murine anti- CD148 antibody, and 143-41 (Biosource) for 2 hrs at room temperature. After additional washes the plates were incubated with anti-hu-IgG4-HRP (Zymed) or anti-mouse-FC-HRP (Jackson) for 1 hr at room temperature. Then washed again and the signal was developed by adding 100 μl of lOmg of ABTS (Amersham) with 45ml 0.05M citric acid pH 4.0 and 77μl of 30% H2O2. The second method is an indirect ELISA. Maxisorp plates were coated with 5 μg/ml anti-huFc or anti-muFc (Jackson) overnight at 4°C. The plates were washed with PBST and blocked with 3% BSA in PBS for 1.5 hrs. After additional washes the plates were incubated with 5 ug/ml of Ab-2-huIgG4, Ab-5- huIgG4, murine anti-CD148 antibody, and 143-41 (Biosource) for 2 hrs at room temperature. The plates were washed again and were incubated with 2 dilutions (1:10, 1:100) of the 5 proteins for 2 hrs at room temperature, washed again and incubated with anti-FLAG M2-HRP (Sigma) for 1 hr at room temperature. As expected, based upon peptide mapping, the murine anti-CD 148 antibody bound the huCD148-FnIII2_3 protein (residues 175-536). The commercial 143-41 antibody (Biosource) binds to the huCD148-NFnIII protein (residues 36-210). In addition, Ab-5 binds to both the huCD148-FnIII4_5 protein (residues 533-725) and the huCD148-Cterm protein (residues 715-973). Because the yield of the proteins using this method of purification was very low the FLAG poly-his tag was changed to that of an Fc tag. The constructs were again transfected into CHO PBK E5 cells, purified using protein A column and the binding of anti-CD148 antibodies was tested by another ELISA method. Maxisoφ plates were coated with 5 μg/ml anti-huFc (Jackson) overnight at 4°C, washed and blocked with 3% milk in PBS for 1.5 hrs. The plates were washed again and incubated with 5 μg/ml of the different CD148-Fc constructs for 2 hrs at room temperature. After additional washes the plates were incubated with 1 μg/ml of Ab- 2-huIgG4, Ab-5-huIgG4, Ab-l-huIGg4, murine anti-CD148 antibody, and 143-41 (Biosource) for 2 hrs at room temperature. Plates were washed again and incubated with anti-huIgG4-HRP (Zymed) or anti-mouse Fc-FIRP (Jackson) for 1 hr at room temperature. Five CD 148 constructs with either Flag, Poly-His tags or Fc tag were expressed transiently in 293 E5 cells and were purified using IMAC column or protein A column respectively. Binding of anti-CD148 clones to the different constructs was tested by ELISA, as described in the methods. The human anti CD148 clone, Ab-5, bound both the FnIII4_5 (residues 533-725) piece and the C- term piece (residues 715-973) when the Flag, Poly-His tags constructs were used and to the FnIII4_5 (residues 533-725) when the Fc tag constructs were used. It also binds the full-length ECTO domain protein (residus 36-973) with both tags. The human anti-CD148 clone, Ab-2, showed binding to the full-length ECTO domain protein (residus 36-973) with both tags and a low level of binding to the FnIII4_5 (residues 533-725) with the Fc tag but no binding at all to any of the other 3 constructs. The human anti CD148 clone, Ab-1 was used only in the ELISA with the Fc constructs. It bound only the FnIII2_3 piece (residues 175-536. The commercial murine anti-CD148 143-41 (Biosource) bound the full-length ECTO domain protein (residus 36-973) and the NFnIII piece (residues 36-210) in all essays but didn't bind any of the other 3 constructs. The murine anti-CD148 antibody was used as a positive control in all essays since it was known to recognize the octapeptide in residues 324-332. The murine anti-CD148 antibody recognized the FnIII2_3 piece (residues 175-536) in all essays and the full-length ECTO domain protein (residus 36-973) with the Fc tag. Based on the combined results of all 3 ELISAs it was concluded that the commercial murine anti-CD148 143-41 (Biosource) antibody recognizes a structurally depended epitope that lies within residues 36-210. Ab-5 recognized both the FnIII4_5 (residues 533-725) piece and the C-term piece (residues 715-973). These pieces have an overlap of 11 AA between them. Hence, these 11 AA may be necessary for Ab-5 binding.
Example 4 - Construction and Assay of Avidin Fusion Proteins The following constructs were subcloned into pCep4-Avidin-N vector: huCD148-NFnIII (residues 36-210); huCD148-FnIII2_3 (residues 36-536) huCD148-FnIII4_5 (2) (residues 36-715); huCD148-FnIII4_5 (residues 36-725) huCD148-ECTO (residues 36-973); huCD148FnIII2_3_4_5 (residues 200-725) huCD148FnIII3_4_5 (residues 447-725); huCD148-FnIII4_5 (only) (residues 533- 725); huCD148-FnIII_5 (residues 616-725); huCD148-FnIII_5.5 (residues 672-725). All avidin expression constructs were transfected into 293 T cells using
Lipofectamine 2000 (Invitrogen) following the vendor protocol. The condition media was collected 2 days after the transfection and the level of Avidin-fused protein was determined using biotin beads (Spherotech Inc.). For each construct 5μl of beads were used. The beads were preblocked by incubating with 3%> BSA for 30 min at room temperamre, washed once using 0.2%» BSA in PBS and then added to 200μl of each of the condition media for an additional 1 hr incubation. After 2 washes, 1 μg/ml of anti-Avidin-FITC (Vector) was added for 30 minutes incubation, then the beads were washed again, resuspended in 500μl wash buffer and read using FACS. Based on the expression level results the amount of condition media to be used in the binding essay was determined. The protocol for the binding essay is same as described above only instead of the anti-Avidn-FITC, 1 μg/ml of FITC labeled anti-CD148 Ab-2 and Ab-5 antibodies was added. A variation of this assay included co-incubation of the avidin fusion protein with both the FITC labeled antibody of interest as well as 5 Ox excess unlabeled antibody to determine whether or not the unlabeled antibody can effectively compete / prevent for binding of the FITC-labeled antibody to be evaluated. This competition assay was and can be used to determine if any antibody can compete for binding to the same epitope space as another. Both Ab-2 and Ab-5 recognized the full-length huCD148-ECTO (residues 36-973) and the huCD148-FnIII4_5 (residues 36-725) constructs. However, neither of these antibodies bind to the huCD148-NFnIII (residues 36-210), huCD148- FnIII2_3 (residues 36-536) and huCD148-FnIII4_5 (2) (residues 36-715) constructs. Ab-5 also bound the huCD148FnIII2_3_4_5 (residues 200-725); huCD148FnIII3_4_5 (residues 447-725) and huCD148-FnIII4_5 (only) (residues 533-725) constructs but not the huCD148-FnIII_5 (residues 616-725) and the huCD148-FnIII_5.5 (residues 672-725) constructs. Ab-2 bound huCD148FnIII2_3_4_5 (residues 200-725); huCD148FnIII3_4_5 (residues 447-725) constructs but did not bind huCD148-FnIII4_5 (only) (residues 533-725), huCD148- FnIII_5 (residues 616-725) and huCD148-FnIII_5.5 (residues 672-725) constructs. In the competition assay Ab-2 was capable of fully inhibiting Ab-5 binding both to the huCD148-ECTO construct and to the FnIII4_5 construct. Ab-5 was able to fully compete the binding of Ab-2 to the huCD148-ECTO but only partially inhibits the binding of Ab-2 to huCD148-FnIII4_5 constructs. Because both Ab-2 and Ab-5 bind to the full-length huCD148-ECTO (residues 36-973) and the huCD148-FnIII4_5 (residues 36-725) constructs but not to the huCD148-FnIII4_5 (2) (residues 36-715) construct which only differ from the huCD148-FnIII4_5 (residues 36-725) construct by 11AA in the C-terminal end and because neither of these antibodies recognize any peptide in our peptide bound membranes, it was concluded that the 11AA in residues 715-725 are necessary for the binding of these antibodies but are not sufficient for the binding. Based on the binding results of these antibodies to constructs huCD148FnIII2_3_4_5 (residues 200-725), huCD148FnIII3_4__5 (residues 447-725), huCD148-FnIII4_5 (only) (residues 533-725), huCD148-FnIII_5 (residues 616-725) and huCD148-FnIII_5.5 (residues 672-725) it was determined that the minimum binding area for Ab-5 is residues 533-725 and for Ab-2 is residues 447-725.
Example 5 - Anti-Angiogenesis Activity of Anti-CD 148 Antibodies in a Planar Migration Assay A planar endothelial cell migration (wound closure) assay was used to quantitate the inhibition of angiogenesis in vitro by all antibodies disclosed in Figures 1-8, substantially as described in U.S. Patent No. 6,248,327, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. In this assay, endothelial cell migration is measured as the rate of closure of a circular wound in a cultured cell monolayer. The rate of wound closure is linear, and is dynamically regulated by agents that stimulate and inhibit angiogenesis in vivo. Primary human renal microvascular endothelial cells, HRMEC, are isolated, cultured, and used at the third passage after thawing, as described in Martin et al., In Vitro Cell Dev Biol 33:261, 1997. Replicate circular lesions, "wounds," (600-800 micron diameter) are generated in confluent HRMEC monolayers using a silicon- tipped drill press. At the time of wounding the medium (DMEM + 1%> BSA) is supplemented with 20 ng/ml PMA (phorbol-12-myristate-13~acetate), alone or in the presence of 5 to 50 ug/ml of control or Ab-1 through Ab-8. The residual wound area is measured as a function of time (0-12 hours) using a microscope and image analysis software (Bioquant, Nashville, TN). The relative migration rate is calculated for each agent and combination of agents by linear regression of residual wound area plotted over time. Each of Ab-1, Ab-2, Ab-3, Ab-4, Ab-5, Ab-6, Ab-7 and Ab-8 inhibited PMA-induced endothelial migration in a dose responsive manner, significantly reducing the rate of migration to unstimulated levels ranging from 15 to 50 ug/ml.
Example 6 - Anti-Angiogenesis Activity of Anti-CD148 Antibodies In a Corneal Pocket Assay The ability of the antibodies of the present invention to inhibit angiogenesis in vivo was determined in a mouse corneal pocket assay, substantially as described in U.S. Patent No. 6,248,327. In this assay, agents to be tested for angiogenic or anti-angiogenic activity are immobilized in a slow release form in a hydron pellet, which is implanted into micropockets created in the corneal epithelium of anesthetized mice. Vascularization is measured as the appearance, density, and extent of vessel ingrowth from the vascularized corneal limbus into the normally avascular cornea. Polyvinyl alcohol sponge pellets containing FGF-2 (50 ng/pellet), bFGF and
IgG (12 ug/pellet, control), or bFGF and Ab-1 to 8 (12 ug/pellet). The pellets were surgically implanted into corneal stromal micropockets created by micro-dissection 1 mm medial to the lateral corneal limbus of 6-8 week old male C57BL/6 mice. The pellets are surgically implanted into corneal stromal micropockets created by micro- dissection 1mm medial to the lateral corneal limbus of 6-8 week old male C57BL mice. After five days, at the peak of neovascular response to FGF-2, the corneas are photographed using an MZ9.5 steriomicrosope (Leica) at an incipient angle of 35- 50° from the polar axis in the meridian containing the pellet. Images are digitized and processed by subtractive color filters (Adobe Photoshop 4.0) to delineate established microvessels by hemoglobin content. Image analysis software (Bioquant, Nashville, TN) is used to calculate the fraction of the corneal image that was vascularized, the vessel density within the vascularized area, and the vessel density within the total cornea. Ab-2, Ab-4, Ab-5, and Ab-7 inhibited bFGF-induced corneal angiogenesis, significantly reducing the vascular density significantly to less than that induced by FGF alone.

Claims

CLAIMS What is claimed is: 1. An isolated antibody or antigen-binding region thereof that specifically binds to a human CD 148 epitope defined by one or more of the polypeptide sequences selected from the group consisting of amino acids 315-329, 318-332, 321-335, 324-338, 324-329, 324-332, 324-335, 447-725, 533-725, 715- 973, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33.
2. The isolated antibody or antigen-binding region thereof of claim 1, wherein the antibody or antigen-binding region thereof inhibits angiogenesis.
3. The isolated antibody or antigen-binding region thereof of claim 1 or 2, wherein the antibody or antigen-binding region thereof is a monoclonal antibody.
4. The isolated antibody or antigen-binding region thereof of any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the antibody or antigen-binding region thereof is a human antibody or antigen-binding region thereof.
5. The isolated antibody or antigen-binding region thereof of any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the antibody or antigen-binding region thereof is an antibody fragment selected from the group consisting of scFv, Fab, F(ab')2, Fv, and single chain antibodies.
6. The isolated human antibody or antigen-binding region thereof of any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the antibody or antigen-binding region thereof comprises a scFv fragment.
7. The isolated antibody or antigen-binding region thereof of any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the antibody or antigen-binding region thereof comprises or is an scFv-Fc fusion.
8. An isolated antibody or antigen-binding region thereof that competitively inhibits binding of a monoclonal antibody of any one of claims 1 to 7 to a human CD 148 epitope defined by one or more of the polypeptide sequences selected from the group consisting of amino acids 315-329, 318-332, 321-335, 324- 338, 324-329, 324-332, 324-335, 447-725, 533-725, 715-973, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33.
9. The isolated antibody or antigen-binding region thereof of claim 8, wherein the antibody or antigen binding region thereof inhibits angiogenesis.
10. The isolated antibody or antigen-binding region thereof of claim 8 or 9, wherein the antibody or antigen-binding region thereof is a monoclonal antibody.
11. The isolated antibody or antigen-binding region thereof of any one of claims 8 to 10, wherein the antibody or antigen binding region thereof is a human antibody.
12. The isolated antibody or antigen-binding region thereof of any one of claims 8 to 11, wherein the antibody or antigen binding region thereof is an antibody fragment selected from the group consisting of scFv, Fab, F(ab')2, Fv, and single chain antibodies.
13. The isolated human antibody or antigen-binding region thereof of any one of claims 8 to 12, wherein the antibody or antigen-binding region thereof comprises a scFv fragment.
14. The isolated antibody or antigen-binding region thereof of any one of claims 8 to 13, wherein the antibody or antigen-binding region thereof comprises or is an scFv-Fc fusion.
15. A hybridoma cell which produces an antibody or antigen-binding region thereof of any one of claims 1 to 14.
16. A transfectoma cell which produces an antibody or antigen-binding region thereof of any one of claims 1 to 14.
17. The isolated antibody or antigen-binding region thereof of any one of claims 1 to 14, produced by a hybridoma which includes a B cell obtained from a transgenic non-human animal having a genome comprising a human heavy chain transgene and a human light chain transgene fused to an immortalized cell.
18. The isolated antibody or antigen-binding region thereof of any one of claims 1 to 14, produced by a transfectoma comprising nucleic acids encoding a human heavy chain and a human light chain.
19. The monoclonal antibody or antigen-binding region thereof produced by the hybridoma cell of claim 15 or the transfectoma cell of claim 16.
20. A transgenic non-human animal which expresses the antibody or antigen-binding region thereof of any one of claims 1 to 14, wherein the transgenic non-human animal has a genome comprising a human heavy chain transgene and a human light chain transgene.
21. A method of producing an antibody or antigen-binding region thereof that specifically binds to a human CD148 epitope defined by the sequence of amino acids selected from the group consisting of amino acids 315-329, 318-332, 321-335, 324-338, 324-329, 324-332, 324-335, 447-725, 533-725, 715-973, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33, comprising: immunizing a transgenic non-human animal having a genome comprising a human heavy chain transgene and a human light chain transgene with a human CD 148 epitope defined by the sequence of amino acids selected from the group consisting of amino acids 315-329, 318-332, 321-335, 324-338, 324-329, 324-332, 324-335, 447-725, 533-725, 715-973, 200- 536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33, or a cell expressing such human CD 148 epitope, such that antibodies are produced by B cells of the animal; isolating B cells of the animal; and fusing the B cells with myeloma cells to form immortal, hybridoma cells that secrete the antibody or antigen-binding region thereof.
22. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the antibody or antigen- binding region thereof of any one of claims 1 to 14 or 17 to 19 and a carrier pharmaceutically acceptable in humans.
23. The composition according to claim 22, wherein the antibody or antigen-binding region thereof is present in a therapeutically effective amount.
24. The composition according to claim 22 or 23, wherein the antibody or antigen-binding region thereof is present in a concentration of at least about 10 μg/ml.
25. The composition of any one of claims 22 to 24, wherein the antibody or antigen-binding region thereof is an IgG antibody or an antigen-binding region thereof.
26. The antibody or antigen-binding region of any one of claims 1 to 14 or 17 to 19 for use in therapy.
27. The antibody or antigen-binding region of claim 26 for the use specified therein, wherein the antibody or antigen-binding region is for use for inhibiting angiogenesis.
28. Use of the antibody or antigen-binding region of any one of claims 1 to 14 or 17 to 19 for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for inhibiting angiogenesis.
29. The antibody or antigen-binding region of claim 26 or 27 for the use specified therein, or the use of claim 28, wherein the antibody or antigen-binding region thereof is an IgG antibody or an antigen-binding region thereof.
30. The antibody or antigen-binding region of any one of claims 26, 27 or 29 for the use specified therein, or the use of claim 28 or 29, wherein the antibody or antigen-binding region thereof comprises an scFv, Fv, Fab', Fab, diabody, linear antibody or F(ab')2 antigen-binding fragment of an antibody.
31. An isolated polypeptide consisting of the amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of amino acids 315-329, 318-332, 321-335, 324-
338, 324-329, 324-332, 324-335, 447-725, 533-725, 715-973, 200-536, 533-725 and
200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33 or any fragment thereof that binds to an antibody of any one of claims 1 to 14 or 17 to 19.
32. An isolated polypeptide consisting essentially of the amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of amino acids 315-329, 318-332, 321- 335, 324-338, 324-329, 324-332, 324-335, 447-725, 533-725, 715-973, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33 or any fragment thereof that binds to an antibody of any one of claims 1 to 14 or 17 to 19.
33. An isolated polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of amino acids 315-329, 318-332, 321-335, 324-338, 324- 329, 324-332, 324-335, 447-725, 533-725, 715-973, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33, or any fragment thereof that binds to an antibody of any one of claims 1 to 14 or 17 to 19, wherein the polypeptide does not include amino acids derived from CD 148 other than those selected from the group consisting of amino acids 315-329, 318-332, 321-335, 324-338, 324-329, 324-332, 324-335, 447-725, 533-725, 715-973, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33.
34. An immunoassay comprising the steps of: (a) contacting a test sample with a monoclonal antibody or antigen-binding region thereof capable of being competitively inhibited in its binding to human CD 148 by a monoclonal antibody or antigen-binding region thereof that specifically binds to a human CD 148 epitope defined by one or more of the polypeptide sequences selected from the group consisting of amino acids 315-329, 318-332, 321-335, 324-338, 324-329, 324-332, 324-335, 447-725, 533-725, 715-973, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33; and (b) determining the presence of human CD148 in the test sample.
35. The immunoassay of claim 34, wherein the antibody or antigen- binding region thereof activates CD148-induced inhibition of angiogenesis.
36. A method for identifying a compound that specifically binds to a human CD 148 epitope defined by one or more of the polypeptide sequences selected from the group consisting of amino acids 315-329, 318-332, 321-335, 324-338, 324- 329, 324-332, 324-335, 447-725, 533-725, 715-973, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33, comprising: contacting a test compound with a human CD148 epitope defined by one or more of the polypeptide sequences selected from the group consisting of amino acids 315-329, 318-332, 321-335, 324-338, 324-329, 324-332, 324-335, 447-725, 533-725, 715-973, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO: 33 for a time sufficient to form a complex and detecting for the formation of a complex by detecting the CD148 epitope or the compound in the complex, so that if a complex is detected, a compound that binds to the CD 148 epitope is identified.
37. A method for identifying a compound that specifically binds to a human CD 148 epitope defined by one or more of the polypeptide sequences selected from the group consisting of amino acids 315-329, 318-332, 321-335, 324-338, 324- 329, 324-332, 324-335, 447-725, 533-725, 715-973, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33, comprising: providing atomic coordinates defining a three- dimensional structure of a CD 148 epitope defined by one or more of the polypeptide sequences selected from the group consisting of amino acids 315-329, 318-332, 321- 335, 324-338, 324-329, 324-332, 324-335, 447-725, 533-725, 715-973, 200-536, 533-725 and 200-725 of SEQ ID NO:33, and designing or selecting compounds capable of binding the CD 148 epitope based on said atomic coordinates.
PCT/US2005/014084 2004-04-23 2005-04-22 Antibodies of angiogenesis inhibiting domains of cd148 WO2005117970A2 (en)

Priority Applications (9)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
BRPI0510079-8A BRPI0510079A (en) 2004-04-23 2005-04-22 isolated antibody or antigen binding region thereof, hybridoma cell, transfectoma cell, monoclonal antibody or antigen binding region thereof, transgenic non-human animal, method for producing an antibody or antigen binding region thereof, composition use of antibody or antigen binding region, isolated polypeptide, immunoassay, and method for identifying a compound
MXPA06012264A MXPA06012264A (en) 2004-04-23 2005-04-22 Antibodies of angiogenesis inhibiting domains of cd148.
EA200601972A EA200601972A1 (en) 2004-04-23 2005-04-22 ANTIBODIES TO INHIBITING ANGIOGENES DOMAINS CD148
RSP-2006/0581A RS20060581A (en) 2004-04-23 2005-04-22 Antibodies of angiogenesis inhibiting domains of cd148
EP05778365A EP1750764A4 (en) 2004-04-23 2005-04-22 Antibodies of angiogenesis inhibiting domains of cd148
AU2005249381A AU2005249381A1 (en) 2004-04-23 2005-04-22 Antibodies of angiogenesis inhibiting domains of CD148
JP2007509713A JP2007534694A (en) 2004-04-23 2005-04-22 Antibody of CD148 angiogenesis-inhibiting domain
CA002561823A CA2561823A1 (en) 2004-04-23 2005-04-22 Antibodies of angiogenesis inhibiting domains of cd148
IL178422A IL178422A0 (en) 2004-04-23 2006-10-03 Antibodies of angiogenesis inhibiting domains of cd148

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US56488504P 2004-04-23 2004-04-23
US56515804P 2004-04-23 2004-04-23
US60/565,158 2004-04-23
US60/564,885 2004-04-23
US57156604P 2004-05-14 2004-05-14
US60/571,566 2004-05-14
US58568604P 2004-07-06 2004-07-06
US60/585,686 2004-07-06

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2005117970A2 true WO2005117970A2 (en) 2005-12-15
WO2005117970A3 WO2005117970A3 (en) 2007-05-31

Family

ID=35463358

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2005/014084 WO2005117970A2 (en) 2004-04-23 2005-04-22 Antibodies of angiogenesis inhibiting domains of cd148

Country Status (13)

Country Link
US (1) US7449555B2 (en)
EP (1) EP1750764A4 (en)
JP (1) JP2007534694A (en)
KR (1) KR20070007884A (en)
AU (1) AU2005249381A1 (en)
BR (1) BRPI0510079A (en)
CA (1) CA2561823A1 (en)
EA (1) EA200601972A1 (en)
IL (1) IL178422A0 (en)
MX (1) MXPA06012264A (en)
RS (1) RS20060581A (en)
TW (1) TW200607815A (en)
WO (1) WO2005117970A2 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7449555B2 (en) 2004-04-23 2008-11-11 Amgen Inc. Antibodies of angiogenesis inhibiting domains CD148

Families Citing this family (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7176289B1 (en) * 1998-09-11 2007-02-13 Vanderbilt University Modulation of endothelial cell surface receptor activity in the regulation of angiogenesis
WO2008153997A1 (en) * 2007-06-07 2008-12-18 Brookwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Reduced-mass, long-acting dosage forms
WO2009111889A1 (en) * 2008-03-13 2009-09-17 The Hospital For Sick Children Lymphocyte control of obesity and insulin resistance
UY35148A (en) 2012-11-21 2014-05-30 Amgen Inc HETERODIMERIC IMMUNOGLOBULINS
US9708375B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2017-07-18 Amgen Inc. Inhibitory polypeptides specific to WNT inhibitors
US11427627B2 (en) 2013-09-05 2022-08-30 Amgen Inc. Fc-containing molecules exhibiting predictable, consistent, and reproducible glycoform profiles
CA2949237C (en) 2014-05-16 2022-08-23 Amgen Inc. Assay for detecting th1 and th2 cell populations
GB201409519D0 (en) 2014-05-29 2014-07-16 Univ Leicester Senescent cell biomarkers
MA47775A (en) 2017-03-14 2020-01-22 Amgen Inc CONTROL OF TOTAL AFUCOSYLATED GLYCOFORMS OF ANTIBODIES PRODUCED IN CELL CULTURE
JP2020522254A (en) * 2017-05-31 2020-07-30 エルスター セラピューティクス, インコーポレイテッド Multispecific molecules that bind myeloproliferative leukemia (MPL) proteins and uses thereof
IL313983A (en) 2018-03-26 2024-08-01 Amgen Inc Total afucosylated glycoforms of antibodies produced in cell culture
CA3152547A1 (en) 2019-09-26 2021-04-01 Amgen Inc. Methods of producing antibody compositions
US20230272035A1 (en) * 2019-12-05 2023-08-31 Vycellix, Inc. Modulators of the immune escape mechanism for universal cell therapy
US20230273126A1 (en) 2020-06-04 2023-08-31 Amgen Inc. Assessment of cleaning procedures of a biotherapeutic manufacturing process
EP4229080A1 (en) 2020-10-15 2023-08-23 Amgen Inc. Relative unpaired glycans in antibody production methods
AR126089A1 (en) 2021-06-07 2023-09-13 Amgen Inc USE OF FUCOSIDASE TO CONTROL THE LEVEL OF AFFUCOSYLATION OF GLUCOSYLATED PROTEINS
CA3233279A1 (en) 2021-10-05 2023-04-13 Amgen Inc. Fc-gamma receptor ii binding and glycan content
WO2023215725A1 (en) 2022-05-02 2023-11-09 Fred Hutchinson Cancer Center Compositions and methods for cellular immunotherapy

Family Cites Families (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
ATE236983T1 (en) * 1994-05-03 2003-04-15 Cold Spring Harbor Lab PROTEIN TYROSINE PHOSPHATASES STIMULATED BY CELL DENSITY
US7176289B1 (en) * 1998-09-11 2007-02-13 Vanderbilt University Modulation of endothelial cell surface receptor activity in the regulation of angiogenesis
US6248327B1 (en) * 1998-09-11 2001-06-19 Vanderbilt University Modulation of endothelial cell surface receptor activity in the regulation of angiogenesis
EP1261644A2 (en) * 2000-03-01 2002-12-04 Vanderbilt University Modulation of the activity of the endothelial cell surface receptor ecrtp/dep-1 in the regulation of angiogenesis
US20030215899A1 (en) 2002-02-13 2003-11-20 Ceptyr, Inc. Reversible oxidation of protein tyrosine phosphatases
WO2004048549A2 (en) * 2002-11-26 2004-06-10 Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Dep-1 receptor protein tyrosine phosphatase interacting proteins and related methods
CA3048093A1 (en) 2003-11-26 2005-06-23 Celera Corporation Single nucleotide polymorphisms associated with cardiovascular disorders and statin response, methods of detection and uses thereof
US7366801B2 (en) * 2004-01-30 2008-04-29 International Business Machines Corporation Method for buffering work requests
EP1751191A2 (en) * 2004-04-23 2007-02-14 Amgen Inc. Antibodies to angiogenesis inhibiting domains of cd148
WO2005117970A2 (en) 2004-04-23 2005-12-15 Amgen, Inc. Antibodies of angiogenesis inhibiting domains of cd148

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See references of EP1750764A4 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7449555B2 (en) 2004-04-23 2008-11-11 Amgen Inc. Antibodies of angiogenesis inhibiting domains CD148

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
BRPI0510079A (en) 2007-10-16
EA200601972A1 (en) 2007-08-31
TW200607815A (en) 2006-03-01
KR20070007884A (en) 2007-01-16
WO2005117970A3 (en) 2007-05-31
US20060002931A1 (en) 2006-01-05
MXPA06012264A (en) 2007-03-15
EP1750764A4 (en) 2008-05-28
EP1750764A2 (en) 2007-02-14
IL178422A0 (en) 2007-02-11
JP2007534694A (en) 2007-11-29
US7449555B2 (en) 2008-11-11
AU2005249381A1 (en) 2005-12-15
CA2561823A1 (en) 2005-12-15
RS20060581A (en) 2008-11-28

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US7449555B2 (en) Antibodies of angiogenesis inhibiting domains CD148
US7658924B2 (en) Angiopoietin-2 specific binding agents
CN101495513B (en) Angiopoietin-2 specific binding agents
US7790674B2 (en) Methods of treatment using specific binding agents of human angiopoietin-2
JP5362563B2 (en) Antibodies against αVβ6 and uses thereof
US8119128B2 (en) Antibodies that bind urokinase-type plasminogen activator and epitopes therefor
BRPI0720477A2 (en) CD44 ANTIBODIES
CN106232624A (en) complement factor Bb antibody
CN107207585A (en) complement component C5 antibody
ZA200608757B (en) Antibodies of angiogenesis inhibiting domains of CD148
WO2007095583A2 (en) Methods for treating cancer and sensitizing cancer cells using the serine protease inhibitor, maspin

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BW BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE EG ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KM KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NA NI NO NZ OM PG PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL SM SY TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): GM KE LS MW MZ NA SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LT LU MC NL PL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2561823

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 178422

Country of ref document: IL

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 550310

Country of ref document: NZ

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2005249381

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 12006502065

Country of ref document: PH

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2006/08757

Country of ref document: ZA

Ref document number: P-2006/0581

Country of ref document: RS

Ref document number: 200608757

Country of ref document: ZA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: PA/a/2006/012264

Country of ref document: MX

Ref document number: 2007509713

Country of ref document: JP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWW Wipo information: withdrawn in national office

Ref document number: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1020067022857

Country of ref document: KR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2005249381

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20050422

Kind code of ref document: A

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2005249381

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2005778365

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 200601972

Country of ref document: EA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 200580020383.8

Country of ref document: CN

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 1020067022857

Country of ref document: KR

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2005778365

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: PI0510079

Country of ref document: BR